Home

Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors

1. Aa 2 Z ERA a cere P1 ATV 71E5 L L1 L2 L3 L4 M M1 M2 N N1 N2 N3 P P1 P3 P4 C20N4 C28N4 225 270 315 260 435 610 740 1045 375 470 C20N4F C28N4F 110 112 225 270 315 260 435 610 740 1045 1285 1342 375 470 330 300 1 Terminal for connecting the motor 2 Terminal for connecting the switch 3 Terminal for connecting the braking transistor 4 Terminal for connecting the braking unit ATV 71E5C20N4F ATV 71E5C28N4F only Presentation Characteristics References page 32 page 33 page 34 36 Mounting ATV 71E5C31N4 E5C50N4 ATV 71E5 C31N4 C40N4 C50N4 1 Terminal for connecting the switch 2 Terminal for connecting the motor 3 Terminal for connecting the braking unit 4 VW3 AZE 102 braking unit in enclosure Presentation page 32 page 33 Characteristics Variable speed drives recommendations continued for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ready assembled in IP 54 enclosure 2 3 1 A o lt rT T E eee eee aS EES Rze ROEZ VON OOOO VON PRLE PSA RRR K 140 260 380 810 900 With braking unit M M1 M2 1445 1730 2015 1335 1675 2015 1320 1755 2190 References page 34 Telemecanique LA AA AL AL AL AL AISES ENSEN ONENEN ENONSE NENONEN ONLA a Or NONONONO N ONN SESE SESSILIS EEO Without braking u
2. 1 Horizontal or vertical mounting Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions page 85 page 85 pages 86 to 89 page 145 pages 172 to 203 E Telemecanique 127 Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Additional EMC input filters Additional EMC input filters VW3 A4 401 404 VW3 A4 405 409 Q on Lo VW3 a b c G H H1 A4 401 130 290 40 105 275 4 5 A4 402 155 324 50 130 309 4 5 A4 403 175 370 60 150 355 6 5 A4 404 210 380 60 190 365 6 5 A4 405 230 498 5 62 190 479 5 460 6 5 A4 409 230 498 5 62 190 479 5 460 6 5 VW3 A4 406 408 VW3 a b c G H J A4 406 240 522 79 200 502 5 40 9 A4 407 240 650 79 200 631 40 g A4 408 320 750 119 280 725 80 9 Mounting the filter under the drive Mounting the filter next to the drive Front view Front view Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions page 90 page 91 pages 92 and 93 page 145 pages 172 to 203 128 Ea Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Additional EMC input filters Additional EMC input filters continued VW3 A4 410 413 6xO12 10 C i a VW3 a al b b1 c G H A4 410 800 302 261 219 139 120 235 A4 411 800 302 261 219 139 120 235 A4 412 900 352 281 239 174 145 255 A4 413 1000 401 301 259 164 170 275 IP 30 protection kits for filters VW3
3. Switching frequency ATV 71HC25N4 combined with a 250 kW motor I In I In A 120 vee In 100 In 100 80 a 40 C 72 50 C 60 60 40 40 60 C 20 20 0 0 i i i i 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 kHz 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 kHz Switching frequency Switching frequency ATV 71HC28N4 ATV 71HC31N4 I In I In 120 8 kHz 0 T T T T 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 Switching frequency 110 F In 100 80 40 C 72 60 50 C 60 C 40 20 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 kHz Switching frequency Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 162 ia Telemecanique Mounting and installation Variable speed drives recommendations continued for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives Derating curves ATV 71HC40N4 combined with a 355 kW motor I In 120 109 In 100 20 0 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 kHz Switching frequency ATV 71HC50N4 I In 120 108 In 100 79 60 40 20 0 l 2 2 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 kHz Switching frequency Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Presentation pages 4 to 9 ATV 71HC40N4 combined with a 400 kW motor I In 120 107 In 100 80 60 40 C 50 C 60 C 40 20 References pages 22 to 25 Ea Telemecanique
4. Ibr a Point 2Y CP 2 Weight sensor signal 0 Point2X 100 LP2 Point 1Y Zero load CP1 rs a CP1 CP2 LP1 LP2 weight sensor calibration points This curve can represent a weight sensor on a lift winch where a zero load is exerted on the motor when the load in the cabin is not zero T Tn Tn LbC Load correction Hz LbC F LbC Load sharing ATV 71 lt gt Output contactor control and integrity check Presentation pages 4 to 9 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 l Command Feedback e gt St ee 2 AF zj ee ee ee K20 KM2 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m External weight measurement This function uses the information supplied by a weight sensor via an analog input usually a 4 20 mA signal to adapt the current Ibr of the Brake logic control function Function suitable for applications involved in O measuring the total weight of a hoisting winch and its load O measuring the total weight of a lift winch the cabin and counterweight The current lbr is adapted according to the curve opposite m Load sharing This function can be used for applications where several motors are mechanically linked in order to balance the loads of the different motors by adjusting the speed according to the torque on each motor Output contactor control and integrity check o Control This allows the drive to c
5. Motor Drive Circuit breaker Line contactor Power 1 Reference Reference 2 Rating Im Reference 3 4 kW HP A A 3 phase supply voltage 380 415 V 50 60 Hz Type 2 coordination 0 75 1 ATV 71W075N4 GV2 L08 4 LC1 D1806 1 5 2 ATV 71WU15N4 GV2 L10 6 3 LCi D18060 2 2 3 ATV 71WU22N4 GV2 L14 10 LC1 D1806 3 ATV 71WU30N4 GV2 L16 14 LC1 D18606 4 5 ATV 71WU40N4 GV2 L16 14 LC1 D1806 5 5 7 5 ATV 71WU55N4 GV2 L22 25 LC1 D2566 7 5 10 ATV 71WU75N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D4006 11 15 ATV 71WD11N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D4006 15 20 ATV 71WD15N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D5006 18 5 25 ATV 71WD18N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LCi D5066 22 30 ATV 71WD22N4 NS80HMA80 80 480 LC1 D6506 30 40 ATV 71WD30N4 NS80HMA80 80 480 LC1 D6506 37 50 ATV 71WD37N4 NS100eMA100 100 800 LC1 D80060 45 60 ATV 71WD45N4 NS160eMA150 150 1350 LCi D11566 55 75 ATV 71WD55N4 NS160eMA150 150 1350 LCi D11566 75 100 ATV 71WD75N4 NS250eMA150 150 1350 LCi D15060 3 phase supply voltage 440 480 V 50 60 Hz Type 2 coordination 0 75 1 ATV 71W075N4 GV2 L08 4 LC1 D1806 1 5 2 ATV 71WU15N4 GV2 L10 6 3 LCi D18060 2 2 3 ATV 71WU22N4 GV2 L14 10 LC1 D1806 3 ATV 71WU30N4 GV2 L14 10 LC1 D1806 4 5 ATV 71WU40N4 GV2 L16 14 LC1 D1806 5 5 7 5 ATV 71WU55N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LCi D2566 7 5 10 ATV 71WU75N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D40606 11 15 ATV 71WD11N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LCi D40060 15 20 ATV 71WD15N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D5006 18 5 25 ATV 71WD18N4 NS100eMA50 50 300 LC1 D5006 22 30
6. 7 8 kHz Switching frequency Dimensions pages 108 to 133 Schemes pages 134 to 151 163 Mounting and installation Variable speed drives recommendations continued for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives on heatsinks Observe the mounting recommendations described on pages 158 to 163 To ensure proper air circulation in the drive m Fit ventilation grilles m Ensure that there is sufficient ventilation If there is not install a forced ventilation unit with a filter The openings and or fans must provide a flow rate at least equal to that of the drive fans see page 167 m Use special filters with IP 54 protection m Remove the blanking cover from the top of the drive see page 158 RER REE For drives Dissipated power 1 Mounted in the Dust and damp proof enclosure flush mounted power section inside power section outside the enclosure the enclosure W W 3 phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H037M3 46 25 ATV 71H075M3 66 2 ATV 71HU15M3 101 30 ATV 71HU22M3 122 38 ATV 71HU30M3 154 38 ATV 71HU40M3 191 41 ATV 71HU55M3 293 59 ATV 71HU75M3 363 67 ATV 71HD11M3X 566 80 ATV 71HD15M3X 620 84 ATV 71HD18M3X 657 114 ATV 71HD22M3X 766 124 ATV 71HD30M3X 980 144 ATV 71HD37M3X 1154 161 ATV 71HD45M3X 1366 180 ATV 71HD55M3X 1715 154 ATV 71HD75M3X 2204 154 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H07
7. Connected on a bar 12 5 Connected on a bar 12 5 VW3 A4 650 651 656 657 Connected on a bar 16 5 VW3 A4 661 663 VW3 A4 664 666 16 mm 50 mm VW3 A4 667 668 Connected on a bar 12 5 VW3 A4 669 671 676 677 Connected on a bar 16 5 1 The total current harmonic distortion THDI is indicated for a total voltage harmonic distortion THDU lt 2 and a short circuit ratio RSCE gt 66 and only for the nominal current of the passive filter If these conditions are not adhered to the total current harmonics will be reduced without any guarantee of level References pages 86 to 89 Dimensions pages 126 and 127 Telemecanique Schemes page 145 References Presentation page 85 86 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 reduction of current harmonics Option passive filters Motor rating For Line supply Filter Quantity Reference Weight drives Line current In 2 per drive kW HP A A kg THDI 16 7 0 75 1 ATV 71HO75N4 2 50 6 1 VW3 A4 601 15 000 ATV 71W075N4 ATV 71P075N4Z 1 5 2 ATV 71HU15N4 3 60 6 1 VW3 A4 601 15 000 ATV 71WU15N4 ATV 71PU15N4Z 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22N4 5 00 6 1 VW3 A4 601 15 000 ATV 71WU22N4 ATV 71PU22N4Z 3 ATV 71HU30N4 6 00 6 1 VW3 A4 601 15 000 ATV 71WU30N4 ATV 71PU30N4Z 4 5 ATV 71HU40N4 7 80 10 1 VW3 A4 602 19 000 ATV 71WU40N4 ATV 71PU40N4Z 5 5 7 5 ATV 71HU55N4 10 00 10 1 VW3 A4 602 19 000 ATV
8. 533325 Presentation references continued 4 5 6 3 UL Type 1 conformity kits Dimensions pages 118 and 119 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Options accessories When the drive is mounted directly on a wall outside the enclosure this kit can be used to ensure UL Type 1 conformity when connecting the cables with a tube The shielding is connected inside the kit For ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD75N4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z the kit consists of m All the mechanical parts 1 including a pre cut plate 2 for connecting the tubes 3 m Fixing accessories m A manual For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 the kit consists of m An IP 54 casing 4 used to maintain the IP 54 degree of protection for the power section m An EMC plate 5 m A UL Type 1 cover 7 m A pre drilled plate 6 for connecting the tubes 3 m Fixing accessories m A manual References For drives Reference Weight kg ATV 71H037M3 HU15M3 VW3 AQ 201 1 300 ATV 71H075N4 HU22N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU22N4Z ATV 71HU22M3 HU40M3 VW3 A9 202 1 500 ATV 71HU30N4 HU40N4 ATV 71PU30N4Z PU40N4Z ATV 71HU55M3 VW3 A9 203 1 800 ATV 71HU55N4 HU75N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HU75M3 VW3 AQ 204 2 000 ATV 71HD11N4 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X VW3 A9 205 2 800 ATV 71HD15N4 HD18N4 ATV 71HD18M3X HD22M3X VW3 AQ 206 4 000 ATV 71HD22N4 ATV 71HD30N4 HD37N4 VW3 AQ 207 5
9. Conformity to standards Altivar 71 drives have been developed to conform to the strictest international standards and the recommendations relating to electrical industrial control devices IEC EN in particular low voltage IEC EN 61800 5 1 IEC EN 61800 3 conducted and radiated EMC immunity and emissions IEC EN 61800 3 environments 1 and 2 IEC EN 61000 4 2 level 3 IEC EN 61000 4 3 level 3 IEC EN 61000 4 4 level 4 IEC EN 61000 4 5 level 3 IEC EN 61000 4 6 level 3 IEC EN 61000 4 11 7 IEC EN 61800 3 environments 1 and 2 categories C1 C2 C3 EN 55011 class A group 1 IEC EN 61800 3 category C2 With additional EMC filter 2 m EN 55011 class B group 1 IEC EN 61800 3 category C1 EN 55011 class A group 2 IEC EN 61800 3 category C3 With additional EMC filter 2 m EN 55011 class A group 1 IEC EN 61800 3 category C2 m EN 55011 class B group 1 IEC EN 61800 3 category C1 With additional EMC filter 2 m EN 55011 class A group 1 IEC EN 61800 3 category C2 m EN 55011 class B group 1 IEC EN 61800 3 category C1 EN 55011 class A group 1 IEC EN 61800 3 category C2 EMC immunity Conducted and radiated EMC ATV 71H037M3 HU15M3 emissions ATV 71HO75N4 HU40N4 for drives ATV 71P075N4Z PU40N4Z ATV 71HU22M3 HU75M3 ATV 71HU55N4 HC50N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HeeeM3xX ATV 71W075N4 WU40N4 ATV 71WU55N4 WD75N4 EN 55011 class A group 2 IEC EN 61800 3 category C3 With additional EMC filter
10. Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Factory specialist catalogue 4 Please consult our Automation Platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software specialist catalogue Characteristics pages 54 to 57 Telemecanique 121625 522855 References continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Communication buses and networks 533195 10 RJ45 connectors and 1 screw terminal block Cables for Modbus bus 2 0 3 VW3 A8 306 R03 0 025 equipped with 2 RJ45 connectors Description No Length Unit Weight Premium 7 m reference kg Eppa i Modbus bus W i Modbus splitter block 1 LU9 GC3 0 500 dititi 533196 Y 1 VW3 A8 306 R10 0 060 Q ip n 8 3 VW3 A8 306 R30 0 130 3 m H 3 Modbus T junction boxes 3 0 3 VW3 A8 306 TF03 I ler Merre with integrated cable i LE eos ae 1 VW3 A8 306 TF10 T A Line terminator 4 VW3 A8 306 RC 0 010 For RJ45 connector 3 Example of Modbus diagram connections via splitter blocks and RJ45 connectors Description No Length Reference Weight Premium 1 m kg E CANopen machine bus 4 inn i eh i OF open adapter for mounting 1 VW3 CAN A71 M ili il on the RJ45 socket in the drive control terminals The adaptor provides a 9 way male SUB D connector conforming to the CANopen standard 2 CIA DRP 303 1 a CANopen connect
11. O Multiplication inputs These can be used to multiply 2 to 3 references from different sources by Fri or Frib see Reference switching The references to be multiplied are selected from all the possible types of reference For example Reference Fri or Frib from Al1 Reference MA2 from CANopen Reference MA3 from a communication card Reference of drive A Fri or Frib x MA2 x MAS References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique 195 Functions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m PID regulator This can be used to regulate a process with a reference and feedback given by a sensor Function suitable for controlling traction on a winder Error Error threshold Auto Man inversion Sleep Wake up Gains PAU rPI O AO B Internal Preset PID Predictive references references Scaling speed PIF1 PIF2 a ee FP1 PSr PIP1 PIP2 i SN nO Al1 Al4 PIM RP Manual Preset manual Network Al reference references PID feedback ACC Acceleration DEC Deceleration LI Logic inputs B Speed reference O Internal references rPl reference transmitted by the graphic display terminal or a communication network A reference given by Fri or Frib with the summing subtraction and multiplication functions as appropriate The PII parameter is used to choose betwe
12. VW3A4562 50 000 ATV 71HD75M3X 35 0 038 613 1150 307 1 VW3A4563 59 000 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H075N4 HU15N4 5 10 4 45 1 VW3 A4 551 1 500 ATV 71W075N4 WU15N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU15N4Z ATV 71HU22N4 HU40N4 5 4 10 65 1 VW3 A4 552 3 000 ATV 71WU22N4 WU40N4 ATV 71PU22N4Z PU40N4Z ATV 71HU55N4 HU75N4 22 2 16 75 1 VW3 A4 553 3 500 ATV 71WU55N4 WU75N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HD11N4 HD15N4 22 1 30 90 1 VW3 A4 554 6 000 ATV 71WD11N4 WD15N4 ATV 71HD18N4 HD22N4 22 0 5 60 94 1 VW3 A4 555 11 000 ATV 71WD18N4 WD22N4 ATV 71HD30N4 HD55N4 22 0 3 100 260 1 VW3 A4 556 16 000 ATV 71WD30N4 WD55N4 ATV 71HD75N4 HD90N4 22 0 155 184 370 220 1 VW3 A4 558 31 000 ATV 71WD75N4 ATV 71HC11N4 35 0 12 222 445 230 1 VW3 A4 559 35 000 ATV 71HC13N4 35 0 098 264 530 245 1 VW3 A4 560 43 000 ATV 71HC16N4 50 0 066 344 685 258 1 VW3 A4 561 47 000 ATV 71HC20N4 50 0 060 450 849 335 1 VW3 A4 569 70 000 ATV 71HC25N4 HC28N4 50 0 038 613 1150 307 1 VW3 A4 564 73 000 ATV 71HC31N4 50 0 032 720 1352 428 1 VW3 A4 565 82 000 ATV 71HC40N4 50 0 060 450 849 335 2 VW3 A4 569 70 000 ATV 71HC50N4 50 0 038 613 1150 307 2 VW3 A4 564 73 000 Presentation Characteristics Dimensions Schemes page 82 page 83 page 125 pages 136 to 139 84 Presentation characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 reduction of current harmonics Option passive filters L1 L2
13. 75 kW Coef Pmax Pav 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 t s VW3 A7 718 P continuous 150 kW Coef Pmax Pav P max P av 60 s cycle P max P av 120 s cycle P max P av 200 s cycle Presentation Characteristics page 62 page 62 70 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Characteristics curves for resistors VW3 A7 717 P continuous 112 kW Coef Pmax Pav 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 t s References Dimensions page 63 pages 118 and 119 Schemes page 140 Selection continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Characteristics curves for resistors VW3 A7 801 P continuous 1 6 kW Coef Pmax Pav 150 175 0 25 50 75 100 125 VW3 A7 803 P continuous 9 8 kW 200 t s Coef Pmax Pav 30 25 20 15 10 V 2 5 S 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 VW3 A7 805 P continuous 44 kW Coef Pmax Pav 200 t s 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 P max P av 60 s cycle P max P av 120 s cycle P max P av 200 s cycle Presentation Characteristics page 64 page 64 200 t s VW3 A7 802 P continuous 5 6 kW Coef Pmax Pav
14. Ei Exchange of periodic data with the drive E Program processing ial Updating of Controller Inside programmable card outputs and CANopen PDOs Ces gt Example of cycle execution for the Controller Inside programmable card connected on a CANopen bus Presentation Characteristics page 44 page 46 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option Controller Inside programmable card The PS 1131 software workshop conforms to international standard IEC 61131 3 and includes all the functions for programming and setting up the Controller Inside programmable card It includes the configurator for CANopen It is designed for Microsoft Windows 98 Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Microsoft Windows Millennium Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional and Microsoft Windows XP operating systems It benefits from the user friendly interface associated with these operating systems m Pop up menus m Function blocks m Online help The PS 1131 software workshop is available in both English and German The programming and debugging tools can be accessed via the application browser This provides the user with an overview of the program and quick access to all application components m Program editor m Function blocks editor m Variables editor m Animation tables editor m Runtime screens editor The PS 1131 software workshop is used to structure an application into function modules consi
15. HD45M3X ATV 71 075N4 eD75N4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z Connected in place of the strap between the PO and PA terminals For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives the choke is supplied with the drive the customer is responsible for connecting it 11 Software configurable current 0 20 mA or voltage 0 10 V analog input Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 138 Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3X ATV 71HeeeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71H075M3 HU75M3 3 phase power supply high inertia machine Power section for single phase power supply L1 i in E S1 2 qy ae u LAA r Reference potentiometer Note All terminals are located at the bottom of the drive Fit interference suppressors to all inductive circuits near the drive or connected on the same circuit such as relays contactors solenoid valves fluorescent lighting etc Components for use with the Altivar for a complete list of references see our Motor starter solutions Power control and protection components and Preventa safety solutions specialist catalogues Reference Description A1 ATV 71 drive see pages 22 to 25 A2 5 Preventa XPS ATE safety module for monitoring emergency stops and switches
16. Line supply undervoltage and input phase loss faults are reset automatically when the line supply is restored Function suitable for applications where drives are difficult to access such as when a drive is placed on a moving part m General reset disables all faults This function inhibits all faults including thermal protection forced operation which can destroy the drive This function is suitable for applications where restarting may be crucial conveyor in an oven smoke extraction system machines with solidifying products that need to be removed The function is enabled by a logic input Fault monitoring is active if the logic input is at state 1 All faults are reset on a change of state of the logic input Note Use of this function invalidates the guarantee Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique 201 Functions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Automatic restart This function enables the drive to be restarted automatically after it has locked in fault mode provided the relevant fault has disappeared and the other operating conditions permit a restart This restart is performed by a series of automatic attempts separated by increasingly longer waiting periods of 1 s 5 s 10 s then 1 minute for the rest The options for the restart process s dura
17. RTU or ASCII Data rate 38 4 Kbps 19 2 or 9 6 Kbps 4 8 Kbps Medium Double shielded twisted pair Number of subscribers 18 27 or 31 slaves depending on polarization 1 Type of polarization Length of bus Tap link References pages 221 to 223 4 7 KQ No pulldown Configurable pulldown No pulldown or 4 7 kQ resistors pulldown resistors 1000 or 1300 m excluding tap links depending on polarization 1 3 or 20 m maximum depending on polarization 7 1 See the configuration table on page 221 Telemecanique 522184 532174 Connections references l Starters drives lt LU9 GC3 ha VW3 A8 306 TFee Presentation page 220 Starters drives and communication Communication via Modbus bus The specification of the physical layer provided by standard RS 485 is incomplete Various polarization diagrams can therefore be applied depending on the environment in which the equipment is to be used The Modbus standard specifies the polarization exactly 7 Slave Without polarization With polarization 4 7kQ Master With or without polarization 4 7 KQ Configuration not recommended Uni Telway type configuration 27 slaves Length of bus 1000 m Tap link 20 m maximum RC line terminators R 120 Q C 1 nF With polarization 470 Q Modbus type configuration 31 slaves Length of bus 1300 m Tap link 3 m maximum RC line terminat
18. Teleneecanigque Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD9ON4 HC28N4 variable speed drives With or without 2 option cards 7 Common front view ATV 71HC20N4 HC28N4 1 option card 7 with braking unit VW3 A7 101 ATV 71H a b c c1 G H K K1 K2 D55M3X 320 920 377 392 250 650 150 75 30 11 5 D90N4 D75M3X 360 1022 377 392 298 758 150 75 30 11 5 C11N4 C13N4 340 1190 377 392 285 920 150 75 30 11 5 C16N4 440 1190 377 392 350 920 150 75 30 11 5 C20N4 C28N4 595 1190 377 392 540 920 150 75 30 11 5 ATV 71HC31N4 HC50N4 variable speed drives With or without 2 option cards 1 ATV 71HC31N4 HC40N4 ATV 71HC50N4 1 option card 1 Front view Front view ATV 71H a b c c1 G J J1 H K K1 K2 C31N4 C40N4 890 1390 377 392 417 70 380 1120 150 i 30 11 5 C50N4 1120 1390 377 392 532 70 495 1120 150 75 30 11 5 1 Option cards I O extension cards communication cards or Controller Inside programmable card Presentation Characteristics References Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 134 to 151 Fea Telemecanique Functions pages 172 to 203 109 Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives Variable speed drives without graphic display terminal ATV 71HeeeM3
19. This DC choke is supplied as standard with ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives These reduced current harmonics are obtained on condition that the THDU is lt 2 and the RSCE gt 66 and only for the nominal filter current 2 In nominal filter current Characteristics Dimensions Schemes page 85 pages 126 and 127 page 145 Telemecanique References continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 reduction of current harmonics Option passive filters Motor rating For Line supply Filter Quantity Reference Weight drives Line current In 2 per drive kW HP A A kg THDI 10 1 0 75 1 ATV 71H075N4 2 50 6 1 VW3 A4 621 21 000 ATV 71W075N4 ATV 71P075N4Z 1 5 2 ATV 71HU15N4 3 60 6 1 VW3 A4 621 21 000 ATV 71WU15N4 ATV 71PU15N4Z 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22N4 5 00 6 1 VW3 A4 621 21 000 ATV 71WU22N4 ATV 71PU22N4Z 3 ATV 71HU30N4 6 00 6 1 VW3 A4 621 21 000 ATV 71WU30N4 ATV 71PU30N4Z 4 5 ATV 71HU40N4 7 80 10 1 VW3 A4 622 27 000 ATV 71WU40N4 ATV 71PU40N4Z 5 5 7 5 ATV 71HU55N4 10 00 10 1 VW3 A4 622 27 000 ATV 71WU55N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z 7 5 10 ATV 71HU75N4 14 00 19 1 VW3 A4 623 28 000 ATV 71WU75N4 ATV 71PU75N4Z 11 15 ATV 71HD11N4 19 00 19 1 VW3 A4 623 28 000 ATV 71WD11N4 15 20 ATV 71HD15N4 26 00 26 1 VW3 A4 624 40 000 ATV 71WD15N4 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18N4 32 00 35 1 VW3 A4 625 49 000 ATV 71WD18N4 22 30 ATV 71HD22N4 38 00 43 1 VW3 A4 626 52 000 ATV 71WD22N4 30 40 ATV 71HD30N4 52 00 72 1 VW3 A4 627 88 000 A
20. When the PC is connected to the device the PowerSuite software workshop can be used to m Transfer the generated configuration m Adjust m Monitor This option has been enhanced with new functions such as O The oscilloscope O The high speed oscilloscope minimum time base 2 ms o The FFT Fast Fourier Transform oscilloscope O Displaying communication parameters m Control m Save the final configuration Maintenance In order to simplify maintenance operations the PowerSuite software workshop can be used to m Compare the configuration of a device currently being used with a saved configuration m Manage the user s installed base of equipment in particular O Organize the installed base into folders electrical equipment machinery workshops etc O Store maintenance messages O Simplify Ethernet connection by storing the IP address User interface The PowerSuite software workshop can be used to m Present the device parameters arranged by function in the form of illustrated views of diagrams or simple tables m Customize the parameter names m Create o A user menu choice of particular parameters O Monitoring control panels with graphic elements cursors gauges bar charts m Perform sort operations on the parameters m Display text in five languages English French German Italian and Spanish The language changes immediately and there is no need to restart the program It also has online contextual help m On the Power
21. m Braking and hoisting resistors m Network braking units m Line chokes and passive filters m Additional EMC input filters m Sinus filters and motor chokes m PowerSuite software workshop These options can be assembled according to customer requirements ATV 71E5D90N4 E5C28N4 ATV 71E5C20N4F E5C28N4F Note UL Type 1 IP 21 or IP 31 conformity kits are not necessary for this range Resistance braking units ATV 71E5D90N4 E5C16N4 ready assembled enclosures include an integrated braking transistor in the drive ATV 71E5C20N4 E5C50N4 ready assembled enclosures require a braking unit which is controlled by the drive Assembly of the braking unit varies depending on the drive rating m For ATV 71E5C20N4F E5C28N4F enclosures the braking unit is mounted directly in the enclosure on the left hand side of the drive m For ATV 71E5C31N4 E5C50N4 enclosures the VW3 A7E 102 braking unit is supplied in a separate IP 54 enclosure 6 This enclosure must be installed between enclosures 2 and 7 O Enclosure 7 contains the ATV 71HC31N4 HC50N4 drive 3 o Enclosure 2 contains the switch 4 and the fast acting fuses ATV 71E5C31N4 E5C50N4 VW3 A7E 102 Note The order shown above is compulsory The braking unit must be placed directly to the left of the drive Characteristics References Dimensions page 33 page 34 pages 35 to 37 Characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ready
22. 10 Maximum voltage 500 Maximum current 1 5 x nominal current for 60 s Maximum length Unshielded cable m 600 or 1000 depending on the drive rating see page 94 of motor cable ti teristi Maximum connection VW3 A5 201 4 mm AWG 10 capacity and tightening 0 6 Nm torque VW3 A5 202 6 mm AWG 8 1 5 Nm VW3 A5 203 10 mm AWG 6 1 5 Nm VW3 A5 204 25 mm AWG 2 4 Nm VW3 A5 205 50 mm AWG 0 6 Nm VW3 A5 206 207 95 mm AWG 4 0 20 Nm VW3 A5 208 209 Connected on a bar 11 mm VW3 A5 210 a Connected on a bar 14 mm VW3 A5 211 ae Connected on a bar 4x 11 mm References Dimensions Schemes page 99 page 133 page 145 98 References Presentation page 98 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 output filters Option sinus filters For drives Nominal Loss at Reference Weight current 100 Hz A W kg 3 phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H075M3 HU15M3 1 11 50 VW3 A5 201 8 000 ATV 71HU22M3 HU30M3 16 70 VW3 A5 202 11 000 ATV 71HU40M3 HU75M3 33 120 VW3 A5 203 22 000 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X 66 180 VW3 A5 204 45 000 ATV 71HD18M3X HD22M3X 95 250 VW3 A5 205 60 000 ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X 180 400 VW3 A5 206 120 000 ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X 300 1360 VW3 A5 208 165 000 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71HU15N4 HU40N4 1 11 50 VW3 A5 201 8 000 ATV 71WU15N4 WU40N4 ATV 71PU15N4Z PU40N4Z ATV 71HU55N4 16 70 VW3 A5 202 11 000 ATV 71WU55N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z ATV 71HU7
23. 2 Selection of components Cycklic testing The test Fault detected at and safety principles intervals must be each test appropriate to both the machine and its application 3 Structure of the safety A single fault must not result Safety function ensured circuits in loss of the safety function except in the event of an The fault must be detected if accumulation of faults this is reasonably possible 4 Structure of the safety A single fault must not result Safety function always circuits in loss of the safety function ensured The fault must be detected when or before the safety function is next invoked An accumulation of faults must not result in loss of the safety function The machinery manufacturer is responsible for selecting the safety category The category depends of the level of risk factors given in standard EN 954 1 SIL1 according to standard IEC EN 61508 is comparable with category 1 according to EN 954 1 SIL1 mean probability of undetected hazardous failure per hour between 10 and 10 SIL2 according to standard IEC EN 61508 is comparable with category 3 according to EN 954 1 SIL2 mean probability of undetected failure per hour between 10 8 and 10 1 Redundant consists of mitigating the effects of failure of one component by means of the correct operation of another assuming that faults do not occur simultaneously on both References Dimensions Functions pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pag
24. 3 Maximum earth leakage current at 230 V and at 400 V 50 Hz on a TT network 4 Via thermal dissipation 5 See page 10 6 LF low switching frequency HF high switching frequency These frequencies depend on the drive rating For drives Switching frequency LF HF kHz kHz ATV 71HeeeM3 4 4 1 16 ATV 71H075N4 HD11N4 ATV 71W075N4 WD11N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X 3 5 4 4 1 12 ATV 71HD15N4 HD30N4 ATV 71WD15N4 WD30N4 ATV 71HD18M3X HD45M3X 2 2 5 2 6 12 ATV 71HD37N4 HD75N4 ATV 71WD37N4 WD75N4 ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X 2 4 4 1 8 ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 Za 4 1 8 7 It is possible to use a special filter VW3 A4 409 with an leakage current II 3 of 14 mA which enables a maximum motor cable length of 100 m Presentation Characteristics Dimensions Schemes page 90 page 91 pages 128 and 129 page 145 92 References continued Description Mechanical device consisting of an IP 30 cover and cable clips Presentation Characteristics page 90 page 91 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option additional EMC input filters For filters Reference Weight kg VW3 A4 410 411 VW3 A9 601 VW3 A4 412 413 VW3 A9 602 Dimensions Schemes page 129 page 145 Telemecanique Presentation Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 output filters The Altivar 71 drive includes as standard a software functi
25. 400 600 ATV 71HC40N4 590 00 325 2 VW3 A4 677 240 000 500 700 ATV 71HC50N4 730 00 370 2 VW3 A4 671 250 000 1 By adding a DC choke see page 78 to ATV 71 075N4 eD75N4 and ATV 71Pee eeN4Z drives we get a THD lt 5 This DC choke is supplied as standard with ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives These reduced current harmonics are obtained on condition that the THDU is lt 2 and the RSCE gt 66 and only for the nominal filter current 2 In nominal filter current Presentation Characteristics Dimensions Schemes page 85 page 85 pages 126 and 127 page 145 89 Presentation L1 L3 ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71060600N 4 with integrated filter Additional EMC filter Characteristics References page 91 pages 92 and 93 90 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option additional EMC input filters Altivar 71 drives except for the ATV 71HeeeM3X have built in radio interference input filters to meet the EMC standard for variable speed electrical power drive oroducts IEC EN 61800 3 edition 2 category C2 or C3 in environment 1 or 2 and to comply with the European directive on EMC electromagnetic compatibility For drives Maximum length of shielded cable according to EN 55011 class A 7 Group 1 2 Group 2 2 LF 3 HF 3 LF 3 HF 3 m m m m ATV 71H037M3 HU22M3 10 5 ATV 71HU30M3 HU75M3 10 5 ATV 71H075N4 HU40N4 10 5 ATV 71W075N4 WU40N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU4
26. 7 ATV 71000000 bee ATV 71000000 Wien ATV 71000000 Pras _ PA OF _ PA OF _ PA OF ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71PeeeN4Z l O _ gt gt B PCH 5 gt PCH gt gt z PCH Reference Description A1 A2 A3 ATV 71 drives see pages 22 to 25 The power difference between the drives connected in parallel must not exceed one rating F1 F2 F3 Fast acting semi conductor fuses see page 149 Drives A1 A2 and A3 powered by the AC supply with an output bus The function of the fuse is to protect the internal diode bridge in the event of a short circuit on the external DC bus KM1 When using a common line contactor all the Altivar 71 drive load circuits operate in parallel and cannot therefore be overloaded L1 L2 L3 DC chokes see page 81 Q1 Q2 Q3 Circuit breakers on the line supply side to protect drives against overloads Use trip contacts on the external fault logic input or the line contactor The line contactor must only be activated if all three circuit breakers are closed as otherwise there is a risk of damage to the drives 1 DC chokes compulsory except for ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HDION4 HC50N4 drives which include a DC choke as standard Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 148 Combinations Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71
27. ATV 21 Modbus is a master slave protocol Two exchange mechanisms are possible m Request response The request from the master is addressed to a given slave The master then waits for the response from the slave which has been interrogated m Broadcasting The master broadcasts a request to all the slave stations on the bus which execute the command without transmitting a response The Altistart 48 soft start soft stop units and the Altivar 21 Altivar 31 Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 variable speed drives have the Modbus protocol integrated as standard The Altistart 48 soft start soft stop unit and the Altivar 21 and Altivar 31 variable speed drives are connected to the Modbus bus via their terminal ports The Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 variable speed drives have 2 integrated communication ports m A terminal port for connecting the graphic display terminal or an industrial HMI terminal Magelis type m A Modbus network port As an option they can also be equipped with a VW3 A3 303 Modbus Uni Telway communication card which offers additional characteristics 4 wire RS 485 ASCII mode etc risti Type of device ATV31 ATV 61 ATV 71 Type de connection Structure Connections pages 221 and 222 220 Connector Topology Physical interface Terminal port Bus port Communication card RJ45 9 way female SUB D Bus 2 wire RS 485 2 wire or 4 wire RS 485 Access method Transmission mode Master slave
28. ATV 71HD75M3X ATV 71HD75N4 ATV 71HD90N4 ATV 71HU15M3 ATV 71HU15N4 ATV 71HU22M3 ATV 71HU22N4 ATV 71HU30M3 ATV 71HU30N4 ATV 71HU40M3 ATV 71HU40N4 ATV 71HU55M3 ATV 71HU55N4 ATV 71HU75M3 ATV 71HU75N4 ATV 71P075N4Z ATV 71PU15N4Z ATV 71PU22N4Z ATV 71PU30N4Z ATV 71PU40N4Z ATV 71PU55N4Z ATV 71PU75N4Z ATV 71W075N4 ATV 71W075N4 ATV 71WD11N4 ATV 71WD15N4 ATV 71WD18N4 ATV 71WD22N4 ATV 71WD30N4 ATV 71WD37N4 ATV 71WD45N4 ATV 71WD55N4 ATV 71WD75N4 ATV 71WU15N4 ATV 71WU22N4 ATV 71WU30N4 ATV 71WU40N4 ATV 71WU55N4 ATV 71WU75N4 L LA9 P307 LU9 CD1 LU9 GC3 LUF P1 LUF P7 LUF P9 N NW BM85000 NW BP85 002 NW NRP 253 00 NW RR85 001 T TCS EAK 0100 TCS EAQ 0100 TSX CAN CA 100 TSX CAN CA 300 TSX CAN CA 50 TSX CAN CB 100 TSX CAN CB 300 22 23 22 23 22 23 23 22 23 22 23 22 23 22 23 22 23 22 23 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 156 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 233 231 39 59 219 and 221 218 and 231 231 231 226 226 226 226 214 214 51 and 59 51 and 59 51 and 59 51 and 59 51 and 59 Product reference index TSX CAN CB 50 TSX CAN CD 100 TSX CAN CD 300 TSX CAN CD 50 TSX CAN KCDF 180T TSX CSA 100 TSX CSA 200 TSX CSA 500 TSX ETG 100 TSX FP ACC12 TSX FP ACC14 TSX FP ACC6 TSX FP ACC7 TSX FP ACC8M TSX FP ACC9 TSX FP CA100 TSX FP CA200 TSX FP CA500 TSX FP CC100 TSX FP CC200 TSX FP CC500 TSX FP CR100 TSX FP CR200
29. Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready concept Introduced by Schneider Electric the Transparent Ready concept enables transparent communication between control system devices production and management Network technologies and the associated new services are used to share and distribute data between sensors PLCs workstations and third party devices in an increasingly efficient manner Web servers embedded in network components and control system devices can be used to m Access configuration data transparently m Perform remote diagnostics m Incorporate simple human machine interface functions This concept is based on the Ethernet TCP IP industrial standard which proposes a single network that meets most communication requirements from sensors actuators through to production management systems Where a variety of communication systems are usually required Transparent Ready standard technologies can result in significant cost savings in the areas of definition installation maintenance or training Transparent Ready is based on m Ethernet TCP IP based services meeting control system requirements in terms of functions performance and quality of services m Products including several ranges of PLC distributed I O industrial terminals variable speed drives gateways and an increasing number of partner products m The ConneXium range of cabling accessories hubs switches cables adapted to the environment and to the requirements
30. For drives Fast acting semi conductor fuses 7 A ATV 71H037M3 HU15M3 25 ATV 71HU22M3 HU40M3 50 ATV 71HU55M3 HU75M3 100 ATV 71HD11M3X HD18M3X 160 ATV 71HD22M3X HD30M3X 250 ATV 71HD37M3X HD45M3X 350 ATV 71HD55M3X 500 ATV 71HD75M3X 630 ATV 71H075N4 HU22N4 25 ATV 71W075N4 WU22N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU22N4Z ATV 71HU30N4 HU40N4 50 ATV 71WU30N4 WU40N4 ATV 71PU30N4Z PU40N4Z ATV 71HU55N4 HD11N4 80 ATV 71WU55N4 WD11N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HD15N4 HD22N4 100 ATV 71WD15N4 WD22N4 ATV 71HD30N4 HD37N4 160 ATV 71WD30N4 WD37N4 ATV 71HD45N4 200 ATV 71WD45N4 ATV 71HD55N4 250 ATV 71WD55N4 ATV 71HD75N4 350 ATV 71WD75N4 ATV 71HD90N4 315 ATV 71HC11N4 HC13N4 400 ATV 71HC16N4 500 ATV 71HC20N4 630 ATV 71HC25N4 HC28N4 800 ATV 71HC31N4 1000 ATV 71HC40N4 HC50N4 1250 1 Nominal voltage of fast acting fuse Line voltage Nominal voltage of fast acting fuse Vw V 230 690 400 690 440 800 460 800 480 800 Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 149 Recommendations for setup ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3x ATV 71H075N4 HD18N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z 3 8 674 ATV 71HD18M3X HD45M3xX ATV 71HD22N4 HD75N4 8 674 ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3xX ATV 71HD9ON4 HC50N4 Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 150 Variable speed
31. HD75N4 order the kit for IP 21 conformity see page 30 For ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 order the kit for UL Type 1 or IP 31 conformity see pages 29 and 30 Note Consult the summary tables of possible drives option and accessory combinations see pages 102 and 103 Presentation Characteristics Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 108 to 113 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 23 References continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz PF105774 17 M Motor Line supply Altivar 71 Power Line current Apparent Maximum Maximum Max transient Reference 3 Weight indicated 2 power prospec continuous current for on plate 7 tive line current 7 Isc 380 V 480 V 380V 380 V 460V 60s 2s kW HP A A kVA kA A A kg i 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz 0 75 1 3 7 3 2 4 5 2 3 2 1 3 5 3 8 ATV 71W075N4 12 000 1 5 2 5 8 5 3 3 8 5 4 1 3 4 6 2 6 8 ATV 71WU15N4 12 000 2 2 3 8 2 7 1 5 4 5 5 8 4 8 8 7 9 6 ATV 71WU22N4 12 000 3 10 7 9 7 5 7 8 6 2 11 7 12 9 ATV 71WU30N4 13 000 4 5 14 1 11 5 9 3 5 10 5 7 6 15 8 17 3 ATV 71WU40N4 13 000 5 5 7 5 20 3 17 13 4 22 14 3 1i 21 5 23 6 ATV 71WU55N4 16 000 7 5 10 27 22 2 17 8 22 17 6 14 26 4 29 ATV 71WU75N4 16 000 i 11 15 36 6 30 24 1 22 27 7 21 41 6 45 7 ATV 71WD11N4 21 000 ATV 71W075N4 15 20 48 39 31 6 22 33 27 49 5 54 5 ATV 71WD15N4 31 000 18 5 25 45 5 37 5 29 9 22 41 34 61 5 67 7 ATV 71WD
32. L3 Altivar 71 Passive filter Degree of protection Maximum relative humidity The passive filter is used to reduce current harmonics with total harmonic distortion factors of less than 16 or 10 These ratios may be reduced to 10 or 5 if the filter is used with a DC choke see pages 78 to 81 The reactive power increases at low load To eliminate this reactive power the filter capacitors can be disconnected via the drive see page 145 Application Reduction of current harmonics in order to use drives in the first environment Class F humidity without condensation 5 85 Maximum connection capacity VW3 A4 601 604 VW3 A4 605 609 At 100 of the line current 0 99 At 150 of the line current 1 16 mm 50 mm Ambient air temperature Operation C 5 40 without derating around the device Storage C 25 455 Maximum operating altitude m 1000 without derating Range 400 V 460 V Nominal voltage 10 V 380 415 440 480 Operating frequency 50 5 60 5 Overload capacity 1 5 x In A Efficiency 98 2 of thermal losses THDI 7 lt 16 Cos At 75 of the line current 0 85 VW3 A4 610 611 VW3 A4 612 613 619 VW3 A4 621 622 Connected on a bar 12 5 Connected on a bar 16 5 16 mm VW3 A4 623 627 VW3 A4 628 629 VW3 A4 630 633 639 50 mm Connected on a bar 16 5 VW3 A4 641 644 VW3 A4 645 648 VW3 A4 649 16 mm 50 mm
33. Presentation Functions References page 52 page 53 pages 58 and 59 56 Characteristics continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Communication buses and networks Structure Connector One 9 way female SUB D connector Transmission speed 9600 bps 19 2 Kbps 93 75 Kbps 187 5 Kbps 500 Kbps 1 5 Mbps 3 Mbps 6 Mbps or 12 Mbps Address 1 to 126 configurable by switches on the card Services Periodic variables PPO type 5 8 control variables which can be assigned by communication scanner 8 monitoring variables which can be assigned by communication scanner PKW indexed periodic variable settings Functional profiles CiA DSP 402 Device Profile Drives and Motion Control I O profile Communication monitoring Can be inhibited Time out can be set via the Profibus DP network configurator Diagnostics Using LEDs 2 LED on the card ST status and DX data exchange Using the graphic display terminal Control word received Reference received Periodic variables communication scanner Description file A single gsd file is supplied on the documentation CD ROM for the whole range or can be downloaded from the Internet at www telemecanique com This file does not contain the description of the drive parameters Structure Connector One removable screw connector 5 contacts at intervals of 5 08 Transmission speed 125 Kbps 250 Kbps or 500 Kbps configurable using s
34. Ramp shape Linear Ramp increment 0 01 Acceleration 3 92 s Deceleration 0 54s Ramp 2 threshold Ramp settings Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 182 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m 2 wire control This function is used to control the direction of operation by means of a stay put contact It is enabled by means of 1 or 2 logic inputs non reversing or reversing This function is suitable for all non reversing and reversing applications 3 operating modes are possible O Detection of the state of the logic inputs O Detection of a change in state of the logic inputs O Detection of the state of the logic inputs with forward operation always having priority over reverse LI1 Forward Lix Reverse Wiring diagram for 2 wire control m 3 wire control This function is used to control the operating and stopping direction by means of pulsed contacts It is enabled by means of 2 or 3 logic inputs non reversing or reversing This function is suitable for all non reversing and reversing applications Altivar 71 control terminals y mda f Forwar 24 V Li Ll2 Lix LIx Reverse Wiring diagram for 3 wire control m Phase rotation This function can be used to reverse the direction of rotation without modifying the drive wiring m Ramps O Acceleration and deceleration ramp times This function is used to define acceleration and deceleration ra
35. TSX FP CR500 TSX FP JF020 TSX P ACC 01 TSX SCA 50 TSX SCA 62 TSX SCP 114 TSX SCP CU 4030 TSX SCP CU 4530 TSX SCP CU 6030 TSX SCY 21601 TSX SCY CU 6530 V VW3 A1 101 VW3 A1 102 VW3 A1 103 VW3 A1 104 R10 VW3 A1 104 R100 VW3 A1 104 R30 VW3 A1 104 R50 VW3 A1 105 VW3 A3 101 VW3 A3 201 VW3 A3 202 VW3 A3 301 VW3 A3 302 VW3 A3 303 VW3 A3 304 51 and 59 51 and 59 51 and 59 51 and 59 51 221 222 and 229 221 222 and 229 221 222 and 229 214 219 and 231 219 219 219 219 219 219 219 219 219 219 219 219 219 219 219 229 222 and 229 222 and 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 38 38 and 39 38 38 and 39 38 and 39 38 and 39 38 and 39 38 26 43 43 58 and 218 58 and 226 58 and 229 58 VW3 A3 307 VW3 A3 309 VW3 A3 310 VW3 A3 311 VW3 A3 311 VW3 A3 401 VW3 A3 402 VW3 A3 403 VW3 A3 404 VW3 A3 405 VW3 A3 406 VW3 A3 407 VW3 A3 501 VW3 A3 901 VW3 A3 902 VW3 A3 903 VW3 A3 904 VW3 A3 905 VW3 A3 906 VW3 A3 907 VW3 A4 401 VW3 A4 402 VW3 A4 403 VW3 A4 404 VW3 A4 405 VW3 A4 406 VW3 A4 407 VW3 A4 408 VW3 A4 410 VW3 A4 411 VW3 A4 412 VW3 A4 413 VW3 A4 501 VW3 A4 502 VW3 A4 503 VW3 A4 504 VW3 A4 505 VW3 A4 506 VW3 A4 507 VW3 A4 508 VW3 A4 509 VW3 A4 510 VW3 A4 511 VW3 A4 512 VW3 A4 551 VW3 A4 552 VW3 A4 553 VW3 A4 554 VW3 A4 555 VW3 A4 556 VW3 A4 557 VW3 A4 558 VW3 A4 559 VW3 A4 560 VW3 A4 561 VW3 A4 562 VW3 A4 563 VW3 A4
36. Telemecanique 121 Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Hoist resistors Hoist resistors VW3 A7 801 804 807 809 Mounting recommendations VW3 a al b c c1 G H A7 801 490 452 203 5 153 202 95 470 10 A7 802 420 450 440 480 540 400 392 13 A7 803 580 610 440 480 540 400 552 13 A7 804 960 990 440 480 540 400 932 13 A7 807 860 890 440 480 540 400 832 13 A7 808 860 890 690 480 540 400 832 13 A7 809 860 890 690 480 450 400 832 13 VW3 A7 805 806 810 817 1 Mounting recommendations 00 z5 VW3 a al b c c1 G H A7 805 860 1040 1150 540 620 460 832 A7 806 860 1040 1150 740 820 660 832 A7 810 860 1040 1150 540 620 460 832 A7 811 960 1140 1150 540 620 460 932 A7 812 960 1140 1150 740 820 660 932 A7 813 7 960 1140 1150 540 620 460 932 A7 814 1 960 1140 1150 540 620 460 932 A7 815 7 960 1140 1150 740 820 660 932 A7 816 7 960 1140 1150 740 820 660 932 A7 817 1 960 1140 1700 740 820 660 932 1 The dimension is given for 1 component References VW3 A7 813 815 consist of 2 components and references VW3 A7 816 and 817 consist of 3 components all components must be taken into account to determine the overall dimensions A space of 300 mm must be left between each component Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions page 64 page 64 page 65 page 140 pages 172 to 203 122 Ea Telemecanique Dimensions
37. The brake control sequence is managed by the drive o Movement type The Altivar 71 drive adapts the brake control operation to the type of movement whether vertical or horizontal in order to achieve maximum torque performance and eliminate jolts O Brake feedback via contact By connecting a brake contact to the drive it is possible to detect brake faults If the brake status does not match the relevant control the contact must be open for a released brake the drive locks when a fault occurs o Brake release pulse This can be used to set the torque for brake release when ascending forward or two release thresholds one for ascending and the other for descending This function is only available for vertical movements o Brake engage on reversal of operating direction To prevent the speed from passing through zero when reversing the direction of rotation the drive firstly requires the brake to be engaged at the end of deceleration and then for it to be released before accelerating in the other direction of rotation o Brake engage request time delay In the case of slewing movements this function can be used at the end of deceleration to control how the brake is engaged when the torsional stress being exerted on the machine structure is zero o Automatic DC injection In the case of a horizontal movement the DC injection at the end of deceleration can be used to prevent jolting when the brake is being engaged This funct
38. a aaa ee Ee gt n aa a Ta a a Sh ATV 71 ea c 5 js o PPO O 4 K10 0 24V lt External source 24 After a run command if the line contactor is not closed the drive will lock after an adjustable period of time m Forced local mode Forced local mode imposes control via the terminals or graphic display terminal and disables all other control modes Switching to forced local mode may be activated via O a logic input o a function key on the graphic display terminal The following references and commands are available for forced local mode O references Al1 Al2 etc and command via logic inputs O reference and command via the graphic display terminal References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique 203 Functions Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Configurable I O Functions which are not listed in this table are fully compatible Stop functions have priority over run commands The selection of functions is limited O By the number of drive I O which can be reassigned if necessary add an I O extension card O By the incompatibility of certain functions with one another Functions Operation speed 3 Limit switch Preset PID regulator Traverse Jog operation Brake on the management speeds control control references Operation on the references speed 3 Limit swit
39. continued Network braking units VW3 A7 201 205 231 232 i O A VW3 a b Cc G H Hi A7 201 202 2 0 500 295 260 260 80 7 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Network braking units Mounting recommendations Vi 215 gt 150 A7 203 205 2 0 580 295 260 340 80 7 A7 231 232 VW3 A7 206 208 233 237 4xO VW3 a b c G H H1 A7 206 208 245 700 272 260 440 80 H2 180 7 Mounting recommendations A7 233 237 272 700 295 260 440 80 Presentation Characteristics page 74 page 74 180 7 References page 75 Fa Telemecanique Schemes pages 146 and 147 Functions pages 172 to 203 123 Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Network braking units Network braking units continued VW3 A7 209 210 238 239 Mounting recommendations A 2x 8 5 4x 8 5 N S 270 joy 395 A VW3 A7 211 212 240 241 Mounting recommendations O 2 N IN Y dp 09 rep 270 T VW3 a b c G H Hi H2 A7 211 240 380 937 395 350 320 80 280 8 5 A7 212 241 380 1037 395 350 320 80 280 8 5 Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions page 74 page 74 page 75 pages 146 and 147 pages 172 to 203 124 Ea Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 DC c
40. please consult your Regional Sales Office Telemecanique DF535086 16 M 103279 14 M PF105783 28 M Combinations for Variable speed drives customer assembly for asynchronous motors continued Altivar 71 Motor starters supply voltage 440 480 V Motor Drive Circuit breaker Line contactor Power 7 Reference Reference 2 Rating Im Reference 3 4 kW HP A A 3 phase supply voltage 380 415 V 50 60 Hz Type 2 coordination 0 75 1 ATV 71P075N4Z GV2 L08 4 LC1 D18606 1 5 2 ATV 71PU15N4Z GV2 L10 6 3 LC1 D18600 2 2 3 ATV 71PU22N4Z GV2 L14 10 LC1 D18060 3 ATV 71PU30N4Z GV2 L16 14 LC1 D18606 4 5 ATV 71PU40N4Z GV2 L16 14 LC1 D18060 5 5 7 5 ATV 71PU55N4Z GV2 L22 25 LC1 D2566 7 5 10 ATV 71PU75N4Z NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D4066 3 phase supply voltage 440 480 V 50 60 Hz Type 2 coordination 0 75 1 ATV 71P075N4Z GV2 L08 4 LC1 D18060 1 5 2 ATV 71PU15N4Z GV2 L10 6 3 LC1 D1800 2 2 3 ATV 71PU22N4Z GV2 L14 10 LC1 D18060 3 ATV 71PU30N4Z GV2 L14 10 LC1 D1800 4 5 ATV 71PU40N4Z GV2 L16 14 LC1 D18060 5 5 7 5 ATV 71PU55N4Z NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D25060 7 5 10 ATV 71PU75N4Z NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D40060 GV2 L16 1 Standard power ratings for 4 pole motors 50 60 Hz 400 V LC1 D1800 The values expressed in HP comply with the NEC National Electrical Code t 2 NS80HMA Products sold under the Merlin Gerin brand ATV 71PU40N4Z Breaking capacity of circuit bre
41. the load inertia is taken into account This function prevents the drive from locking in the event of an overbraking fault When this function is active and a short deceleration time has been set the drive optimizes the motor power supply in order to achieve a high braking torque This function is suitable for all applications not requiring precise stopping and not using braking resistors Automatic adaption must be disabled for machines with a stop position on a ramp and using a braking resistor This function is automatically disabled if the brake sequence is configured Schemes pages 134 to 151 Dimensions pages 108 to 133 References pages 22 to 25 Fa Telemecanique 183 522165 Functions continued RDY Term 0 00Hz 0 0A PRESET SPEEDS 2 preset speeds 4 preset speeds 8 preset speeds 16 preset speeds Preset speed 2 Ea Fea ES felled Preset speed settings Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 184 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Preset speeds This can be used to switch preset speed references Choose between 2 4 8 or 16 preset speeds It is enabled by means of 1 2 3 or 4 logic inputs Preset speeds can be set in increments of 0 1 Hz from 0 Hz to 500 Hz or 1000 Hz depending on the rating This function is suitable for material handling and machines with several operating speeds t HZ 20 The speed achieved with the LI3 15
42. 0 130 The manuals and quick reference guides for starters and variable speed drives as well as the user manuals for communication gateways are available on the web site www telemecanique com 1 To order other elements for connection to the Fipio bus please consult our Automation platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software specialist catalogue 2 Please consult our Power supplies splitter blocks and interfaces specialist catalogue 3 Sold in lots of 2 4 Standard environment no particular environmental constraints operating temperature between 5 CT and 60 C fixed installation 5 Harsh environment withstand to hydrocarbons industrial oils detergents solder splashes relative humidity up to 100 saline atmosphere significant temperature variations operating temperature between 10 C and 70 C 6 Mobile installation cables in accordance with standard VDE 472 part 603 H use on a cable carrier chain with bending radius 75 mm minimum use on a gantry provided that operating conditions such as acceleration speed length etc are adhered to please consult your Regional Sales Office use not permitted on robots or multi axis applications Characteristics page 217 Connections page 218 Telemecanique 219 Presentation Starters drives characteristics and communication Communication via Modbus bus Quantum Premium TSX Micro mes pl il lear ii i
43. 000 ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X VW3 AQ 217 7 000 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 VW3 AQ 208 7 200 ATV 71HD55M3X 1 VW3 AQ 209 9 400 ATV 71HD55M3XD 2 ATV 71HD90N4 1 ATV 71HD90N4D 2 ATV 71HD75M3xX 1 VW3 A9 210 11 800 ATV 71HD75M3XD 2 ATV 71HC11N4 1 ATV 71HC11N4D 2 ATV 71HC13N4 1 VW3 A9 211 11 600 ATV 71HC13N4D 2 ATV 71HC16N4 1 VW3 AQ 212 14 600 ATV 71HC16N4D 2 ATV 71HC20N4 HC28N4 7 Without braking unit VW3 A9 213 19 500 ATV 71HC20N4D HC28N4D 2 With braking unit VW3 A9 214 19 500 1 Drives supplied as standard with a DC choke 2 Drives supplied without DC choke 29 533326 533327 Presentation references continued IP 21 or IP 31 conformity kits Dimensions pages 118 and 119 30 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Options accessories When the drive is mounted directly on a wall outside the enclosure this kit can be used to ensure IP 21 or IP 31 degree of protection when connecting the cables with a cable gland The shielding is connected inside the kit For ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3X ATV 71HO75N4 HD75N4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives the kit conforms to IP 21 degree of protection lt consists of m All the mechanical parts 1 including a drilled plate 2 for fixing the cable glands 3 m Fixing accessories m A manual For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 the kit conforms to IP 31 degree of protection It consists of m
44. 00Hz 0 0A FAULT HISTORY L Short circuit Overcurrent External FLT Overvoltage Fault log SCF1 Term 50 00Hz 0 0A MOTOR SHORT CIRCUIT Check the connection cables and the motor insulation Perform the diagnostic test Troubleshooting screen t Ey o Ss A E Q References pages 22 to 25 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 8 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 The Altivar 71 has numerous built in maintenance monitoring and diagnostic functions m Built in drive test functions with diagnostic screen on the remote graphic display terminal m I O maps m Communication maps for the different ports m Oscilloscope function that can be viewed using the PowerSuite software workshop m Management of the drive installed base via processors with flash memory m Remote use of these functions by connecting the drive to a modem via the Modbus port m Identification of all the drive s component parts as well as the software versions m Fault logs with display of the value of up to 16 variables on occurrence of a fault m Display terminal languages loaded in the flash memory m A message of up to 5 lines of 24 characters can be stored in the drive The Altivar 71 drive 1 can integrate a maximum of three option cards simultaneously of which m 2 can be selected from among the following 7 o I O extension cards 2 see pages 42 and 43
45. 1000 Hz up to 37 kW 0 5 500 Hz from 45 to 630 kW 0 1600 Hz up to 37 kW 0 500 Hz from 45 to 500 kW Sensorless flux vector control voltage frequency ratio 2 or 5 points energy saving ratio Flux vector control with or without sensor voltage frequency ratio 2 or 5 points ENA System Vector control without speed feedback 110 120 of the nominal motor torque for 60 seconds 220 of the nominal motor torque for 2 seconds 170 for 60 seconds gt 100 gt 150 8 16 2 4 P2554 eect 6 20 Coe 3S DB 0 8 0 8 2 4 ea Modbus and CANopen Ethernet TCP IP Fipio Modbus Plus INTERBUS Profibus DP Modbus Uni Telway DeviceNet LONWorRkKS METASYS N2 APOGEE FLN BACnet I O extension cards Controller Inside programmable card multi pump cards Ethernet TCP IP Fipio Modbus Plus INTERBUS Profibus DP Modbus Uni Telway DeviceNet Encoder interface cards I O extension cards Controller Inside programmable card IEC EN 61800 5 1 IEC EN 61800 3 environments 1 and 2 C1 to C3 EN 55011 IEC EN 61000 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 11 cE UL CSA DNV C Tick NOM 117 GOST ATV 61 ATV 71 Please consult our Altivar 61 speed drives catalogue Ea Teleneecanigque 22 to 25 532537 532538 532539 Presentation Hoisting application Packing application Process machinery application Characteristics pages 10 to 17 4 References pages 22 to 25 Variable sp
46. 11 5 A9 212 445 375 377 350 250 65 75 11 5 A9 213 600 375 377 540 250 65 75 11 5 A9 214 670 375 377 540 102 27 250 65 Ta 11 5 A9 109 334 220 377 250 95 65 75 11 5 A9 110 374 300 377 298 172 65 75 11 5 A9 111 345 315 377 285 250 65 75 11 5 A9 112 445 375 377 350 250 65 79 11 5 A9 113 600 375 377 540 250 65 75 11 5 A9 114 670 375 377 540 102 27 250 65 75 11 5 A9 115 895 475 477 835 350 65 75 11 5 A9 116 1125 475 477 350 65 75 11 5 70 495 Presentation References Functions pages 29 and 30 pages 29 and 30 pages 172 to 203 3 Telemecanique 119 Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Dialogue braking units braking resistors Remote graphic display terminal IP 54 kit VW3 A1 102 IP 65 door VW3 A1 103 Cut outs and drill holes 35 2 21 6 115 14 3 162 1 Braking units VW3 A7 101 7 VW3 A7 102 VW3 A7 102 oO Q VW3 a b c G G1 H H1 A7 101 1 75 950 377 m A7 102 310 1150 377 265 22 1120 15 11 5 1 Braking unit VW3 A7 101 can only be mounted on the left side of the drive see page 109 Braking resistors VW3 A7 701 703 Mounting recommendations 4x a 2 100 2 7 i VW3 a b C G H A7 701 95 293 95
47. 150 226 80 2 1135 220 M4 A9 802 175 450 80 95 138 249 M4 A9 803 300 700 83 203 158 283 M5 1 Plate in the enclosure 2 Kit VW3 A9 801 VW3 A9 802 or VW3 A9 803 3 ATV 71Pee N4Z drive UL Type 1 conformity kit VW3 A9 2ee IP 21 or IP 31 VW3 A9 1ee conformity kits VW3 A9 201 205 101 105 VW3 A9 206 208 217 106 108 117 VW3 a b VW3 a b A9 201 132 6 31 4 A9 206 240 59 9 A9 202 154 9 31 4 A9 207 240 51 5 A9 203 177 31 4 A9 217 320 48 A9 204 211 6 35 4 A9 208 320 136 A9 205 231 6 38 9 A9 106 240 75 A9 101 132 6 96 8 A9 107 240 75 A9 102 154 9 104 1 A9 117 320 75 A9 103 177 111 7 A9 108 320 163 A9 104 211 6 128 9 A9 105 231 6 199 4 Presentation References Functions pages 28 to 30 pages 28 to 30 pages 172 to 203 118 Fog Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Accessories UL Type 1 conformity kit VW3 A9 2ee IP 21 or IP 31 VW3 A9 1ee conformity kits continued VW3 AQ 209 214 VW3 AQ 209 213 VW3 A9 214 114 VW3 A9 116 VW3 A9 109 116 VW3 A9 109 113 115 with braking unit a O o C E c1 a a a VW3 a b c c1 G G1 G2 K K1 K2 J J1 A9 209 334 220 377 250 95 65 75 11 5 A9 210 374 300 377 298 172 65 75 11 5 A9 211 345 315 377 285 250 65 75
48. 3 OPEN SAVE AS Function See above 1 Drive menu 4 access levels basic limited advanced expert Transfers files between the graphic display terminal and the drive 4 PASSWORD Provides password protection for the configuration 5 LANGUAGE Choice of 6 languages available English 6 MONITORING CONFIG 7 DISPLAY CONFIG German Spanish French Italian and Chinese Customizes the display line 2 and the display screen 3 bar charts digital values Configures how parameters are displayed customization selection for User menu visibility accessibility m Password Altivar 71 drives allow individual parameters to be selected for password protection Rights can be set for save operations and for loading the configuration Dimensions Schemes pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 a Telemecanique 175 References pages 22 to 25 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Presentation pages 4 to 9 Functions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ATV 71e0 eeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3xX ATV 71HO75N4 HD15N4 drives can be supplied without a graphic display terminal In this case they are equipped with an integrated 7 segment display terminal ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives are equipped as standard with an integrated 7 segment display terminal This can be used to O Display status and faults O Access and modify parameters The Altivar 71 drive is supplied ready for use for most applic
49. 340 000 Ready assembled 200 300 ATV 71HC20N4 ATV 71E5C20N4F 603 000 enclosure with braking unit in the enclosure 250 400 ATV 71HC25N4 ATV 71E5C25N4F 603 000 280 450 ATV 71HC28N4 ATV 71E5C28N4F 603 000 Ready assembled 200 300 ATV 71HC20N4 ATV 71E5C20N4 7 430 000 enclosure without braking unit 250 400 ATV 71HC25N4 ATV 71E5C25N4 7 430 000 ATV 71E5D90N4 E5C28N4 ATV 71E5C20N4F E5C28N4F 280 450 ATV 71HC28N4 ATV 71E5C28N4 1 430 000 315 500 ATV 71HC31N4 ATV 71E5C31N4 2 748 000 400 600 ATV 71HC40N4 ATV 71E5C40N4 2 806 000 500 700 ATV 71HC50N4 ATV 71E5C50N4 2 938 000 Description For drive Reference Weight kg IP 54 enclosure ATV 71E5C31N4 VW3 A7E 102 262 000 with braking unit ATV 71E5C40N4 ATV 71E5C50N4 1 To add a compatible braking unit order reference ATV 71E5C20N4F ATV 71E5C28N4F depending on the rating required The braking unit is then supplied mounted in the enclosure next to the drive 2 Braking unit in IP 54 enclosure to be ordered separately see reference above ATV 71E5C31N4 E5C50N4 Presentation Characteristics Dimensions page 32 page 33 pages 35 to 37 a Telemecanique Dimensions Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ready assembled in IP 54 enclosure ATV 71E5D90N4 E5C28N4 ATV 71E5C20N4F E5C28N4F KXXXXXXXXXXX RRR RRR REEI RIRIK RY LIILIA 22 A T A a a o0 O m N RRR ATV 71E5 a D90N4 C16N4 616 C20N4F C28N4F 816 ATV 71E5C31N4 E5
50. 54 1 4 43 96 11 15 HD11M3X 36 6 15 34 2 30 91 17 12 8 86 6 36 5 37 4 08 3 77 3 01 2 82 2 37 2 19 1 94 1 73 1 62 1 37 1 38 38 14 15 20 HD15M8X 48 6 15 55 8 25 51 13 46 8 73 6 32 5 25 4 21 3 6 3 11 2 62 2 42 1 95 1 93 1 47 1 56 1 12 1 26 35 34 18 5 25 HD18M3X 58 7 22 55 8 25 51 13 46 8 73 6 32 5 25 4 21 3 6 3 11 2 62 2 42 1 95 1 93 1 47 1 56 1 12 1 26 32 31 22 30 HD22M3X 70 28 22 65 92 29 81 15 91 8 7 6 15 5 23 3 99 3 63 2 95 2 68 2 32 2 04 1 89 1 57 1 57 1 22 1 32 36 62 30 40 HD30M3X 96 9 22 88 78 36 68 19 42 8 38 5 67 4 86 3 44 3 29 2 52 2 38 1 98 1 77 1 62 1 34 1 34 1 02 1 12 43 51 37 50 HD37M3X 116 1 22 107 9 33 09 16 4 8 59 5 59 4 97 3 54 3 33 2 6 2 36 2 03 1 72 1 63 1 26 1 32 0 94 1 06 39 24 45 60 HD45M3X 138 7 22 130 5 30 15 13 86 8 65 5 38 5 01 3 49 3 33 2 55 2 33 1 96 1 66 1 53 1 2 1 19 0 9 0 9 35 7 3 phase supply voltage 240 V 50 Hz with DC choke supplied as standard with the drive 55 75 HD55M3X 163 5 35 175 8 46 43 27 19 8 18 6 32 4 57 3 27 3 06 2 23 2 23 1 69 1 70 1 35 1 33 1 10 1 07 0 90 55 32 75 100 HD75M3X 215 7 35 236 8 45 17 25 21 8 08 5 85 4 40 3 02 2 89 2 06 2 06 1 55 1 54 1 23 1 18 0 99 0 92 0 80 53 17 Motor For Line supply Current harmonic levels THD power ATV71 Line Linelsc H1 H5 H7 H11 H13 H17 H19 H23 H25 H29 H31 H35 H37 H41 H43 H47 H49 3 drives current 2 kW HP A kA A F F F 3 phase supply voltage 400 V 50 Hz with optional DC choke 0 75 1 H075N4 1 77 5 1 61 346 237 89
51. 58 and 218 58 and 226 58 58 58 101 Combinations continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Motor Drive Option DC choke Line choke Passive Additional IP 30 EMC Motor IP 20 motor filter 1 EMC input filter kit choke choke kit filter kW HP 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz 0 75 1 ATV 71H075N4 VW3 A4 501 VW3 A4551 VWSA46e1 VW3 A4401 VW3 A5 10e TS 2 ATV 71HU15N4 VW3 A4502 VW3 A4551 VW3 A4661 VW3 A4401 VW3 A5 10e 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22N4 VW3 A4 503 VW3 A4552 VW3 A4 6 1 VW3 A4401 VW3 A5 10e 3 ATV 71HU30N4 VW3 A4 503 VW3 A4552 VW3A460e1 VW3 A4 402 VW3 A5 10e 4 5 ATV 71HU40N4 VW3 A4 504 VW3 A4552 VWSA46e2 VW3 A4402 VW3 A5 10e 5 5 Z9 ATV 71HU55N4 VW3 A4 505 VW3 A4553 VW3SA46e2 VW3 A4403 VW3 A5 10e VW3 A9 612 TES 10 ATV 71HU75N4 VW3 A4 506 VW3 A4553 VW3SA46e3 VW3 A4403 VW3 A5 10e VW3 A9 612 11 15 ATV 71HD11N4 VW3 A4507 VW3 A4554 VW3 A4663 VW3 A4404 VW3 A5 10e VW3A9 612 15 20 ATV 71HD15N4 VW3 A4 508 VW3 A4554 VW3A460e4 VW3 A4 405 VW3 A5 10e VW3 A9 612 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18N4 VW3 A4 508 VW3A4555 VW3SA460e5 VW3 A4405 VW3 A5 10e VW3 A9 612 22 30 ATV 71HD22N4 VW3 A4510 VW3 A4555 VW3 A4 6e6 VW3 A4406 VW3 A5 10e VW3 A9 612 30 40 ATV 71HD30N4 VW3 A4510 VW3 A4556 VW3A46e7 VW3 A4407 VW3 A5 10e VW3 A9 612 37 50 ATV 71HD37N4 VW3 A4510 VW3 A4556 VWSA460e7 VW3 A4407 VW3 A5 10e VW3A9 612 45 60 ATV 71HD45N4 VW3 A4511 VW3 A4556 VW3A460e8 VW3 A4408 VW3 A5 104 VW3 A9 612 55 75 ATV 71HD55N4
52. 612 VW3 A9 612 VW3 A9 612 VW3 A9 612 VW3 A9 612 VW3 A9 612 VW3 A9 612 VW3 A9 612 97 Communication cards 2 Ethernet TCP IP VW3 A3 310 58 and 214 Modbus Uni Telway VW3 A3 303 58 221 and 229 Fipio standard VW3 A3 311 58 and 218 Sinus filter VW3 A5 201 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A5 202 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A5 204 VW3 A5 204 VW3 A5 204 VW3 A5 205 VW3 A5 205 VW3 A5 206 VW3 A5 206 99 Substitution Fipio VW3 A3 301 58 and 218 Braking resistor VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 702 VW3 A7 702 VW3 A7 703 VW3 A7 703 VW3 A7 704 VW3 A7 704 VW3 A7 704 VW3 A7 705 VW3 A7 707 VW3 A7 707 VW3 A7 707 63 Modbus Plus VW3 A3 302 58 and 226 Hoist resistor VW3 A7 801 VW3 A7 801 VW3 A7 801 VW3 A7 802 VW3 A7 802 VW3 A7 802 VW3 A7 803 VW3 A7 803 VW3 A7 804 VW3 A7 804 VW3 A7 804 VW3 A7 804 VW3 A7 805 VW3 A7 805 VW3 A7 805 VW3 A7 806 65 Profibus DP VW3 A3 307 Equipped IP 54 plate VW3 A7 901 VW3 A7 901 VW3 A7 901 VW3 A7 901 VW3 A7 901 VW3 A7 902 VW3 A7 902 VW3 A7 903 VW3 A7 904 VW3 A7 904 VW3 A7 905 VW3 A7 906 VW3 A7 906 VW3 A7 907 VW3 A7 907 VW3 A7 907 26 INTERBUS VW3 A3 304 58 Telemecanique 105 Combinations continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar
53. 71WU55N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z 7 5 10 ATV 71HU75N4 14 00 19 1 VW3 A4 603 21 000 ATV 71WU75N4 ATV 71PU75N4Z 11 15 ATV 71HD11N4 19 00 19 1 VW3 A4 603 21 000 ATV 71WD11N4 15 20 ATV 71HD15N4 26 00 26 1 VW3 A4 604 22 000 ATV 71WD15N4 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18N4 32 00 35 1 VW3 A4 605 34 000 ATV 71WD18N4 22 30 ATV 71HD22N4 38 00 43 1 VW3 A4 606 38 000 ATV 71WD22N4 30 40 ATV 71HD30N4 52 00 72 1 VW3 A4 607 56 000 ATV 71WD30N4 37 50 ATV 71HD37N4 63 00 72 1 VW3 A4 607 56 000 ATV 71WD37N4 45 60 ATV 71HD45N4 77 00 101 1 VW3 A4 608 69 000 ATV 71WD45N4 55 75 ATV 71HD55N4 91 00 101 1 VW3 A4 608 69 000 ATV 71WD55N4 75 100 ATV 71HD75N4 126 00 144 1 VW3 A4 609 97 000 ATV 71WD75N4 THDI 10 90 125 ATV 71HD90N4 149 00 144 1 VW3 A4 609 97 000 110 150 ATV 71HC11N4 182 00 180 1 VW3 A4 610 103 000 132 200 ATV 71HC13N4 218 00 216 1 VW3 A4 611 112 000 160 250 ATV 71HC16N4 287 00 289 1 VW3 A4 612 135 000 200 300 ATV 71HC20N4 353 50 370 1 VW3 A4 613 155 000 220 350 ATV 71HC25N4 364 00 370 1 VW3 A4 613 155 000 250 400 ATV 71HC25N4 415 00 216 2 VW3 A4 611 112 000 280 450 ATV 71HC28N4 485 00 289 2 VW3 A4 612 135 000 315 500 ATV 71HC31N4 543 00 289 2 VW3 A4 612 135 000 355 ATV 71HC40N4 588 00 289 2 VW3 A4 612 135 000 400 600 ATV 71HC40N4 664 00 325 2 VW3 A4 619 155 000 500 700 ATV 71HC50N4 840 00 289 3 VW3 A4 612 135 000 1 By adding a DC choke see page 78 to ATV 71 075N4 eD75N4 and ATV 71Pee eeN4Z drives we get a THD lt 10
54. 803 VW3 AQ 504 VW3 AQ 204 VW3 AQ 104 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A7 703 VW3 A7 804 VW3 AQ 505 VW3 A9 205 VW3 A9 105 VW3 A5 204 VW3 A7 704 VW3 A7 804 VW3 AQ 505 VW3 AQ 205 VW3 A9 105 VW3 A5 204 VW3 A7 704 VW3 A7 804 VW3 AQ 506 VW3 AQ 206 VW3 A9 106 VW3 AQ 404 VW3 A5 204 VW3 A7 704 VW3 A7 804 VW3 AQ 507 VW3 AQ 207 VW3 A9 107 VW3 A9 405 VW3 A5 205 VW3 A7 705 VW3 A7 805 VW3 A9 507 VW3 A9 207 VW3 A9 107 VW3 A9 405 VW3 A5 205 VW3 A7 707 VW3 A7 805 VW3 AQ 509 VW3 AQ 208 VW3 A9 108 VW3 AQ 407 VW3 A5 206 VW3 A7 707 VW3 A7 805 VW3 AQ 509 VW3 AQ 208 VW3 AQ 108 VW3 A9 407 VW3 A5 206 VW3 A7 707 VW3 A7 806 VW3 AQ 509 VW3 AQ 208 VW3 A9 108 VW3 A9 407 VW3 A5 207 VW3 A7 710 VW3 A7 811 VW3 A9 510 VW3 AQ 209 VW3 A9 109 VW3 A5 207 VW3 A7 711 VW3 A7 812 VW3 A9 511 VW3 AQ 210 VW3 AQ 110 VW3 A5 208 VW3 A7 711 VW3 A7 812 VW3 AQ 512 VW3 AQ 211 VW3 A9 111 VW3 A5 208 VW3 A7 712 VW3 A7 813 VW3 A9 513 VW3 AQ 212 VW3 AQ 112 VW3 A5 209 VW3 A7 101 VW3 A7 715 VW3 A7 814 VW3 A9 514 515 VW3 A9 213 214 VW3 A9 113 114 VW3 A5 209 VW3 A7 101 VW3 A7 716 VW3 A7 815 VW3 A9 514 515 VW3 A9 213 214 VW3 A9 113 114 VW3 A5 210 VW3 A7 101 VW3 A7 716 VW3 A7 815 VW3 A9 514 515 VW3 A9 213 214 VW3 A9 113 114 VW3 A5 210 VW3 A7 101 VW3 A7 716 VW3 A7 815 VW3 A9 514 515 VW3 A9 213 214 VW3 A9 113 114 VW3 A5 210 VW3 A7 102 VW3 A7 717 VW3 A7 816 VW3 AQ 115 VW3 A5 210 VW3 A7 102 VW3 A7 717 VW3 A7 816 VW3 AQ 115 VW3 A5 211 VW3 A7 102 VW3 A7 717 VW3 A7
55. 816 VW3 A9 115 VWS3 A5 211 VW3 A7 102 VW3 A7 718 VW3 A7 817 VW3 AQ 116 99 61 63 65 27 29 30 26 Communication cards 2 Ethernet Modbus Fipio Substitution Modbus Plus Profibus DP DeviceNet INTERBUS TCP IP Uni Telway standard Fipio VW3 A3 310 VW3 A3 303 VW3 A3 311 VW3 A3 301 VW3 A3 302 VW3 A3 307 VW3 A3 309 VW3 A3 304 58 and 214 58 221 and 229 58 and 218 58 and 218 58 and 226 58 58 58 103 Combinations continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Motor Drive Option DC choke Line choke Passive filter 7 Additional EMC filter kW HP 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz 0 75 1 ATV 71W075N4 VW3 A4 501 VW3 A4 551 VW3 A4 661 VW3 A4 401 1 5 2 ATV 71WU15N4 VW3 A4 502 VW3 A4 551 VW3 A4 661 VW3 A4 401 2 2 3 ATV 71WU22N4 VW3 A4 503 VW3 A4 552 VW3 A4 661 VW3 A4 401 3 ATV 71WU30N4 VW3 A4 503 VW3 A4 552 VW3 A4 661 VW3 A4 402 4 5 ATV 71WU40N4 VW3 A4 504 VW3 A4 552 VW3 A4 662 VW3 A4 402 5 5 75 ATV 71WU55N4 VW3 A4 505 VW3 A4 553 VW3 A4 602 VW3 A4 403 75 10 ATV 71WU75N4 VW3 A4 506 VW3 A4 553 VW3 A4 603 VW3 A4 403 11 15 ATV 71WD11N4 VW3 A4 507 VW3 A4 554 VW3 A4 603 VW3 A4 404 15 20 ATV 71WD15N4 VW3 A4 508 VW3 A4 554 VW3 A4 604 VW3 A4 405 18 5 25 ATV 71WD18N4 VW3 A4 508 VW3 A4 555 VW3 A4 665 VW3 A4 405 22 30 ATV 71WD22N4 VW3 A4 510 VW3 A4 555 VW3 A4 606 VW3 A4 406 30 40 ATV 71WD30N4 VW3 A4 510 VW3 A4 556 VW3 A4 607 VW3 A4 407 ST 50 ATV 71WD37N4 VW3 A4 510 VW3 A4 556 VW3 A4 607 VW3 A4 407 45
56. 83 5 10 27 5 1 For fixing using an M8 screw min Presentation References Functions page 27 pages 27 pages 172 to 203 Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Accessories Kits for flush mounting inside dust and damp proof enclosure continued VW3 A9 512 513 VW3 A9 512 VW3 A9 513 Cut outs and drill holes without DC choke Cut outs and drill holes with DC choke 85 190 4x 8 45 180 T 210 195 180 210 ol of LO LO O m 30 N ice O H gt i VW3 a al A9 512 442 360 390 A9 513 542 460 490 1 For fixing using an M8 screw min VW3 A9 514 without braking unit VW3 A9 515 with braking unit Cut outs and drill holes without DC choke Cut outs and drill holes with DC choke 190 8x 8 D a Ki LO 7 al 128 N FT iz y F LO Tah O o Pj LO y y a G gt VW3 a al G G1 VW3 a2 A9 514 697 610 645 215 A9 514 90 A9 515 772 685 720 240 A9 515 165 1 For fixing using an M8 screw min Presentation References Functions page 27 pages 27 pages 172 to 203 Ee Telemecanique 7 Dimensions continued Kits for inside dust and damp proof enclosure VW3 AQ 801 803 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Accessories Drill holes in the enclosure 4xO i I 7Y VW3 a b c d G H A9 801
57. A4 410 413 b1 A 170 VW3 a al b b1 A9 601 1200 800 310 270 A9 602 1400 1000 350 310 Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions page 90 page 91 pages 92 and 93 page 145 pages 172 to 203 EZI 129 Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Motor chokes Motor chokes 7 VW3 A5 101 102 Mounting recommendations 2 4xO Pe Ee C VW3 a b c G H A5 101 190 210 90 170 45 8x12 A5 102 190 235 120 170 48 8x12 VW3 A5 103 Mounting recommendations 2 4xO8x13 lo a 79 101 126 1 It is essential that the motor chokes are mounted on a metal support grille frame etc 2 Because of the magnetic field and or the heat dissipation it is essential to follow the mounting recommendations provided Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions pages 94 and 95 page 95 pages 96 and 97 page 145 pages 172 to 203 130 Ea Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 7 Motor chokes Motor chokes continued 7 VW3 A5 104 105 2 rep TM C VW3 a b c A5 104 170 250 100 A5 105 210 250 110 Mounting recommendations 3 2 50 1 It is essential that the motor chokes are mounted on a metal support grille frame etc 2 References VW3 A5 104 and 105 consist of 3 components 3 Because of the magnetic field and or the heat dissipation it is e
58. ATV 71HD15M3X VW3 A9 309 ATV 58HD28M2X 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18M3X VW3 A9 312 ATV 58HD33M2X 22 30 ATV 71HD22M3X VW3 A9 312 ATV 58HD46M2X 30 40 ATV 71HD30M3X VW3 A9 314 Supply voltage 380 480 V three phase ATV 58HU18N4 0 75 1 ATV 71H075N4 VW3 A9 302 ATV 58HU29N4 1 5 2 ATV 71HU15N4 VW3 A9 302 ATV 58HU41N4 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22N4 VW3 A9 302 ATV 58HU54N4 3 ATV 71HU30N4 VW3 A9 304 ATV 58HU72N4 4 5 ATV 71HU40N4 VW3 A9 304 ATV 58HU90N4 5 5 7 5 ATV 71HU55N4 VW3 A9 305 ATV 58HD12N4 7 5 10 ATV 71HU75N4 VW3 A9 306 ATV 58HD16N4 11 15 ATV 71HD11N4 VW3 A9 307 ATV 58HD23N4 15 20 ATV 71HD15N4 VW3 A9 308 ATV 58HD28N4 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18N4 VW3 A9 309 ATV 58HD33N4 22 30 ATV 71HD22N4 VW3 A9 310 ATV 58HD46N4 30 40 ATV 71HD30N4 VW3 A9 310 ATV 58HD54N4 37 50 ATV 71HD37N4 VW3 A9 312 ATV 58HD64N4 45 60 ATV 71HD45N4 VW3 A9 312 ATV 58HD79N4 55 75 ATV 71HD55N4 VW3 A9 312 Standard torque application 120 Tn Old drive Motor Replaced by Reference Weight Power kW HP kg Supply voltage 200 240 V three phase ATV 58HD16M2X 15 20 ATV 71HD15M3X VW3 A9 309 ATV 58HD23M2X 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18M3X VW3 A9 310 ATV 58HD28M2X 22 30 ATV 71HD22M3X VW3 A9 312 ATV 58HD33M2X 30 40 ATV 71HD30M3X VW3 A9 312 ATV 58HD46M2X 37 50 ATV 71HD37M3X VW3 A9 312 Supply voltage 380 480 V three phase ATV 58HD28N4 22 30 ATV 71HD22N4 VW3 A9 310 ATV 58HD33N4 30 40 ATV 71HD30N4 VW3 A9 310 ATV 58HD46N4 37 50 ATV
59. An IP 54 casing 4 used to maintain the IP 54 degree of protection for the power section m An EMC plate with cable clamps 5 m An IP 31 cover 6 m Fixing accessories m A manual References For drives Degree of Reference Weight protection kg ATV 71H037M3 HU15M3 IP 21 VW3 A9 101 1 300 ATV 71H075N4 HU22N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU22N4Z ATV 71HU22M3 HU40M3 IP 21 VW3 A9 102 1 500 ATV 71HU30N4 HU40N4 ATV 71PU30N4Z PU40N4Z ATV 71HU55M3 IP 21 VW3 A9 103 1 800 ATV 71HU55N4 HU75N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HU75M3 IP 21 VW3 A9 104 2 000 ATV 71HD11N4 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X IP 21 VW3 A9 105 2 800 ATV 71HD15N4 HD18N4 ATV 71HD18M3X HD22M3X IP 21 VW3 A9 106 4 000 ATV 71HD22N4 ATV 71HD30N4 HD37N4 IP 21 VW3 A9 107 5 000 ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X IP 21 VW3 A9 117 7 000 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 IP 21 VW3 A9 108 7 000 ATV 71HD55M3xX 7 IP 31 VW3 A9 109 9 400 ATV 71HD55M3XD 2 ATV 71HD9ON4 1 ATV 71HD9ON4D 2 ATV 71HD75M3xX 1 IP 31 VW3 A9 110 11 800 ATV 71HD75M3XD 2 ATV 71HC11N4 1 ATV 71HC11N4D 2 ATV 71HC13N4 1 IP 31 VW3 A9 111 11 600 ATV 71HC13N4D 2 ATV 71HC16N4 1 IP 31 VW3 A9 112 14 600 ATV 71HC16N4D 2 ATV 71HC20N4 HC28N4 1 Without braking unit IP 31 VW3 A9 113 19 500 ATV 71HC20N4D HC28N4D 2 With braking unit IP 31 VW3 A9 114 19 500 ATV 71HC31N4 HC40N4 1 IP 31 VW3 A9 115 25 000 ATV 71HC31N4D HC40N4D 2 ATV 71HC50N4 1 IP 31 VW3 A9 116 35 000 ATV 71HC50N4D 2 1 Dr
60. C mountings A B and C ol O O oO 4 8 12 16 kHz Switching frequency ATV HD18M3X HD45M3X and ATV 71HD37N4 HD75N4 7 I In In 100 90 40 C mountings A B and C 80 70 50 C mountings A B and C 60 50 60 C mountings A B and C 2 5 4 8 12 16 kHz Switching frequency 1 Above 50 IATV 71HD18M3X HD45M3X et ATV 71HD22N4 HD75N4 drives should be fitted with a control card fan kit See page 26 Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fe Telemecanique 159 Mounting and installation Variable speed drives recommendations continued for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 lt 1000 These drives can be mounted side by side observing the following mounting recommendations O LO N X N o o o ATV 71H X1 X2 D55M3X D75M3X D90N4 100 100 C11N4 C16N4 150 150 C20N4 C28N4 150 200 C31N4 C40N4 250 300 C50N4 250 400 21000 g Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 160 E Telemecanique Mounting and installation Variable speed drives recommendations continued for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives Derating curves The derating c
61. Communication gateway LAY P307 Communication gateway LA9 P307 provides connection between the Profibus DP field bus and Modbus serial link It is a Slave on the Profibus DP bus and Master of the Modbus serial link It manages information present on the Modbus serial link to make it available for read write functions in the Master PLC on the Profibus DP bus Gateway LA9 P307 consists of a box which can be clipped onto a 35 mm omega rail It manages up to15 Slaves on the Modbus serial link Example of architecture Profibus DP 1 3 4 3 4 a fea Modbus 7 6 6 O Yee p22alaaal yaa2alaaal oO O Mj yo E m PEA am E Led won 2 m woo LT6 P LT6 P ATV 31 ATS 48 Gateway LAY P307 Tap off cable VW3 P07 306 R10 Modbus splitter box LU9 GC3 Cable TSX CSA e00 Tap link cable VW3 A8 306 Ree Tap link cable VW3 A8 306 D30 Line end adapter VW3 A8 306 RC NO oO BOND Gateway LA9 P307 comprises A SUB D 9 way female connector for connection to the Profibus DP bus A line end adapter on the Profibus DP bus Gateway address coding on the Profibus DP bus Status signalling LED RJ 45 female connector for connection to the Modbus serial link 24 V power supply ouhahNd The gateway is configured using the standard software tools for the Profibus bus For the Premium automation platform use SYCON configurator software The
62. Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Factory specialist catalogue 2 Cable conforming to EIA TIA 568 standard category 5 and IEC 1180 EN 50 173 class D For UL and CSA 22 1 approved cables add the letter U at the end of the reference Example 490 NTW 000 02 becomes 490 NTW 000 02U Characteristics page 211 Functions pages 211 to 213 Telemecanique Reference VW3 A3 310 TSX ETG 100 TCS EAK 0100 TCS EAQ 0100 Reference 2 490 NTW 000 02 490 NTW 000 05 490 NTW 000 12 490 NTW 000 40 490 NTW 000 80 VW3 A8 306 D30 Weight kg 0 300 Weight kg 571200 1 571385 1 571829 1 References continued Starters drives and communication Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready concept Hubs Description Number of ports Reference Weight Copper Optical kg cable fibre Hub 10 Mbps twisted pair 4 499 NEH 104 10 0 530 10BASE T ports for copper cable shielded RJ45 connectors Hub 100 Mbps twisted pair 4 499 NEH 141 00 0 240 100BASE TX ports for copper cable shielded RJ45 connectors Hub 10 Mbps twisted pair and multimode optical fibre 3 2 499 NOH 105 10 0 900 10BASE T ports for copper cable shielded RJ45 connectors 10BASE FL ports for optical fibre ST connectors BFOC Switches Description Number of ports Configurable Reference Weight Copper Optical kg cable fibre Optimized switch twisted pair 5 no 499 NES 251 00 0 190 10BASE T 100BASE TX copper ports for copper
63. Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 112 Ea Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 12 IP 54 drives ATV 71W075N4 WD75N4 variable speed drives ATV 71W a b c G H K 075N4 U22N4 235 490 272 200 478 6 6 U30N4 U40N4 235 490 286 200 478 6 6 U55N4 U75N4 259 525 286 220 513 6 6 D11N4 290 560 315 250 544 8 6 D15N4 D18N4 310 665 315 270 650 10 6 D22N4 284 720 315 245 700 10 7 D30N4 D37N4 284 880 343 245 860 10 7 D45N4 D75N4 362 1000 364 300 975 10 9 Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 E Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Accessories EMC mounting plates 7 Pour ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD18N4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z For ATV 71 a b H037M3 HU15M3 83 70 H0O75N4 HU22N4 PO75N4Z PU22N4Z HU22M3 HU40M3 83 85 HU30N4 HU40N4 HU55M3 95 85 HU55N4 HU75N4 HU75M3 HD15M3X 95 118 HD11N4 HD18N4 For ATV 71 a b HD18M3X HD22M3X 122 120 M5 HD22N4 HD30N4 HD37N4 113 127 M5 HD30M3X HD45M3X 118 128 M8 HD45N4 HD75N4 118 173 M8 1 Supplied with the drive apart from ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4
64. VW3 A4 511 VW3 A4556 VWSA460e8 VW3 A4408 VW3 A5 104 VW3 A9 612 75 100 ATV 71HD75N4 VW3 A4 511 VW3 A4558 VW3A460e9 VW3 A4408 VW3 A5 104 VW3 A9 612 90 125 ATV 71HD90N4 VW3 A4 558 VW3A460e9 VW3 A4410 VW3 A9601 VW3 A5104 VW3 A9612 110 150 ATV 71HC11N4 VW3 A4 559 VW3SA460e0 VW3 A4410 VW3 A9601 VW3 A5105 VW3 A9 612 132 200 ATV 71HC13N4 VW3 A4 560 VW3A460e1 VW3 A4410 VW3 A9601 VW3 A5105 VW3 A9612 160 250 ATV 71HC16N4 VW3 A4 561 VWS3A46e2 VW3 A4 411 VW3 A9 601 VW3 A5106 VW3 A9 613 200 300 ATV 71HC20N4 VW3 A4 569 VWS3A46e3 VW3 A4 411 VW3 A9 601 VW3 A5106 VW3 A9 613 220 350 ATV 71HC25N4 VW3 A4 562 VWS3A46e3 VW3 A4 411 VW3 A9 601 VW3 A5106 VW3 A9 613 250 400 ATV 71HC25N4 VW3 A4 564 VWS3A46e1 VW3 A4 411 VW3 A9 601 VW3 A5 107 VW3 A9 613 280 450 ATV 71HC28N4 VW3 A4 564 VWS3A46e2 VW3 A4 411 VW3 A9 601 VW3 A5 107 VW3 A9 613 315 500 ATV 71HC31N4 VW3 A4 565 VW3A46e2 VW3 A4 412 VW3 A9 602 VW3 A5107 VW3 A9 613 355 ATV 71HC40N4 VW3 A4 569 VW3A46e2 VW3 A4 412 VW3 A9 602 VW3 A5107 VW3 A9 613 400 600 ATV 71HC40N4 VW3 A4 569 VW3A460e9 VW3 A4 412 VW3 A9 602 VW3 A5108 VW3 A9 613 500 700 ATV 71HC50N4 VW3 A4 564 VW3A46e2 VW3 A4413 VW3A9602 VW3A5108 VW3 A9613 Pages 23 81 84 86 92 93 96 97 For drives Logicinput Remote Encoder interface cards I O cards 2 Controller PowerSuite adapter graphic RS 422 Open Push pull Logic Extended Inside software 115V display compatible collector outputs programm workshop terminal differential outputs able card
65. VW3 A7 801 VW3 A9 501 VW3 A9 201 VW3 A9 101 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 801 VW3 AQ 501 VW3 AQ 201 VW3 AQ 101 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A7 702 VW3 A7 802 VW3 A9 501 VW3 A9 201 VW3 A9 101 VW3 A5 202 VW3 A7 702 VW3 A7 803 VW3 A9 502 VW3 A9 202 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A5 202 VW3 A7 703 VW3 A7 803 VW3 A9 502 VW3 A9 202 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A7 703 VW3 A7 803 VW3 A9 502 VW3 A9 202 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A7 704 VW3 A7 804 VW3 A9 503 VW3 A9 203 VW3 A9 103 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A7 704 VW3 A7 804 VW3 A9 504 VW3 A9 204 VW3 A9 104 VW3 A5 204 VW3 A7 705 VW3 A7 805 VW3 A9 505 VW3 A9 205 VW3 A9 105 VW3 A5 204 VW3 A7 706 VW3 A7 805 VW3 A9 505 VW3 A9 205 VW3 A9 105 VW3 A5 205 VW3 A7 707 VW3 A7 806 VW3 A9 506 VW3 A9 206 VW3 A9 106 VW3 A9 404 VW3 A5 205 VW3 A7 707 VW3 A7 807 VW3 A9 506 VW3 A9 206 VW3 A9 106 VW3 A9 404 VW3 A5 206 VW3 A7 708 VW3 A7 807 VW3 A9 508 VW3 A9 217 VW3 A9 117 VW3 A9 406 VW3 A5 206 VW3 A7 709 VW3 A7 808 VW3 A9 508 VW3 AQ 217 VW3 A9 117 VW3 A9 406 VW3 A5 206 VW3 A7 709 VW3 A7 808 VW3 A9 508 VW3 A9 217 VW3 A9 117 VW3 A9 406 VW3 A5 208 VW3 A7 713 VW3 A7 809 VW3 A9 510 VW3 A9 209 VW3 A9 109 VW3 A5 208 VW3 A7 714 VW3 A7 810 VW3 A9 511 VW3 A9 210 VW3 A9 110 99 63 65 27 29 30 26 Communication cards 1 Ethernet Modbus Fipio Substitution Modbus Plus Profibus DP DeviceNet INTERBUS TCP IP Uni Telway standard Fipio VW3 A3 310 VW3 A3 303 VW3 A3 311 VW3 A3 301 VW3 A3 302 VW3 A3 307 VW3 A3 309 VW3 A3 304 58 and 214 58 221 and 229 58 and 218
66. a fan see page 28 Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 533235 DF503856 Presentation continued ATV 71PU75N4Z in dust and damp proof enclosure Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 The Altivar 71 drive can be mounted in a variety of ways for integration into machines Mounting outside enclosure The standard version of the Altivar 71 drive on heatsink or the base plate version can be mounted directly on a wall without the need for an enclosure UL Type 1 conformity can be achieved using kit VW3 A9 2ee and IP 21 or IP 31 using kit VW3 A9 1 see pages 29 and 30 Flush mounting inside a dust and damp proof enclosure The Altivar 71 drive has been designed to optimize the size of enclosures floor standing wall mounted etc This type of mounting can be used to reduce the size of enclosure required and to limit the temperature rise inside the enclosure m The power section with IP 54 degree of protection can be easily mounted outside the enclosure using the kit for flush mounting in a dust and damp proof enclosure VW3 A9 5ee see page 27 m This type of mounting can lead to ambient temperatures of up to 60 C inside the enclosure without derating It may be necessary to use a control card fan kit VW3 A9 4ee appropriate for the drive rating in order to avoid hot spots see page 26 m This option permits mounting side by side see pages 158 an
67. and PID error display the PID reference PID feedback PID error and PID output on the graphic display terminal and assign them to an analog output apply a ramp time PrP to the PID reference The motor speed is limited to between LSP and HSP It is displayed as process values Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 196 Ea Telemecanique Functions continued Presentation pages 4 to 9 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Torque control This supports torque control or speed regulation mode These two types of mode can be switched using a logic input or command word bit Function suitable for applications requiring traction control Speed epee teletence Speed regulation Torque T reference Torqueref Torque Torque SAS sign ratio ramp tSd trt trP Switching command The torque reference is signed and has its own ramp A torque ratio can be used to scale the reference It can be transmitted via an analog input frequency control input RP input or encoder or communication network The torque sign and value can be output to a logic output and an analog output In torque control mode the speed may vary within an adjustable dead band When it has reached the lower or upper limit the drive automatically switches to speed regulation mode
68. assembled in IP 54 enclosure Two separate air circuits ensure optimum enclosure ventilation by cooling the power section and the control section Power section 1 Air intake is via an IP 54 grille on the front of the plinth 2 Air is expelled via an IP 54 grille on the front of the enclosure roof Control section 3 Air intake is via a fan with IP 54 filter on the lower part of the enclosure door 4 Airis expelled via an IP 54 grille with filter on the upper part of the enclosure door Maximum external temperature of enclosure 4 40 C without derating Line supply connection Directly to the switch cable entry required at base of enclosure Motor connection Directly to the drive cable entry required at base of enclosure Control terminal connection Directly to the drive s control terminals Colour of SAREL Spacial 6000 Cell Enclosures RAL 7032 1 For other characteristics see page 10 Presentation References Dimensions page 32 page 34 pages 35 to 37 Telemecanique 523390 523391 References Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ready assembled in IP 54 enclosure Description Motor With drive Reference Weight Power kW HP kg Ready assembled 90 125 ATV 71HD90N4 ATV 71E5D90N4 280 000 enclosure with integrated braking 110 150 ATV 71HC11N4 ATV 71E5C11N4 300 000 transistor in the drive 132 200 ATV 71HC13N4 ATV 71E5C13N4 310 000 160 250 ATV 71HC16N4 ATV 71E5C16N4
69. be used to optimize the cycle time by limiting the time spent operating at low speed The stop type can also be configured O stop on ramp O freewheel stop O fast stop mg Short and long cam operation O Short cams In this instance when operating for the first time or after restoring the factory settings the drive must initially be started outside the slowdown and stop zones in order to initialize the function Forward slowdown zone v Slowdown a a forward Forward stop zone Forward stop o o Long cams In this instance there is no restriction which means that the function is initialized across the whole trajectory Forward slowdown zone Slowdown forward Forward stop zone Forward stop References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique Functions continued f Hz Frib Fri Forward or 1 Reverse 0 1 LIx 0 Example of reference switching Fri or Frib SA2 SA3 dA2 A dA3 _ MA2 MA3 A drive reference SA2 SA3 summed inputs dA2 dA3 subtraction inputs MA2 MA3 multiplication inputs Presentation Characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Reference switching Switching between two references speed torque PID etc can be enabled by O a logic input O acommand word bit Reference 1 Fr1 is active if the logic
70. cable shielded RJ45 connectors Switches twisted pair 8 no 499 NES 181 00 0 230 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports for copper cable shielded RJ45 connectors 7 yes 499NES27100 0 460 Switches twisted pair and multimode optical fibre 4 1 no 499 NMS 251 01 0 330 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports for copper cable shielded RJ45 connectors 3 2 no 499 NMS 251 02 0 335 100BASE FX ports for optical fibre SC connectors 5 2 ye 499NOS27100 0 460 Switches twisted pair and single mode optical fibre 4 1 no 499 NSS 251 01 0 330 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports for copper cable shielded RJ45 connectors 3 2 no 499 NSS 251 02 0 335 100BASE FX ports 499 NMS 251 02 for optical fibre SC connectors 5 5 yes 499 NSS 271 00 0 460 1 For Transparent Ready accessories please consult our Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Ready catalogue Presentation Characteristics Functions Connections page 210 page 211 pages 211 to 213 page 214 Presentation Characteristics page 217 216 Connections page 218 Starters drives and communication Communication via Fipio bus Magelis XBT Fipio bus ATS 48 The Fipio fieldbus is a standard means of communication between control system components and conforms to the World FIP standard A Premium PLC bus manager can control 127 devices agents over a maximum distance of 15 km The Fipio bus manager is integrated in the PLC processor The Altistart 48 soft start soft stop unit and
71. can be accessed from the front of the enclosure m Fixing accessories m A cutting and drilling template m A manual References For drives Reference Weight kg ATV 71H037M3 HU15M3 VW3 AQ 501 2 700 ATV 71H075N4 HU22N4 ATV 71HU22M3 HU40M3 VW3 AQ 502 3 100 ATV 71HU30N4 HU40N4 ATV 71HU55M3 VW3 AQ 503 3 700 ATV 71HU55N4 HU75N4 ATV 71HU75M3 VW3 AQ 504 4 600 ATV 71HD11N4 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X VW3 AQ 505 4 900 ATV 71HD15N4 HD18N4 ATV 71HD18M3X HD22M3X VW3 AQ 506 3 900 ATV 71HD22N4 ATV 71HD30N4 HD37N4 VW3 AQ 507 4 200 ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X VW3 AQ 508 4 900 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 VW3 AQ 509 5 200 ATV 71HD55M3xX 1 VW3 AQ 510 5 100 ATV 71HD55M3XD 2 ATV 71HD9ON4 1 ATV 71HD9ON4D 2 ATV 71HD75M3X 1 VW3 A9 511 3 600 ATV 71HD75M3XD 2 ATV 71HC11N4 1 ATV 71HC11N4D 2 ATV 71HC13N4 1 VW3 A9 512 4 300 ATV 71HC13N4D 2 ATV 71HC16N4 1 VW3 A9 513 4 400 ATV 71HC16N4D 2 ATV 71HC20N4 HC28N4 1 Without braking unit VW3 AQ 514 4 700 ATV 71HC20N4D HC28N4D 2 With braking unit VW3 A9 515 4 700 1 Drives supplied as standard with a DC choke In this case cut out and drill the enclosure for the choke See pages 116 and 117 2 Drives supplied without DC choke 27 DF535454 DF535453 Presentation references continued ATV 71PU22N4Z drive in a dust and damp proof enclosure ATV 71PU22N4Z drive with fan VZ3 V1 203 Dimensions page 118 28 Variable speed
72. card by an ATV 71 drive To replace an ATV 58 or ATV 58F drive equipped with a VW3 58 301 card by an ATV 71 drive use the Fipio substitution card VW3 A3 301 See pages 218 and 219 0 300 0 300 Substitution Fipio This card is also used to replace an ATV 580r VW3 A3 301 ATV 58F drive equipped with a VW3 A58 301 card by an ATV 71 drive To replace an ATV 58 or ATV 58F drive equipped with a VW3 A58 311 card by a ATV 71 drive use the standard Fipio card VW3 A3 311 See pages 218 and 219 0 300 Modbus Plus To be connected to the Modbus Plus VW3 A3 302 IP 20 tap 990 NAD 230 00 using a cable 990 NAD 219 e0 See pages 226 and 227 0 300 Profibus DP DeviceNet INTERBUS To be connected using a connector VW3 A3 307 490 NAD 911 to the Profibus cable TSX PBS CAe00 4 The card is equipped with a removable VW3 A3 309 5 way screw terminal block To be connected using cable 170 MCI eee00 VW3 A3 304 4 0 300 0 300 0 300 1 The Altivar 71 drive can only take one communication card Consult the summary tables of possible drive option and accessory combinations see pages 100 to 107 2 The user manuals are supplied on CD ROM or can be downloaded from the Internet at www telemecanique com For the Profibus DP and DeviceNet cards the description files in gsd or eds format are also supplied on CD ROM or can be downloaded from the Internet at www telemecanique com 3 Please consult our
73. character on each frame acknowledgement and if required repetition of messages ensure security of transmission The bus status table transmission error counters and station status can be accessed on each station Other functions Monitoring TSX Micro PEUN TA PE 21601 Terminal port Tac Pl am piia 10 8 5 8 6 8 7 aH Ei a 11 9 Saieomeed EU Premium TSX SCP 114 1 Limited to 128 bytes with the Premium and TSX Micro PLC terminal port 533153 535577 533154 References TSX SCA 62 TSX P ACC 01 Starters drives and communication Communication via Uni Telway bus Cards kit and module Description Used with No Protocol Reference Weight kg Communication card ATV 61 1 Uni Telway VW3 A3 303 0 300 card equipped with a 9 way ATV 71 Modbus female SUB D connector RS 485 type Ill PCMCIA card Premium Atrium 3 Uni Telway TSX SCP 114 0 105 compatible with RS 422 TSX Micro PLCs or Modbus 1 2 19 2 Kbps TSX SCY 21601 module character mode Communication module Premium or Atrium PLC 4 Uni Telway TSX SCY 21601 0 360 Modbus character mode Connection accessories Description Use No Reference Weight kg Subscriber socket 2 channel junction box trunk 5 TSX SCA 62 0 570 Two 15 way female cable extension and line SUB D connectors terminator and 2 screw terminals Tap junction Junction box trunk cab
74. derate the nominal drive current see derating curves on pages 159 and 161 to 163 2 Typical value for the indicated motor power and for the maximum prospective line Isc 3 ATV 71HD9ON4 HC50N4 drives are supplied as standard in a reinforced version for operation in specific environmental ATV 71HC28N4 conditions see the environmental conditions on page 11 To order the ATV 71H075N4 HD75N4 drives in a reinforced version add 337 at the end of the reference For example ATV 71HO75N4 becomes ATV 71H075N4S337 If a reinforced version of the drive is supplied for specific environmental conditions it will feature a remote graphic display terminal 4 All drives come with a remote graphic display terminal To order an ATV 71HO75N4 ATV 71HD75N4 drive without a graphic display terminal add a Z at the end of the reference The drive will then come equipped with an integrated 7 segment display terminal For example ATV 71HO75N4 without a graphic display terminal becomes ATV 71H075N4Z 5 Drive supplied as standard with a DC choke which must be used when connecting the drive to the 3 phase supply For connections to the DC bus the drive can be ordered without a DC choke by adding a D at the end of the reference For example ATV 71HD90N4 becomes ATV 71HD9ON4D 6 Drive supplied without plate for EMC mounting A choke appropriate for the drive rating is supplied in a UL Type 1 IP 21 or IP 31 kit which must be ordered separately For ATV 71HO75N4
75. drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Electromagnetic compatibility Principle m Earths between drive motor and cable shielding must have high frequency equipotentiality m Use shielded cables with shielding connected to earth over 360 at both ends for the motor cable the braking resistor cable and the control signalling cables Conduit or metal ducting can be used for part of the shielding length provided that there is no break in the continuity of the earth connections m Ensure maximum separation between the power supply cable line supply and the motor cable Installation diagram for ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3X ATV 71HeeeN4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives Steel plate 7 to be mounted on the drive earthed casing Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drive Unshielded power supply wires or cable Unshielded wires for the output of the fault relay contacts Fix and earth the shielding of cables 5 7 and 8 as close as possible to the drive Strip the shielding fix the cable to the plate 1 by attaching the clamp to the stripped part of the shielding The shielding must be clamped tightly enough to the metal plate to ensure good contact 6 Shielded cable for connecting the motor 7 Shielded cable for connecting the control signal wiring For applications requiring several conductors use cables with a small cross section 0 5 mm 8 Shielded cable for connecting the braking resistor 5 7 8 the shielding must be co
76. ee ee ee ne ee ee es page 75 m Reduction of current harmonics EDC chokes saene mien nema ocr net r Moye Nek OSs Lanne page 81 SCOR G S eae ee recess Okie hades nan eae ent ee E A se eer ee A page 84 EI DASSIVGTIILGNS csr umn ect wha T crash dir aty et eae ent ce AG ON are Utne page 86 El additonal EMC input Titers ard e e a tel as ab ees cen page 92 m Output filters NOOR CROKE S cece eek Meteo cei A Nae O a page 95 Es SIMUS IG Siz Soe A mele etn Ae Boeke Set enema ea ence aanees page 99 Combinations of variable speed drives and options page 100 BEDIMENSIONS etre ene te ee ee ee eae page 108 BP SCHEMES ra R eye aa rae te ee eee Oe eee aaa aly page 134 m Motor Starters Toe rA S tee att ona oe page 152 m Mounting recommendations 00000 eee page 158 Combinations of functions and applications page 170 MSEC IONS oe er ee eons page 172 Compatibility table for functions page 204 m PowerSuite software workshop 0000eeeeunnes page 208 E Ethernet TCP IP network er aea a eee ee ee page 214 Communication via Fipio bus 0 cee eee page 218 Communication via Modbus serial link page 221 Communication via Modbus Plus network page 226 Communication via Uni Telway serial link page 229 Communication gateways LUFP page 231 Communic
77. fallback position The regulated torque is no longer maintained in which case two scenarios can occur O The speed falls within the dead band the torque takes the required value O The torque does not return to the required value at the end of an adjustable time the drive switches to fault or alarm mode depending on the configuration Torque Torque limit H E 1 Torque H B E C reference i Speed dead band AB and CD Fallback position BC Torque control zone D E Ideal operating point Speed Speed reference The stop in torque control mode can be configured O automatic switch to speed regulation mode O freewheel stop O stop at zero torque but still maintaining the flux in the motor for an adjustable period of time References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique 197 522170 Functions continued RDY Term 0 00Hz 0 0A 2nd CURRENT LIMIT C Limit 2 activ Limit 2 value Current limitation Configuring current switching Presentation pages 4 to 9 i Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Torque limit This can be used to limit the torque in the motor and generator quadrants using separate settings There are two types of torque limit O one with a value set by a parameter O the other with a value gi
78. gn for 11 ms conforming to IEC EN 60068 2 27 7 gn for 11 ms conforming to IEC EN 60068 2 27 1 Drive behaviour according to the drive configurations see pages 189 192 193 201 and 202 2 See table on page 90 to check permitted cable lengths Presentation References Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 10 Characteristics continued Jit Maximum ambient pollution ri ATV 71HeeeM3 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Degree 2 conforming to IEC EN 61800 5 1 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD18N4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71HD18M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD22N4 HC50N4 ATV 71WeeeN4 Degree 3 conforming to IEC EN 61800 5 1 Environmental conditions Relative humidity Ambient temperature around the unit Maximum operating altitude Operating position Maximum permanent angle in relation to the normal vertical mounting position Presentation pages 4 to 9 ATV 71HeeeM3 HeeeM3X ATV 71H075N4 HD75N4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71HeeeM3S337 ATV 71HeeeM3X337 ATV 71H075N4S337 HD75N4S337 ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 ATV 71WeeeN4 IEC 60721 3 3 classes 3C1 and 382 IEC 60721 3 3 class 3C2 5 95 without condensation or dripping water conforming to IEC 60068 2 3 Operation 10 50 without derating Up to 60 C with derating and with the control card fan kit VW3 A9 4ee corresponding to the drive rati
79. input or command word bit is at 0 reference 2 Frib is active if the logic input or command word bit is at 1 References can be switched with the motor running Reference Frib like Fri can originate from an analog input Al a frequency control input RP the graphic display terminal the Modbus serial link or the CANopen machine bus a communication card the Controller Inside programmable card oo oo oe g0 m Operations on references Summing subtraction multiplication Summing subtraction and multiplication inputs can be activated simultaneously The drive reference is thus O reference of drive A Fri or Frib SA2 SA3 dA2 dA3 x MA2 x MA3 o Summing inputs These can be used to add 2 to 3 references from different sources to Fri or Frib see Reference switching The references to be added together are selected from all the possible types of reference For example Reference Fri or Frib from Al1 Reference SA2 from CANopen Reference SA3 from a communication card Reference of drive A Fri or Frib SA2 SAS O Subtraction inputs These can be used to subtract 2 to 3 references from different sources from Fr1 or Frib see Reference switching The references to be subtracted are selected from all the possible types of reference For example Reference Fri or Frib from Al1 Reference dA2 from CANopen Reference dA3 from a communication card Reference of drive A Fri or Frib dA2 dA3
80. interface 2 wire RS 485 Transmission mode RTU Transmission speed Configurable via the display terminal or the Configurable via the display terminal PowerSuite software workshop or the PowerSuite software workshop 9600 bps or 19 200 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps 19 200 bps or 38 4 Kbps Format Polarization Address Functional profiles Fixed 8 bits even parity 1 stop Configurable via the display terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop 8 bits odd parity 1 stop 8 bits even parity 1 stop 8 bits no parity 1 stop 8 bits no parity 2 stop No polarization impedances These should be provided by the wiring system for example in the master 1 to 247 configurable via the terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop 3 addresses can be configured in order to access the drive data the Controller Inside programmable card and the communication card respectively These 3 addresses are identical for the connector and network ports CiA DSP 402 Device Profile Drives and Motion Control I O profile Messaging Communication monitoring With LEDs on ATV 71HeeeM3Z ATV 71HD11M8XZ HD15M3XZ ATV 71H075N4Z HD75N4Z ATV 71PeeeN4Z Read Holding Registers 03 63 words maximum Write Single Register 06 Write Multiple Registers 16 61 words maximum Read Write Multiple Registers 23 63 59 words maximum Read Device Identification 43 Diagnostics 08 Can be inhibited Time out which can
81. isolation provided by the circuit breaker will not be affected by the incident and no other elements apart from the contactor are damaged as a result of the motor short circuit The drive controls the motor provides protection against short circuits between the drive and the motor and protects the motor cable against overloads The overload protection is provided by the drive s motor thermal protection If this protection is removed external thermal protection should be provided Before restarting the installation the cause of the trip must be removed Motor Drive Circuit breaker Line contactor Power Reference Reference Rating Im Reference 1 2 3 4 kW HP A A Single phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz Type 2 coordination 0 37 0 5 ATV 71H075M3 GV2 L10 6 3 LC1 D18ee 0 75 1 ATV 71HU15M3 GV2 L14 10 LC1 D18ee 1 5 2 ATV 71HU22M3 GV2 L20 18 LC1 D25ee 2 2 3 ATV 71HU30M3 GV2 L22 25 LC1 D25ee 3 ATV 71HU40M3 5 GV2 L22 25 LC1 D25ee 4 5 ATV 71HU55M3 5 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D40060 5 5 7 5 ATV 71HU75M3 5 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D5006 1 Standard power ratings for 4 pole motors 50 60 Hz 230 V The values expressed in HP comply with the NEC National Electrical Code 2 NS80HMA product sold under the Merlin Gerin brand Breaking capacity of circuit breakers according to standard IEC 60947 2 Circuit breaker Icu kA for 240 V GV2 L 50 NS80HMA 100 3 Composition of contactors LC1 D18 to LC
82. operating frequency O the current taken by the motor O the operating time o the maximum ambient temperature around the motor 40 C O the type of motor ventilation self cooled or force cooled Thermal protection can be adjusted from 0 2 to 1 5 times the nominal drive current lt must be adjusted to the nominal current indicated on the motor rating plate Note The motor thermal state memory returns to zero when the drive control section is switched off 10 000 2h 45 Trip time in seconds 1 000 16 min 100 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 Motor current ItH Motor thermal protection curves o Self cooled motors The tripping curves vary with the motor frequency O Force cooled motors Only the 50 Hz tripping curve should be considered whatever the motor frequency m Drive thermal protection The drive thermal protection is provided by a PTC probe mounted on the heatsink or integrated in the power module m IGBT thermal protection The drive manages the switching frequency intelligently according to the IGBT temperature If the drive s current rating is exceeded e g current higher than the nominal drive current for a zero stator frequency an alarm is displayed and a timer increases for as long the alarm is present References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 200 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 13
83. or self cooled Protection against motor phase breaks Protection with PTC probes Between earth and power terminals 2830 V Between control and power terminals 4230 V Between earth and power terminals 3535 V Between control and power terminals 5092 V gt 1 MQ electrical isolation 500 V for 1 minute Motor protection see page 200 Dielectric strength ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3xX ATV 7ie0eeeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z Insulation resistance to earth Frequency resolution Display units Hz 0 1 Analog inputs Hz 0 024 50 Hz 11 bits Protection Of the machine Power Removal PWR safety function which forces stopping and or prevents the motor from restarting unintentionally conforming to EN 954 1 category 3 and draft standard IEC EN 61800 5 2 Power Removal PWR safety function which forces stopping and or prevents the motor from restarting unintentionally conforming to IEC EN 61508 level SIL2 and draft standard IEC EN 61800 5 2 lt 100 in STO Safe Torque Off Of the system process Response time Presentation References Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 16 Characteristics continued Modbus protocol Type of connection Structure Services Diagnostics CANopen protocol Structure Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Modbus RJ45 connector port Modbus RJ45 network port Physical
84. people getting trapped if a lift gets stuck between two floors m Evacuation following power failure This can be used to control the reduced speed engine with a reduced voltage supply 220 V for example uninterruptible power supply UPS by preserving torque performance Function suitable for lift applications When there is a power failure it facilitates the evacuation of people trapped in a lift stuck between two floors References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique 189 522166 Functions continued RDY Term 0 00Hz 0 0A SPEED C speed assign speed assign speed function settings Presentation pages 4 to 9 190 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Uncontrolled output cut It is possible to configure output phase loss protection which will allow the drive or motor circuit to be broken without the drive becoming locked in fault mode and facilitate a smooth restart after the motor has been reconnected The output phase loss may also lock the drive depending on the configuration E speed Used to increase or decrease a speed reference by means of 1 or 2 logic inputs with or without the last reference being saved motorized potentiometer function This function is suitable for centralized control of a machine with several sections operating in one direction or fo
85. recommended conductor cross section for a minimum encoder voltage in order to limit line voltage drops 4 The Altivar 71 drive cannot support more than one encoder interface card Consult the summary tables of possible drive option and accessory combinations see pages 100 to 107 Fg Telemecanique 41 532728 Presentation characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option I O extension cards m t W i E VW3 A3 202 maS i i Altivar 71 drives can be specifically adapted to particular application areas by installing I O extension cards Two models are available m Card with logic I O featuring O 1 relay logic output C O contact o 4x 24 V positive or negative logic inputs O 2 x 24 V open collector positive or negative logic outputs O 1 input for PTC probes m Card with extended I O featuring O 1 differential current analog input 0 20 mA O 1 software configurable voltage 0 10 V or current 0 20 mA analog input O 2 software configurable voltage 10 V 0 10 V or current 0 20 mA analog outputs O 1 relay logic output O 4 x 24 V positive or negative logic inputs O 2 x 24 V open collector positive or negative logic outputs O 1 input for PTC probes O 1 frequency control input Logic I O card VW3 A3 201 Internal supplies available Configurable R3A R3B R38C relay outputs Short circuit and o
86. speed range at 2 2 kW 0 25 _ lt _ lt l l l l 0 10 12 25 30 50 60 Hz Power of a self cooled motor greater than the drive power 0 Presentation References Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 Ea Teleneecaniqgue 19 Operation continued Altivar 71 eee filter In drive gt In1 In2 Inx Connecting motors in parallel Altivar 71 2 2 kW A 50 Hz Identical motor 3 8 kW 2600 tr min A 87 Hz Altivar 71 4 kW l 50 60 87 104 Hz Using a motor at constant torque up to 87 104 Hz Presentation References pages 4 to 9 pages 22 to 25 20 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Connecting motors in parallel The nominal current of the drive must be greater than or equal to the sum of the currents of the motors to be controlled In this case provide external thermal protection for each motor using probes or thermal overload relays For cable runs over a certain length taking account of all the tap links it is advisable either to install an output filter between the drive and the motors or to use the overvoltage limitation function If several motors are used in parallel there are 2 possible scenarios m The motors have equal power ratings in which case the torque characteristics will remain optimized after the drive has been configured m The mo
87. standard IEC 60947 2 ATN EUNA Circuit breaker Icu KA for 440 V N H L GV2 L08 GV2 L10 100 GV2 L14 GV2 L16 20 NS80HMA 65 NS100eMA NS160eMA NS250eMA 35 65 130 NS400e NS630 e 42 65 130 NS800 NS1000 50 65 130 3 Composition of contactors LC1 D18 to LC1 D115 3 poles 1 N O auxiliary contact 1 N C auxiliary contact LC1 Feee 3 poles To add auxiliary contacts or other accessories please consult our specialist catalogue Motor starter solutions Control and protection components 4 Replace ee with the control circuit voltage reference indicated in the table below Volts 24 48 110 220 230 240 LC1 D 50 Hz B5 E5 F5 M5 P5 U5 60 Hz B6 E6 F6 M6 U6 50 60 Hz B7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LC1 F185 50 Hz LX1 coil B5 E5 F5 M5 P5 U5 60 Hz LX1 coil E6 F6 M6 U6 40 400 Hz LX9 coil E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LC1 F265 F330 40 400 Hz LX1 coil B7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LC1 F400 F630 40 400 Hz LX1 coil E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LC1 F800 40 400 Hz LX1 coil FE7 P7 P7 P7 For other voltages available between 24 V and 660 V or a DC control circuit please consult your Regional Sales Office 155 DF533345 20 M 105517 13 M PF105784 32 M Combinations for Variable speed drives customer assembly for asynchronous motors continued NS160eMA150 LC1 D11500 ATV 71WD55N4 156 Altivar 71 Motor starters supply voltage 380 480 V
88. still complying with the standards on radiated EMC emissions EN55011 class A Gr1 For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives the sinus ToL ae as ab filter only operates with a drive voltage frequency ratio Sinus filter Applications For ATV 71H0O75M3 HD45M3X ATV 71 U15N4 eD75N4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives applications requiring m Long cable runs m Mechanical restrictions preventing the use of shielded cables m An intermediate transformer between the drive and the motor m Motors connected in parallel For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives applications requiring m An intermediate transformer between the drive and the motor VW3 A5 201 206 VW3 A5 207 211 IP 20 IP 00 3C2 3B1 3S1 conforming to IEC 721 3 3 Type of sinus filter Degree of protection Atmospheric pollution Degree of pollution Vibration resistance Shock resistance 2 conforming to standard EN 50178 1 5 mm from 3 13 Hz 1 gn from 13 200 Hz conforming to IEC 60068 2 15 gn for 11 ms conforming to IEC 60068 2 27 95 10 40 without derating From 40 50 C with current derating of 1 5 per additional C Maximum relative humidity Ambient air temperature Operation around the device Storage 40 65 Maximum operating altitude 1000 without derating From 1000 3000 with current derating of 1 per additional 100 m Switching frequency kaz 4 8 Output frequency 0 100 Voltage drop lt
89. supply 100 mA minimum to be ordered separately 2 1 To order other elements for connection to the Fipio bus please consult our Automation platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software specialist catalogue 2 Please consult our Power supplies splitter blocks and interfaces specialist catalogue Presentation Characteristics page 216 page 217 Telemecanique References continued Presentation page 216 Starters drives and communication Communication via Fipio bus Accessories Description Use No Unit Weight reference kg Female connector for device with 9 way Connection via daisy chain or tap junctions 3 TSX FP ACC12 0 040 female SUB D connector For ATV 61 ATV 71 gateway LUF P1 polycarbonate IP 20 and Premium PLC Tap junction Trunk cable tap link 4 TSX FP ACC14 0 120 polycarbonate IP 20 Fipio line terminators Connector tap junction and repeater 5 TSX FP ACC7 0 020 sold in lots of 2 Electrical repeater Increases the length of the bus while 6 TSX FP ACC6 0 520 IP 65 enabling connection of 2 segments of Power supply 24 48 V 150 mA 2 1000 m maximum Electrical fibre optic repeater Used for connection 7 TSX FP ACC8M 0 620 IP 65 via a patch panel of an electrical segment Power supply 19 60 V 210 mA 2 1000 m max and a fibre optic segment 3000 m max Modbus splitter block Used to connect an ATV 31 ATS 48 onthe 8 LU9 GC3 0 500 equipped with
90. the Altivar 71 drive can be controlled using an integrated 7 segment display terminal see pages 22 and 23 The PowerSuite software workshop 3 can be used to configure adjust and debug the Altivar 71 in just the same way as all other Telemecanique drives and starters It can be used via a direct connection Ethernet modem or a Bluetooth wireless connection RUN Term 50 00Hz 5 4A 522151 1 1 SIMPLY START C 2 3 wire control 2 wire Macro configuration M handling Standard mot Freq 50Hz IEC Rated motor power 2 2kW Rated motor volt 400V ey Fea Ee levied wv Macro configuration The Altivar 71 offers quick and easy programming using macro configurations corresponding to different applications or uses start stop handling hoisting general use connection to communication networks PID regulator master slave Each of these configurations is still fully modifiable Simply Start menu ee The Simply start menu can be used to ensure the application operates correctly i maximize motor performance and ensure motor protection The architecture the hierarchical parameter structure and the direct access functions all serve to make programming quick and easy even for the more complex functions Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 7 533523 522162 Presentation continued SCF1 Term 50
91. the need for special programming The drive I O are scanned transparently by means of read write requests according to the Modbus Master Slave protocol on the TCP IP profile The I O Scanning service can be configured activated or deactivated by m The PowerSuite software workshop m The standard web server Presentation Characteristics Connections References page 210 page 211 page 214 pages 214 and 215 212 Functions continued Starters drives and communication Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready concept Faulty Device Replacement FDR service The FDR service uses standard DHCP and TFTP technologies with the aim of simplifying the maintenance of Ethernet devices It is used to replace a faulty device with a new product ensuring its detection reconfiguration and automatic restarting by the system without the need for any delicate manual intervention The main steps are m A device using the FDR service becomes faulty m A similar device is taken out of the maintenance reserve base preconfigured with the Device_name of the faulty device then reinstalled on the network m The FDR server which can be a Quantum or Premium PLC Ethernet module detects the new arrival configures it with its IP address and transfers all its configuration parameters to it m The substituted device checks that the parameters are fully compatible with its own characteristics then switches to operational mode The Ethernet car
92. to 500 kW Pumping and ventilation machines Altistart 48 4 to 1 200 kW Altivar 11 347 0 18 to 2 2 kW Altivar 21 0 75 to 30 kW Altivar 61 0 75 to 680 kW Schneider Electric Industries SAS Head Office 89 bd Franklin Roosevelt 92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex France www schneider electric com ART 805984 The efficiency of Telemecanique branded solutions Used in combination Telemecanique products provide quality solutions meeting all your Automation and Coniro applications requirements Pier supplies Midra syslernes A worldwide presence Constantly available More than 5 000 points of sale in 130 countries m You can be sure to find the range of products that are right for you and which complies fully with the standards in the country where they are used Technical assistance wherever you are m Our technicians are at your disposal to assist you in finding the optimum solution for your particular needs m Schneider Electric provides you with all necessary technical assitance throughout the world www telemecanique com Simply Smart Due to evolution of standards and equipment the characteristics indicated in texts and images of this document do not constitute a commitment on our part without confirmation Design Schneider Electric Photos Schneider Electric Printed by Ingoprint 03 2006 V2 0 DIA2ED2050104EN
93. view card 7 630 604 5 1 Option cards I O extension cards communication cards or Controller Inside programmable card Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 Fa Telemecanique 111 Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives Variable speed drives without DC choke ATV 71HD55M3XD HD75M3XD ATV 71HD90ON4D HC28N4D With or without 2 option cards 7 Common front view ATV 71HC20N4D HC28N4D 1 option card 7 with braking unit VW3 A7 101 ATV 71H a b c c1 G H K D55M3XD 310 680 377 392 250 650 15 11 5 D90N4D D75M3XD 350 782 377 392 298 758 12 11 5 C11N4D C13N4D 330 950 377 392 285 920 15 11 5 C16N4D 430 950 377 392 350 920 15 11 5 C20N4D C28N4D 585 950 377 392 540 920 15 11 5 Variable speed drives without DC choke ATV 71HC31N4D HC50N4D With or without 2 option cards 1 ATV 71HC31N4D HC40N4D ATV 71HC50N4D 1 option card 1 Front view Front view ATV 71H a b c c1 G H K C31N4D C40N4D 880 1150 377 392 417 5 1120 15 11 5 C50N4D 1110 1150 377 392 532 5 1120 15 11 5 1 Option cards I O extension cards multi pump cards Controller Inside programmable card or communication cards Presentation Characteristics References Schemes
94. when used with passive filters see pages 86 to 89 Maintaining the motor torque in relation to the line choke 1 Short circuit ratio Dimensions Schemes page 125 pages 136 to 139 Telemecanique Presentation continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 reduction of current harmonics Option DC chokes Motor For Line supply Current harmonic levels THD power ATV71 Line Linelsc H1 H5 H7 H11 H13 H17 H19 H23 H25 H29 H31 H35 H37 H41 H43 H47 H49 3 drives current 2 kW HP A kA A F F F 3 phase supply voltage 240 V 50 Hz with optional DC choke 0 37 0 5 HO37M3 1 5 5 14 267 184 91 77 58 51 43 38 34 3 28 25 24 22 21 19 363 075 1 H075M3 3 05 5 2 81 31 99 20 91 8 88 7 36 56 463 4 07 3 42 3 18 2 71 2 59 2 24 2 17 1 91 1 86 1 66 41 27 15 2 HU15M3 6 04 5 5 55 33 65 21 59 8 14 6 84 4 97 4 19 3 54 3 08 2 71 2 43 2 17 2 01 1 78 1 7 1 5 1 47 42 4 22 3 HU22M3 8 33 5 7 64 34 89 21 11 8 78 6 72 5 36 41 38 3 2 9 2 37 2 29 1 95 1 85 1 66 1 52 1 44 43 33 3 HU30M3 11 12 5 10 19 35 17 20 68 8 71 6 48 5 24 3 94 3 67 2 88 2 76 2 27 2 15 1 87 1 71 1 58 1 37 1 37 43 22 4 5 HU40M3 14 53 5 13 29 36 23 20 51 8 73 6 2 5 2 3 73 3 61 2 71 2 68 2 14 2 06 1 76 1 61 1 49 1 27 1 28 43 91 5 5 75 HU55M3 19 2 8 17 9 30 68 17 26 8 75 6 31 5 3 4 03 3 72 2 98 2 79 2 36 2 17 1 94 1 71 1 63 1 36 1 4 38 7 5 10 HU75M3 26 1 15 23 9 35 23 21 09 8 82 6 71 5 38 4 09 3 82 2 98 2 91 2 35 2 31 1 92 1 87 1 63 1
95. with automatic reiteration Physical Ethernet 2 Link LLC IEEE 802 2 MAC IEEE 802 3 Network Transport IP RFC791 ICMP client for supporting certain IP services such as the ping command TCP RFC793 UDP The maximum number of connections is 8 port 502 Services Transparent Ready class 2 C20 Web server Messaging Periodic variables Functional profiles Network management File transfer FDR Faulty Device Replacement Communication monitoring Simultaneous access via 3 Web browsers more according to the number of connections used Server factory configured and modifiable The memory available for the application is approximately 1 MB The factory configured server contains the following pages m Altivar viewer displays the drive status and the state of its I O the main measurements speed current etc Data editor access to the drive parameters for configuration adjustment and signalling Altivar chart simplified oscilloscope function Security configuration of passwords to access viewing and modification FDR Agent configuration of the Faulty Device Replacement parameters IO Scanner configuration of periodic variables for controlling and monitoring the drive via the PLC etc Ethernet statistics drive identification IP addresses version etc from the Ethernet transmission statistics Read Holding Registers 03 63 words maximum Read Input Registers 04 6
96. workshop offers a complete set of tools for debugging the application Program execution for debugging The main debugging functions are m Use of breakpoints m Step by step program execution m Execution of a single cycle m Direct access to the subroutines that have been called call stack Realtime program animation The main functions of realtime animation of the program are m Animation of part of the program in any language m Automatic display of a variables window relating to this part of the program Animation tables Tables containing variables for the application to be monitored can be created and saved In both these tools in addition to animating the data it is possible to m Modify and force the value of data of any type m Change the display format binary hexadecimal etc Oscilloscope The PS 1131 software workshop Oscilloscope function can be used to monitor up to 20 variables in the form of curves Runtime screens A tool integrated in the PS 1131 software workshop can be used to design and use runtime screens for the application These include m Creation of screen backgrounds mg Animation of graphic objects associated with variables m Display of messages E Simulation The PS 1131 software workshop Simulation function can be used to test the program without having to set up the drive Schemes References page 144 page 51 Telemecanique 121625 522855 References ATV 71 master drive card VW3
97. 0 480 V 50 60 Hz Motor Line supply Altivar 71 Power Line current Apparent Maximum Maximum Max transient Reference 3 4 5 Weight indicated 2 power prospec continuous current for on plate 1 tive line current 1 Isc 380 V 480 V 380 V 380 V 460V 60s 2s kW HP A A kVA kA A A A A kg 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz 0 75 1 3 7 3 2 4 5 2 3 2 1 3 5 3 8 ATV 71P075N4Z 2 700 1 5 2 5 8 5 3 3 8 5 4 1 3 4 6 2 6 8 ATV 71PU15N4Z 2 700 2 2 3 8 2 7 1 5 4 5 5 8 4 8 8 7 9 6 ATV 71PU22N4Z 2 700 3 10 7 9 7 5 7 8 6 2 11 7 12 9 ATV 71PU30N4Z 3 600 4 5 14 1 11 5 9 3 5 10 5 7 6 15 8 17 3 ATV 71PU40N4Z 3 600 5 5 7 5 20 3 17 13 4 22 14 3 11 21 5 23 6 ATV 71PU55N4Z 5 000 7 5 10 27 22 2 17 8 22 17 6 14 26 4 29 ATV 71PU75N4Z 5 000 1 These values are given for a nominal switching frequency of 4 kHz for use in continuous operation The switching frequency is adjustable from 1 16 kHz Above 4 kHz depending on the rating the drive will reduce the switching frequency automatically in the event of an excessive temperature rise For continuous operation above the nominal switching frequency derate the nominal drive current see derating curves on page 159 2 Typical value for the indicated motor power and for the maximum prospective line Isc 3 All ATV 71Pee eeN4Z drives are equipped with an integrated 7 segment display terminal 4 A DC choke must be used see page 81 5 All drives are supplied with a plate for EMC
98. 0 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X 0 52 84 5 77 VW3 A4 510 6 200 ATV 71HD18M3X HD22M3X 0 22 171 2 86 VW3 A4 511 15 500 ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X 0 09 195 73 VW3 A4 512 10 000 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H075N4 18 2 25 7 7 VW3 A4 501 0 650 ATV 71W075N4 ATV 71P075N4Z ATV 71HU15N4 10 4 3 11 VW3 A4 502 1 000 ATV 71WU15N4 ATV 71PU15N4Z ATV 71HU22N4 HU3SON4 6 8 8 22 5 VW3 A4 503 1 700 ATV 71WU22N4 WU30N4 ATV 71PU22N4Z PU30N4Z ATV 71HU40N4 3 9 10 7 27 VW3 A4 504 1 650 ATV 71WU40N4 ATV 71PU40N4Z ATV 71HU55N4 3 2 14 3 32 VW3 A4 505 2 200 ATV 71WU55N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z ATV 71HU75N4 2 2 19 2 33 VW3 A4 506 2 500 ATV 71WU75N4 ATV 71PU75N4Z ATV 71HD11N4 1 6 27 4 43 VW3 A4 507 3 000 ATV 71WD11N4 ATV 71HD15N4 HD18N4 1 2 44 57 5 VW3 A4 508 4 300 ATV 71WD15N4 WD18N4 ATV 71HD22N4 HD37N4 0 52 84 5 98 3 VW3 A4 510 5 600 ATV 71WD22N4 WD37N4 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 0 22 171 2 128 VW3 A4 511 9 100 ATV 71WD45N4 WD75N4 1 With ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HD9ON4 HC50N4 drives the DC choke is supplied as standard with the drive Dimensions page 125 Schemes pages 136 to 139 Telemecanique Presentation Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 reduction of current harmonics Option line chokes A line choke can be used to provide improved protection against overvoltages on the line supply and to reduce harmonic distortion of the current produced by the drive Line chokes are compulsory on ATV 71HU40
99. 0 300 LC1 D65606 30 40 ATV 71HD30N4 NS100eMA100 100 600 LC1 D65606 37 50 ATV 71HD37N4 NS100eMA100 100 600 LC1 D80660 45 60 ATV 71HD45N4 NS160eMA100 100 600 LC1 D11506 55 75 ATV 71HD55N4 NS160eMA150 150 1350 LC1 D11566 75 100 ATV 71HD75N4 NS1600eMA150 150 1350 LC1 D11506 90 125 ATV 71HD90N4 NS1600eMA150 150 1350 LC1 D11506 110 150 ATV 71HC11N4 NS250eMA220 220 1980 LC1 F185060 132 200 ATV 71HC13N4 NS250eMA220 220 1980 LC1 F2250ee 160 250 ATV 71HC16N4 NS4000eMA320 320 1920 LC1 F265e6e 200 300 ATV 71HC20N4 NS400eMA320 320 1920 LC1 F3300e 220 350 ATV 71HC25N4 NS400eMA320 320 1920 LC1 F4000ee 250 400 ATV 71HC25N4 NS630eMA500 500 3000 LC1 F4000e 280 450 ATV 71HC28N4 NS630eMA500 500 3000 LC1 F5000e 315 500 ATV 71HC31N4 NS630eMA500 500 3000 LC1 F5000e 355 ATV 71HC40N4 NS630eMA500 500 3000 LC1 F63006e 3 phase supply voltage 440 480 V 50 60 Hz Type 1 coordination 400 600 ATV 71HC40N4 NS800 MicroLogic 800 1600 LC1 F63000e 2 or 5 LR OFF 500 700 ATV 71HC50N4 NS1000 MicroLogic 1000 2000 LC1 F8000ee 2 or 5 LR OFF 1 Standard power ratings for 4 pole motors 50 60 Hz 400 V The values expressed in HP comply with the NEC National Electrical Code 2 NS800HMA NSeeee NS800 NS1000 products sold under the Merlin Gerin brand For references to be completed replace the dot with the letter corresponding to the circuit breaker breaking performance N H L NS160eMA 150 LC1 D11560 Breaking capacity of circuit breakers according to
100. 0 400 ATV 71HC25N4 NS630eMA500 500 3000 LC1 F5000ee 280 450 ATV 71HC28N4 NS630eMA500 500 3000 LC1 F5000e 315 500 ATV 71HC31N4 NS630eMA500 500 3000 LC1 F5000e 3 phase supply voltage 380 415 V 50 60 Hz Type 1 coordination 355 ATV 71HC40N4 NS800 MicroLogic 800 1600 LC1 F63000 2 or 5 LR OFF 400 600 ATV 71HC40N4 NS800 MicroLogic 800 1600 LC1 F6300e 2 or 5 LR OFF 500 700 ATV 71HC50N4 NS1000 MicroLogic 1000 2000 LC1 F8000ee NS160 MA150 2 or 5 LR OFF 1 Standard power ratings for 4 pole motors 50 60 Hz 400 V LC1 D11500 The values expressed in HP comply with the NEC National Electrical Code 2 NS8OHMA NSeeee NS800 NS1000 products sold under the Merlin Gerin brand ATV 71HD45N4 For references to be completed replace the dot with the letter corresponding to the circuit breaker breaking performance N H L Breaking capacity of circuit breakers according to standard IEC 60947 2 Circuit breaker Icu kA for 400 V N H L GV2 L08 L14 100 GV2 L16 L22 50 NS80HMA 70 NS100eMA NS160eMA NS250eMA 36 70 150 NS400e NS630e NS800 NS1000 50 70 150 3 Composition of contactors LC1 D18 to LC1 D150 3 poles 1 N O auxiliary contact 1 N C auxiliary contact LC1 Feee 3 poles To add auxiliary contacts or other accessories please consult our specialist catalogue Motor starter solutions Control and protection components 4 Replace ee with the control circuit voltage re
101. 0 the motor decelerates as fast as possible Used for conveyors with emergency stop electrical braking A fast stop is achieved by configuring a normal stop as a fast stop on disappearance of a run command or appearance of a stop command by enabling a logic input by activating a command word bit O Fastest possible stop If the ramp divider coefficient is equal to 0 the motor decelerates as fast as possible O DC injection stop This can be used to brake high inertia machines at low speed or maintain torque on stopping A DC injection stop is achieved by configuring a normal stop as a DC injection stop on disappearance of a run command or appearance of a stop command by enabling a logic input by activating a command word bit The DC value and the standstill braking time are adjustable References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique 199 Functions continued Presentation Characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Motor thermal protection Motor thermal protection is provided by the drive O directly through PTC probes located in the motor windings O indirectly via the integrated thermal relay Indirect thermal protection is implemented via continuous calculation of its theoretical temperature rise The microprocessor calculates the theoretical temperature rise of the motor based on various elements O the
102. 0N4Z ATV 71HU55N4 HD15N4 10 5 ATV 71WU55N4 WD15N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HD18N4 HC50N4 50 25 ATV 71WD18N4 WD75N4 Applications Additional EMC input filters can be used to meet more stringent requirements and are designed to reduce conducted emissions on the line supply below the limits of standard EN 55011 group 1 class A or B 2 For ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD75N4 and ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z drives the additional EMC filters can be mounted beside or under the device They act as a support for the drives and are attached to them via tapped holes For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives the additional EMC filters can only be mounted beside the drive Use according to the type of network Use of these additional filters is only possible on TN connected to neutral and TT neutral to earth type networks Standard IEC EN 61800 3 appendix D2 1 states that on IT networks impedance or isolated neutral filters can cause permanent insulation monitors to operate in a random manner In addition the effectiveness of additional filters on this type of network depends on the type of impedance between neutral and earth and therefore cannot be predicted In the case of a machine which needs to be installed on an IT network the solution would be to insert an isolation transformer and place the machine locally ona TN or TT network 1 Maximum lengths for sh
103. 1 Connection Communication services Drive behaviour profile Control and monitoring parameters Standard adjustment parameters The PowerSuite software workshop can be used to port configurations from Altivar 58 and Altivar 58F drives to the Altivar 71 drive 1 Consult the ATV 58 F ATV 71 substitution guide supplied on the documentation CD ROM Functions Characteristics References page 53 pages 54 to 57 pages 58 and 59 52 Telemecanique Functions Presentation page 52 Characteristics pages 54 to 57 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Communication buses and networks All the drive functions can be accessed via the network m Controlling m Monitoring m Adjustment m Configuration When the drive is equipped with the Controller Inside programmable card its variables MW etc can be accessed by Modbus messaging via the integrated communication ports or via the Ethernet TCP IP communication card The speed or torque command and reference may come from different control sources m O terminals m Communication network m Controller Inside programmable card m Remote graphic display terminal The advanced functions of the Altivar 71 drive can be used to manage switching of these drive control sources according to the application requirements It is possible to choose the assignment of the communication periodic variables using m The network config
104. 1 D50 3 poles 1 N O auxiliary contact and 1 N C auxiliary contact 4 Replace ee with the control circuit voltage reference indicated in the table below Volts 24 48 110 220 230 240 LC1 D 50 Hz B5 E5 F5 M5 P5 U5 60 Hz B6 E6 F6 M6 U6 50 60 Hz B7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 For other voltages available between 24 V and 660 V or a DC control circuit please consult your Regional Sales Office 5 A line choke must be added see page 84 Telemecanique 046751_20 M 103308_18 M Combinations for customer assembly continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Motor starters supply voltage 200 240 V PF105780 32 M Motor Drive Circuit breaker Line contactor Power 7 Reference Reference Rating Im Reference 2 3 4 kW HP A A 3 phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz Type 2 coordination 0 37 0 5 ATV 71H037M3 GV2 L08 4 LC1 D0906 0 75 1 ATV 71H075M3 GV2 L14 10 LC1 D0906 1 5 2 ATV 71HU15M3 GV2 L14 10 LC1 D1800 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22M3 GV2 L16 14 LC1 D1800 3 ATV 71HU30M3 GV2 L20 18 LC1 D2506 4 5 ATV 71HU40M3 GV2 L22 25 LC1 D2566 5 5 7 5 ATV 71HU55M3 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D4006 7 5 10 ATV 71HU75M3 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D5006 11 15 ATV 71HD11M3X NS80HMA80 80 480 LC1 D6506 15 20 ATV 71HD15M3X NS100NMA80 80 480 LC1 D6506 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18M3X NS100NMA100 100 600 LC1 D80606 22 30 ATV 71HD22M3X NS100NMA100 100 600 LC1 D80606 30 40 ATV 71HD30M3X NS160NMA150 150 1
105. 10 VW3 A9 111 VW3 A9 112 VW3 A9 113 VW3 A9 114 VW3 A9 115 VW3 A9 116 VW3 A9 117 VW3 A9 201 VW3 A9 202 VW3 A9 203 VW3 A9 204 VW3 A9 205 VW3 A9 206 VW3 A9 207 VW3 A9 208 VW3 A9 209 VW3 A9 210 VW3 A9 211 VW3 A9 212 VW3 A9 213 VW3 A9 214 VW3 A9 217 VW3 A9 301 VW3 A9 302 VW3 A9 303 VW3 A9 304 VW3 A9 305 VW3 A9 306 VW3 A9 307 VW3 A9 308 VW3 A9 309 VW3 A9 310 VW3 A9 312 VW3 A9 314 VW3 A9 404 VW3 A9 405 VW3 A9 406 VW3 A9 407 VW3 A9 501 VW3 A9 502 VW3 A9 503 VW3 A9 504 VW3 A9 505 VW3 A9 506 VW3 A9 507 VW3 A9 508 VW3 A9 509 VW3 A9 510 VW3 A9 511 39 59 219 221 and 231 39 59 219 221 and 231 39 59 219 and 221 39 59 and 221 39 59 and 221 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 26 26 26 26 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 Product reference index VW3 A9 512 27 VW3 A9 513 27 VW3 A9 514 27 VW3 A9 515 27 VW3 A9 601 93 VW3 A9 602 93 VW3 A9 612 97 VW3 A9 613 97 VW3 A9 801 28 VW3 A9 802 28 VW3 A9 803 28 VW3 CAN A71 51 and 59 VW3 CAN KCDF 180T 59 VW3 P07 306 R10 233 VZ3 Z1 203 28 VZ3 Z1 204 28 VZ3 Z1 209 28 X XGS Z24 208 and 226 235 Simple machines Altistart 01 0 37 to 75 kW Altivar 11 0 18 to 2 2 kW Altivar 31 0 18 to 15 kW Complex high power machines Altivar 71 0 37
106. 10 22 000 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71HO75N4 HU22N4 100 50 50 20 12 7 5 VW3 A4 401 2 200 ATV 71W075N4 WU22N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU22N4Z ATV 71HU30N4 HU40N4 100 50 50 20 26 8 6 VW3 A4 402 4 000 ATV 71WU30N4 WU40N4 ATV 71PU30N4Z PU40N4Z ATV 71HU55N4 HU75N4 100 50 50 20 35 7 14 VW3 A4 403 5 800 ATV 71WU55N4 WU75N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HD11N4 100 50 50 20 46 14 13 VW3 A4 404 7 000 ATV 71WD11N4 ATV 71HD15N4 7 HD18N4 300 200 100 100 72 60 14 VW3 A4 405 12 000 ATV 71WD15N4 7 WD18N4 ATV 71HD22N4 300 200 100 100 90 60 11 VW3 A4 406 15 000 ATV 71WD22N4 ATV 71HD30N4 HD37N4 300 200 100 100 92 60 30 VW3 A4 407 17 000 ATV 71WD30N4 WD37N4 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 300 200 100 100 180 140 58 VW3 A4 408 40 000 ATV 71WD45N4 WD75N4 ATV 71HD90N4 HC13N4 300 150 50 25 273 500 60 VW3 A4 410 22 000 ATV 71HC16N4 HC28N4 300 150 50 25 546 500 125 4VW3A4411 25 000 ATV 71HC31 HC40N4 300 150 50 25 728 500 210 VW3A4412 25 000 ATV 71HC50N4 300 150 50 25 1456 200 380 VW3A4413 34 000 1 The filter selection tables give the maximum lengths for shielded cables connecting motors to drives for a switching frequency of 1 to 16 kHz see page 12 These limits are given as examples only as they vary depending on the stray capacitance of the motors and the cables used If motors are connected in parallel it is the sum of the cable lengths that should be taken into account 2 Filter nominal current
107. 10 RJ45 connectors LUP P1 gateway and 1 screw terminal Modbus line LU9 GC3 Modbus splitter block 9 VW3 A8 306 RC 0 010 terminators 3 FIP wiring test tool Used to test each section of a network TSX FP ACC9 0 050 segment Connecting cables 7 Description Use No Length Reference Weight From To m kg Trunk cables Connector Connector 10 100 TSX FP CA100 5 680 8 mm 1 shielded twisted pair 150 Q TSX FP ACC12 TSX FP ACC12 200 TSX FP CA200 10 920 In standard atmosphere 4 and inside junction box junction box buildings TSX FP ACC14 TSX FP ACC14 on ee cweee oun repeaters repeater TSX FP ACC6 TSX FP ACC6 ACC8M Trunk cables Connector Connector 10 100 TSX FP CR100 7 680 9 5 mm 1 shielded twisted pair 150 Q TSX FP ACC12 TSX FP ACC12 200 TSX FP CR200 14 920 In harsh environments 5 outside junction box junction box buildings or in mobile installations 6 TSX FP ACC14 TSX FP ACC14 oe TER PE GRS007 20000 repeaters repeater TSX FP ACC6 TSX FP ACC6 ACC8M Drop cables Connector Junction box 11 100 TSX FP CC100 5 680 8 mm 2 shielded twisted pairs 150 Q TSX FP ACC12 TSX FP ACC14 200 TSX FP CC200 10 920 In standard atmosphere 4 and inside 500 TSX EP CC500 30 000 buildings Fibre optic jumper Repeater Patch panel 12 2 TSX FP JF020 0 550 Double optical fibre 62 5 125 TSX FP ACC8M Cables for Modbus bus LUF P1 gateway LU9 GC3 13 0 3 VW3 A8 306 R03 0 025 2 RJ45 connectors ATS 48 Modbus 1 VW3 A8 306 R10 0 060 Ae splitter black 3 VW3 A8 306 R30
108. 18N4 31 000 22 30 50 42 32 9 22 48 40 72 79 2 ATV 71WD22N4 30 500 30 40 66 56 43 4 22 66 52 99 109 ATV 71WD30N4 38 500 37 50 84 69 55 3 22 79 65 118 5 130 ATV 71WD37N4 38 500 45 60 104 85 68 5 22 94 77 141 155 ATV 71WD45N4 61 500 55 75 120 101 79 22 116 96 174 191 ATV 71WD55N4 61 500 75 100 167 137 109 9 22 160 124 240 264 ATV 71WD75N4 61 500 1 These values are given for the nominal switching frequency of 4 kHz up to ATV 71WD30N4 or 2 5 kHz for ATV 71WD37N4 WD75N4 drives for use in continuous operation The switching frequency is adjustable from 1 16 kHz for all ratings Above 2 5 or 4 kHz depending on the rating the drive will reduce the switching frequency automatically in the event of an excessive temperature rise For continuous operation above the nominal switching frequency derate the nominal drive current see derating curves on page 169 2 Typical value for the indicated motor power and for the maximum prospective line Isc 3 All drives are supplied with a plate for EMC mounting Note Consult the summary tables of possible drive option and accessory combinations see pages 104 and 105 Presentation Characteristics Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 108 to 113 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 24 PF105783 13 M References continued Eo e om ATV 71PU40N4Z Presentation pages 4 to 9 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 on base plate Supply voltage 38
109. 2 EN 55011 class A group 1 IEC EN 61800 3 category C2 C marking The drives have C marking in accordance with the European directives on low voltage 73 23 EEC and 93 68 EEC and EMC 89 336 EEC Product certifications ATV 71HeeeM3 UL CSA DNV C Tick NOM 117 and GOST ATV 71HeeeM3X ATV 71eeeeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z UL CSA C Tick NOM 117 IEC EN 61800 5 1 IEC EN 60529 IP 21 and IP 41 on upper part IP 20 without blanking plate on upper part of cover IP 21 with accessory VW3 A9 1ee UL Type 1 with accessory VW3 A9 2ee see pages 29 and 30 IP 00 IP 41 on upper part and IP 30 on front panel and side parts IP 31 with accessory VW3 A9 1ee UL Type 1 with accessory VW3 A9 2ee see pages 29 and 30 UL Type 12 IP 54 1 5 mm peak to peak from 3 13 Hz 1 gn from 13 200 Hz conforming to IEC EN 60068 2 6 Degree of protection ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD75N4 ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 ATV 71WeeeN4 Vibration resistance ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD75N4 ATV 71WeeeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 Shock resistance ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD75N4 ATV 71WeeeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 HC13N4 ATV 71HC16N4 HC50N4 4 gn for 11 ms conforming to IEC EN 60068 2 27 1 5 mm peak to peak from 3 10 Hz 0 6 gn from 10 200 Hz conforming to IEC EN 60068 2 6 15
110. 2 70 160 660 VW3 A7 206 43 000 130 157 38 90 200 660 VW3 A7 207 48 000 195 236 38 135 315 660 VW3 A7 208 52 000 231 279 86 160 350 660 VW3 A7 209 90 000 289 350 120 200 400 1000 VW3 A7 210 100 000 360 433 135 250 500 1000 VW3 A7 211 115 000 500 600 200 345 630 1000 VW3 A7 212 125 000 Maximum Continuous Maximum Fast acting Reference Weight current Irms braking braking semi power power conductor fuses Ne ae N Ne A A kW kW A V kg 28 33 11 22 50 690 VW3 A7 231 26 000 41 50 21 5 33 80 690 VW3 A7 232 30 000 57 69 26 45 100 690 VW3 A7 233 36 000 88 107 32 70 160 660 VW3 A7 234 43 000 113 137 38 90 200 660 VW3 A7 235 48 000 138 166 38 110 250 660 VW3 A7 236 48 000 157 189 38 125 250 660 VW3 A7 237 50 000 176 212 38 140 315 660 VW3 A7 238 90 000 201 243 86 160 315 660 VW3 A7 239 100 000 289 346 120 230 500 1000 VW3 A7 240 105 000 500 600 240 375 630 1000 VW3 A7 241 125 000 Dimensions Schemes pages 123 and 124 page 146 75 Selection Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Characteristics curves VW3 A7 204 A7 232 Continuous braking power 21 5 kW 7 Example of how to use the curves 10 Required braking power of 27 kW _ The intersection point between the braking time and the tim
111. 2228 and 2640 and TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol RFC 1123 are used to exchange files with devices Transparent Ready devices implement FTP for downloading firmware or custom web pages The FDR Faulty Device Replacement service uses the standard DHCP and TFTP protocols SNMP The Internet community has developed the SNMP standard Simple Network Management Protocol RFCs 1155 1156 and 1157 to support the management of the various network components by means of a single system The network management system can exchange data with SNMP agent devices This function allows the manager to view the status of the network and devices to modify their configuration and to return alarms in the event of a fault Transparent Ready devices are compatible with SNMP and can be integrated naturally into a network administered via SNMP References pages 214 and 215 211 Functions continued Starters drives and communication Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready concept Modbus communication standard Modbus the industry communication standard since 1979 has been ported to Ethernet TCP IP the backbone of the Internet revolution to create Modbus TCP IP a totally open protocol on Ethernet There is no need for any proprietary component nor the purchase of a licence in order to develop a connection to Modbus TCP IP This protocol can easily be ported to any device supporting a standard TCP IP communicatio
112. 22631 822713 ok 490 NAD 911 03 Documentation Description For use with With bus Reference Weight serial link kg Communication TeSys U Fipio Modbus LUF P1 0 245 gateways starter controllers Profibus DP Modbus LUF P7 0 245 Aisian a DeviceNet Modbus LUF P9 0 245 Altivar 31 Description For use with Length Connectors Reference Weight m kg Connection cables Modbus 2 3 1 RJ45 type connector and VW3 A8 306 D30 0 150 one end with stripped wires 0 3 2 RJ45 type connectors VW3 A8 306 R03 0 050 1 2 RJ45 type connectors VW3 A8 306 R10 0 050 3 2 RJ45 type connectors VW3 A8 306 R30 0 150 Connectors Fipio 1 SUB D 9 male connector TSX FP ACC12 0 040 Profibus 1 SUB D 9 male connector 490 NAD 911 04 mid line Profibus 1 SUB D 9 male connector 490 NAD 911 03 line end Description Medium Language Reference Weight kg User s manual for CD Rom Multilingual English French German Italian LU9 CD1 0 022 TeSys U range 3 Spanish 2 See pages 220 and 223 3 This CD Rom contains user s manuals for AS Interface and Modbus communication modules multifunction control units and gateways as well as for the gateway programming software ABC Configurator Presentation description page 230 O N Y Setting up page 230 562298 Presentation description setting up Characteristics references page 233 Dimensions page 233 Starters drives and communication
113. 22N4 ATV 71HD30N4 HD37N4 203 ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X 406 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 406 ATV 71HD55M3xX 402 ATV 71HD9S0N4 ATV 71HD75M3xX 774 ATV 71HC11N4 ATV 71HC13N4 745 ATV 71HC16N4 860 ATV 71HC20N4 HC28N4 1260 ATV 71HC31N4 HC40N4 2100 ATV 71HC50N4 2400 Sealed metal enclosure IP 54 degree of protection The drive must be mounted in a dust and damp proof casing in certain environmental conditions dust corrosive gases high humidity with risk of condensation and dripping water splashing liquid etc This enables the drive to be used in an enclosure where the maximum internal temperature reaches 50 C Maximum thermal resistance Rth C W 0 maximum temperature inside enclosure in C 0e maximum external temperature in C P total power dissipated in the enclosure in W Power dissipated by drive see page 164 mounting in an enclosure or flush mounting in an enclosure Add the power dissipated by the other equipment components 0 09e Rth P Useful heat dissipation surface of enclosure S m sides top front panel if wall mounted S aS K enclosure thermal resistance per m Rth For a metal enclosure m K 0 12 with internal fan m K 0 15 without fan Note Do not use insulated enclosures as they have a poor level of conductivity References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Ea Telemecanique 165 Mounting and installation Variable speed drives reco
114. 24 V Configuration 1 an eee l Configuration 2 l LOorR Lly Configuration 2 s O l L Configuration 1 Schematic diagram for multi motor mode Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 4 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Undervoltage management Depending on the application it is possible to configure the Altivar 71 s response to undervoltages or power failures If undervoltage occurs O The Altivar 71 drive can continue operating with undervoltage levels up to 50 adjustable threshold O If the drive locks as a result management of the fault relay can be configured open or not If the fault relay does not open an alarm is shown The Altivar 71 drive can also be configured to prevent the drive locking using an alarm O Controlled stop according to the type of stop configured o Deceleration based on a ramp which it automatically adapts to maintain the DC bus voltage thereby preventing the drive from locking in fault mode O Instant IGBT inverter bridge loss followed by power supplied to the motor as soon as the line voltage has reappeared This function can be used to prevent the Altivar 71 drive being reinitialized m Braking balance When several drives are connected on a common DC bus this function can be used to adjust the braking thresholds in order to balance the braking powers between the various drives or braking units m Bra
115. 3 50 623 4 36 78 15 99 7 86 4 43 41 264 253 1 85 1 67 1 35 1 13 0 99 0 78 0 73 0 54 0 53 41 6 500 700 HC50N4 833 84 50 779 9 33 73 13 22 7 82 4 26 3 99 263 2 38 1 81 15 1 26 095 088 0 63 0 61 0 44 0 43 37 8 1 Example of current harmonic levels up to harmonic order 49 for a 230 V 50 Hz line supply for ATV 71HeeeM3 and ATV 71HeeeM3xX drives or 400 V 50 Hz for ATV 71HeeeN4 drives with the chokes connected between the PO et PA terminals on the Altivar 71 2 The line Isc values are given for the current harmonic levels in the table 3 Total harmonic distortion conforming to draft standard IEC 61000 3 12 Presentation References Dimensions Schemes page 78 page 81 page 125 pages 136 to 139 79 Presentation continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 reduction of current harmonics Option DC chokes 3 phase supply voltage 400 V 50 Hz with optional DC choke Motor For Line supply Current harmonic levels THD power ATV71 Line Linelsc H1 H5 H7 H11 H13 H17 H19 H23 H25 H29 H31 H35 H37 H41 H43 H47 H49 3 drives current 2 kW HP A kA A 4 4 0 75 1 WO75N4 1 77 5 1 61 346 23 7 89 78 56 48 41 35 32 28 26 23 22 19 19 1 7 44 95 15 2 WU15N4 334 5 3 03 35 55 23 53 8 95 7 65 5 61 4 74 4 06 3 49 3 16 2 76 257 2 28 215 1 94 1 83 1 68 45 48 2 2 3 WU22N4 483 5 44 35 79 22 7787 7 11 541 436 3 89 32 3 01 253 243 2 09 2 01 1 77 1 7 1 53 45 3 WU30N4 6 13 5 5 67 31 61 18
116. 3 words maximum Read Input Registers 04 63 words maximum Write Single Register 06 Write Multiple Registers 16 61 words maximum Read Write Multiple Registers 23 Read Device Identification 48 Diagnostics 08 Characteristics of the Uni Telway protocol 2 Structure Physical interface 2 wire RS 485 Format 8 bits odd parity 1 stop Address 1 to 147 configurable using switches on the card Service Messaging Read word 04h Write word 14h Read object 36h 63 words maximum Write object 37h 60 words maximum Identification OFh Protocol version 30h Mirror FAh Read error counters A2h Reset counters A4h 1 For the Modbus bus see pages 220 to 223 2 For the Uni Telway bus see pages 228 and 229 Presentation Functions References page 52 page 53 pages 58 and 59 55 Characteristics continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Communication buses and networks Standard Fipio card Type of card Substitution Fipio card VW3 A3 311 VW3 A3 301 Structure Connector One 9 way male SUB D connector Transmission speed 1 Mbps Address 1 to 62 configurable by switches on the card Services Adjustment using PLC software No Yes limited to ATV 58 or ATV 58F Unity PL7 compatibility parameters Periodic variables 8 control variables which can be assigned by 5 control variables communication scanner 8 monitoring variables 8 monitoring variabl
117. 3 words maximum Write Single Register 06 Write Multiple Registers 16 63 words maximum Read Write Multiple Registers 23 Read Device Identification 43 Diagnostics 08 I O scanning service can be inhibited m 10control variables which can be assigned by the PowerSuite software workshop or the standard Web server m 10 monitoring variables which can be assigned by the PowerSuite software workshop or the standard Web server The Global Data service is not supported CiA DSP 402 Device Profile Drives and Motion Control I O profile SNMP FTP for Web server and TFTP for FDR Yes Can be inhibited Time out can be set between 0 5 and 60 s via the terminal the PowerSuite software workshop or the standard Web server Diagnostics Presentation page 52 54 Using LEDs Using the graphic display terminal Via the Web server Functions page 53 5 LEDs on the card RX reception TX transmission FLT Ethernet fault STS IP address and 10 100 Mbps speed Control word received Reference received Number of frames received Number of incorrect frames 1 For Ethernet TCP IP network see pages 210 to 215 2 Please consult our Ethernet TCP IP Transparent Factory specialist catalogue References pages 58 and 59 Telemecanique Characteristics continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Communication buses and networks Structure C
118. 350 LC1 D11500 37 50 ATV 71HD37M3X NS160NMA150 150 1350 LC1 D15000 45 60 ATV 71HD45M3X NS250NMA220 220 1980 LC1 D15060 55 75 ATV 71HD55M3X NS250NMA220 220 1980 LC1 F22506 75 100 ATV 71HD75M3X NS400NMA320 320 1920 LC1 F2650ee 1 Standard power ratings for 4 pole motors 50 60 Hz 230 V The values expressed in HP comply with the NEC National Electrical Code 2 NS8OHMA NSeeeN Products sold under the Merlin Gerin brand Breaking capacity of circuit breakers according to standard IEC60947 2 Circuit breaker Icu kA for 240 V GV2 L08 L20 100 GV2 L22 50 NS80HMA 100 NSeeeNMA 85 3 Composition of contactors LC D09 to LC1 D150 3 poles 1 N O auxiliary contact 1 N C auxiliary contact LC1 Feee 3 poles To add auxiliary contacts or other accessories please consult our specialist catalogue Motor starter solutions Control and protection components NS80HMA50 4 Replace ee with the control circuit voltage reference indicated in the table below Volts 24 48 110 220 230 240 LC1 D4000 LC1 D 50 Hz B5 E5 F5 M5 P5 U5 NO Te 60 Hz B6 E6 F6 M6 U6 50 60 Hz B7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LC1 F225 50 Hz LX1 coil B5 E5 F5 M5 P5 U5 60 Hz LX1 coil E6 F6 M6 U6 40 400 Hz LX9 coil E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LC1 F265 40 400 Hz LX1 coil B7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 For other voltages available between 24 V and 660 V or a DC control circuit please consult your Regional Sales Office 153 DF533345 20 M 105517 13 M PF10
119. 3X becomes ATV 71HD11M3X337 If a reinforced version of the drive is supplied for particular environmental conditions it will feature a remote graphic display terminal 4 All drives come with a remote graphic display terminal as standard To order an ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X or ATV 71HD15M3xX drive without a graphic display terminal add a Z at the end of the reference The drive will then come equipped with an integrated 7 segment display terminal For example ATV 71H037M3 becomes ATV 71H037M3Z 5 A line choke must be used see page 84 6 Drive supplied without EMC filter EMC filters are available as an option see page 92 7 Drive supplied as standard with a DC choke which must be used when connecting the drive to the 3 phase supply For connections to the DC bus the drive can be ordered without a DC choke by adding a D at the end of the reference For example ATV 71HD55M3X becomes ATV 71HD55M3XD 8 Drive supplied without plate for EMC mounting A choke appropriate for the drive rating is supplied in a UL Type 1 IP 21 or IP 31 kit which must be ordered separately For ATV 71H037M3 HD45M3xX order the kit for IP 21 conformity see page 30 For ATV 71HD55M3X and HD75M3xX order the kit for UL Type 1 or IP 31 conformity see pages 29 and 30 Note Consult the summary tables of possible drives option and accessory combinations see pages 100 and 101 Characteristics Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 10 to 17 page
120. 4 3 4 44 000 55 75 120 101 79 22 116 96 174 191 ATV 71HD55N4 3 4 44 000 me 75 100 167 137 109 9 22 160 124 240 264 ATV 71HD75N4 3 4 44 000 ATV 71HU40N4Z 90 125 166 134 109 3 35 179 179 269 295 ATV 71HD9ON4 5 6 60 000 110 150 202 163 133 35 215 215 323 355 ATV 71HC11N4 5 6 74 000 132 200 239 192 157 3 35 259 259 388 427 ATV 71HC13N4 5 6 80 000 160 250 289 233 190 2 50 314 314 471 518 ATV 71HC16N4 5 6 110 000 200 300 357 286 235 50 387 387 580 638 ATV 71HC20N4 5 6 140 000 220 350 396 320 260 6 50 427 427 640 704 ATV 71HC25N4 5 6 140 000 250 400 444 357 292 2 50 481 481 721 793 280 450 494 396 325 1 50 550 550 825 907 ATV 71HC28N4 5 6 140 000 315 500 555 444 365 3 50 616 616 924 1016 ATV 71HC31N4 5 6 215 000 355 637 512 419 3 50 671 671 1006 1107 ATV 71HC40N4 5 6 225 000 400 600 709 568 466 6 50 759 759 1138 1252 500 700 876 699 576 6 50 941 941 1411 1552 ATV 71HC50N4 5 6 300 000 1 These values are given for a nominal switching frequency of 4 kHz up to ATV 71HD30N4 or 2 5 kHz for ATV 71HD37N4 HC50N4 drives for use in continuous operation The switching frequency is adjustable from 1 16 kHz up to 71HD37N4 HC50N4 and from 2 5 8 kHz for ATV 71HD9ON4 ATV 71HC50N4 drives Above 2 5 or 4 kHz depending on the rating the drive will reduce the switching frequency automatically in the event of an excessive temperature rise For continuous operation above the nominal switching frequency
121. 4 ATV 71PU22N4Z 3 ATV 71HU30N4 6 00 6 1 VW3 A4 661 21 000 ATV 71WU30N4 ATV 71PU30N4Z 4 5 ATV 71HU40N4 7 00 10 1 VW3 A4 662 27 000 ATV 71WU40N4 ATV 71PU40N4Z 5 5 7 5 ATV 71HU55N4 10 00 10 1 VW3 A4 662 27 000 ATV 71HU55N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z 7 5 10 ATV 71HU75N4 13 00 19 1 VW3 A4 663 28 000 ATV 71WU75N4 ATV 71PU75N4Z 11 15 ATV 71HD11N4 19 00 19 1 VW3 A4 663 28 000 ATV 71WD11N4 15 20 ATV 71HD15N4 24 00 26 1 VW3 A4 664 41 000 ATV 71WD15N4 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18N4 32 00 35 1 VW3 A4 665 49 000 ATV 71WD18N4 22 30 ATV 71HD22N4 35 00 35 1 VW3 A4 665 49 000 ATV 71WD22N4 30 40 ATV 71HD30N4 44 00 43 1 VW3 A4 666 56 000 ATV 71WD30N4 37 50 ATV 71HD37N4 58 70 72 1 VW3 A4 667 80 000 ATV 71WD37N4 45 60 ATV 71HD45N4 68 00 72 1 VW3 A4 668 98 000 ATV 71WD45N4 55 75 ATV 71HD55N4 82 60 101 1 VW3 A4 668 98 000 ATV 71WD55N4 75 100 ATV 71HD75N4 108 00 101 1 VW3 A4 668 98 000 ATV 71WD75N4 THDI 5 90 125 ATV 71HD90N4 134 00 180 1 VW3 A4 669 151 000 110 150 ATV 71HC11N4 163 00 180 1 VW3 A4 669 151 000 132 200 ATV 71HC13N4 192 00 217 1 VW3 A4 676 171 000 160 250 ATV 71HC16N4 235 00 289 1 VW3 A4 670 215 000 200 300 ATV 71HC20N4 300 00 370 1 VW3 A4 671 250 000 220 350 ATV 71HC25N4 330 00 370 1 VW3 A4 671 250 000 250 400 ATV 71HC25N4 400 00 217 2 VW3 A4 676 171 000 280 450 ATV 71HC28N4 440 00 289 2 VW3 A4 670 215 000 315 500 ATV 71HC31N4 470 00 289 2 VW3 A4 670 215 000 355 ATV 71HC40N4 530 00 289 2 VW3 A4 670 215 000
122. 4 HD15N4 28 0 2 VW3 A7 703 3 500 ATV 71WD11N4 WD15N4 ATV 71HD18N4 HD30N4 15 1 VW3 A7 704 11 000 ATV 71WD18N4 WD30N4 ATV 71HD37N4 10 1 VW3 A7 705 11 000 ATV 71WD37N4 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 5 1 VW3 A7 707 11 000 ATV 71WD45N4 WD75N4 ATV 71HD90N4 2 75 25 VW3 A7 710 80 000 ATV 71HC11N4 HC13N4 2 1 37 VW3 A7 711 86 000 ATV 71HC16N4 2 1 44 VW3 A7 712 104 000 ATV 71HC20N4 1 05 56 VW3 A7 715 136 000 ATV 71HC25N4 HC28N4 1 05 75 VW3 A7 716 172 000 ATV 71HC31N4 HC40N4 0 7 112 VW3 A7 717 266 000 ATV 71HC50N4 0 7 150 VW3 A7 718 350 000 1 Operating factor for resistors the value of the average power that can be dissipated at 50 from the resistor into the casing is determined for an operating factor during braking that corresponds to the majority of normal applications For VW3 A7 701 709 2 s braking with 0 6 Tn braking torque for a 40 s cycle 0 8 s braking with 1 5 Tn braking torque for a 40 s cycle For VW3 A7 710 71 10 s braking with 2 Tn braking torque for a 30 s cycle Schemes page 140 Dimensions pages 118 and 119 Selection pages 66 to 73 63 Characteristics page 62 Presentation page 62 Presentation characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option hoist resistors The hoist resistor is a braking resistor which enables the Altivar 71 drive to operate while braking to a standstill or during slowdown braking by dissipating the braking energy lt enab
123. 4 to 151 Ea Telemecanique 522168 Functions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Configuring the drive s fault response fault management Different responses can be configured for the drive in the event of a resettable fault occurring O freewheel stop O drive switches to the fallback speed RDY Term 0 00Hz 0 0A 4 20mA LOSS C Fallback spd Spd maintain Pamp siop O drive maintains the speed at which it was operating when the fault occurred until ia P the fault disappears DC injection O stop on ramp O fast stop Configuration of the drive s fault response o DC injection stop O no stop alarm activated List of resettable faults external fault speed feedback loss overspeed slipping output phase loss auto tuning fault brake contactor feedback fault encoder coupling loss of 4 20mA PTC probe drive overheating motor overload if the thermal state is less than 100 line overvoltage overbraking current torque limit IGBT overheating communication faults Modbus CANopen and other communication networks ooo oOo ooo oOo oo ooo oo m Resetting resettable faults This can be used to remove the last fault using a logic input command word bit or the STOP RESET key on the graphic display terminal The restart conditions after a reset to zero are the same as those of a normal power up List of resettable faults see Configuring the drive s fault response
124. 422 Open Push pull Logic Extended Inside software 115V display compatible collector outputs programm workshop terminal differential outputs able card for PC or outputs Pocket PC ATV VW3 A3 101 VW3 A1 101 VW3 A3 401 VW3A3 403 VW3 A3 405 VW3A3201 VW3 A3202 VW3 A3501 VW3 A8 104 71Heecece 402 404 407 105 Pages 26 38 41 41 41 43 43 51 208 1 Maximum combination 2 cards in accordance with the compatibility table below Type of card Logic I O Extended I O Programmable Controller Communication VW3 A3 201 VW3 A3 202 Inside VW3 A3 501 VW3 A3 3ee Logic I O VW3 A3 201 VW3 A3 202 Programmable Controller J os Inside VW3 A3 501 Communication VW3 A3 3ee SSS Possible to combine Not possible to combine 100 Sinus filter Braking Hoist resistor Flush UL Type 1 IP 21 or IP 31 Control card fan kit resistor mounting kit conformity kit conformity kit inside dust outside outside and damp enclosure enclosure proof enclosure VW3 A5 201 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 801 VW3 A9 501 VW3 A9 201 VW3 AQ 101 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A7 702 VW3 A7 802 VW3 AQ 501 VW3 A9 201 VW3 A9 101 VW3 A5 202 VW3 A7 702 VW3 A7 803 VW3 A9 502 VW3 A9 202 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A5 202 VW3 A7 703 VW3 A7 803 VW3 A9 502 VW3 A9 202 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A7 703 VW3 A7 803 VW3 A9 502 VW3 A9 202 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A7 704 VW3 A7 804 VW3 A9 503 VW3 A9 203 VW3 A9 103 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A7 704 VW3 A7 804 VW3 A9 504 VW3 A9 204 VW3 A9 104 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A7 701
125. 424V E E o eee ee i eee 24 V supply 24 V supply Input for PTC probes The SW2 switch is used to operate the LI6 input m As a logic input by setting the SW2 switch to LI factory setting m Or for protecting the motor via PTC probes by setting the SW2 switch to PTC SW2 IPTC LI Motor 2 wire control and jog operation JOG 3 wire control and jog operation JOG ATV 71eeeeee PeeoN4Z e o a E E Forward Reverse Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 141 Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Unipolar speed reference Bipolar speed reference Requires a VW3 A3 201 or VW3 A3 202 I O extension card Reference potentiometer Reference potentiometer Speed reference using axis control Separate control power supply The separate control card can be powered by an external 24 V supply l OR Sne i 5 gt tot Reference 10V i Axis control Baa 24 V supply Analog input configured for voltage Analog input configured for current External 0 10 V External 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA X Y mA ATV 71000000 PeeeN4Z ATV 71eee0ece PeeeN4Z ATV 71000000 PeeeN4Z z o lt S z S O O E E NELLA AENA AAAA cuad Source 0 20 mA 4 20 mA X Y mA refere
126. 5 75 HD55N4 98 6 22 91 69 32 94 16 76 8 5 5 68 4 98 3 62 3 38 2 67 2 44 2 09 1 81 1 69 1 37 1 39 1 04 1 14 39 29 75 100 HD75N4 134 22 125 9 30 65 14 43 8 4 5 4 4 84 3 52 3 21 2 59 2 25 2 1 61 1 58 1 17 1 25 0 88 0 96 36 2 3 phase supply voltage 400 V 50 Hz with DC choke supplied as standard with the drive 90 125 HD9ON4 158 81 35 145 1 36 72 20 66 8 33 6 19 4 93 3 78 3 43 2 75 2 56 2 13 1 99 1 72 1 59 1 4 1 29 1 16 44 26 110 750 HC11N4 193 81 35 175 7 38 91 21 7 8 24 6 03 4 78 3 56 3 28 2 56 2 42 1 98 1 87 1 58 1 47 1 28 1 19 1 06 46 45 132 200 HC13N4 228 92 35 209 3 37 23 20 02 8 26 58 4 76 3 51 3 26 252 238 1 94 1 82 1 55 1 42 1 24 1 12 1 44 23 160 250 HC16N4 276 22 50 251 7 38 29 20 22 8 19 5 59 466 3 32 3 13 237 2 26 1 82 1 7 1 43 1 31 1 14 1 02 0 91 45 11 200 300 HC20N4 340 29 50 313 6 36 03 17 85 8 16 53 4 59 3 25 3 05 2 32 2 17 1 76 1 6 1 37 1 2 1 05 0 91 0 82 42 07 220 350 HC25N4 378 67 50 344 9 38 91 19 7 811 522 4 47 3 04 2 93 2 15 2 07 1 63 1 52 1 27 1 14 0 99 0 85 0 78 45 26 250 400 HC25N4 423 72 50 390 1 36 61 17 59 8 11 5 04 446 3 04 29 2 16 202 1 62 1 46 1 24 1 07 0 95 0 78 0 73 42 35 280 450 HC28N4 471 17 50 437 3 34 78 159 81 4 92 444 304 286 2 16 1 97 16 14 1 21 1 0 9 0 72 0 67 40 05 315 500 HC31N4 528 66 50 492 2 34 19 15 08 8 03 4 79 4 36 2 98 2 78 2 1 1 88 1 54 1 31 1 14 0 92 0 84 0 65 0 61 39 15 355 HC40N4 607 3 50 555 5 38 78 17 83 7 88 4 59 4 14 264 258 1 84 1 74 1 37 1 21 1 04 0 85 0 78 06 0 58 44 12 400 600 HC40N4 675
127. 564 VW3 A4 565 VW3 A4 569 VW3 A4 601 VW3 A4 602 VW3 A4 603 VW3 A4 603 VW3 A4 604 VW3 A4 605 VW3 A4 606 VW3 A4 607 VW3 A4 608 VW3 A4 609 VW3 A4 610 VW3 A4 611 VW3 A4 612 58 58 58 and 214 58 and 218 58 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 51 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 VW3 A4 613 VW3 A4 619 VW3 A4 621 VW3 A4 622 VW3 A4 623 VW3 A4 624 VW3 A4 625 VW3 A4 626 VW3 A4 627 VW3 A4 628 VW3 A4 629 VW3 A4 630 VW3 A4 631 VW3 A4 632 VW3 A4 633 VW3 A4 639 VW3 A4 641 VW3 A4 642 VW3 A4 643 VW3 A4 644 VW3 A4 645 VW3 A4 646 VW3 A4 647 VW3 A4 648 VW3 A4 649 VW3 A4 650 VW3 A4 651 VW3 A4 656 VW3 A4 657 VW3 A4 661 VW3 A4 662 VW3 A4 663 VW3 A4 664 VW3 A4 665 VW3 A4 666 VW3 A4 667 VW3 A4 668 VW3 A4 669 VW3 A4 670 VW3 A4 671 VW3 A4 676 VW3 A4 677 VW3 A5 101 VW3 A5 102 VW3 A5 103 VW3 A5 104 VW3 A5 105 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 107 VW3 A5 108 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A5 202 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A5 204 VW3 A5 205 VW3 A5 206 VW3 A5 207 VW3 A5 208 VW3 A5 209 VW3 A5 210 VW3 A5 211 VW3 A58 306 R10 VW3 A58 306 R30 VW3 A58501 VW3 A58502 VW3 A7 101 VW3 A7 102 VW3 A7 201 VW3 A7 202 VW3 A7 203 VW3 A7 204 VW3 A7 205 VW3 A7 206 VW3 A7 207 VW3 A7 208 86 86 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 88 88 88 88 88 8
128. 5777 31 M Combinations for customer assembly continued Motor Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Motor starters supply voltage 380 415 V Circuit breaker Drive Line contactor Power 1 Reference Reference 2 Rating Im Reference 3 4 kW HP A A 3 phase supply voltage 380 415 V 50 60 Hz Type 2 coordination 0 75 1 ATV 71H075N4 GV2 L08 4 LC1 D1800 1 5 2 ATV 71HU15N4 GV2 L10 6 3 LC1 D18060 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22N4 GV2 L14 10 LC1 D1800 3 ATV 71HU30N4 GV2 L16 14 LC1 D1800 4 5 ATV 71HU40N4 GV2 L16 14 LC1 D1800 5 5 7 5 ATV 71HU55N4 GV2 L22 25 LC1 D2500 7 5 10 ATV 71HU75N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D40060 11 15 ATV 71HD11N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D4006 15 20 ATV 71HD15N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D5006 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D5006 22 30 ATV 71HD22N4 NS80HMA80 80 480 LC1 D6506 30 40 ATV 71HD30N4 NS80HMA80 80 480 LC1 D65606 37 50 ATV 71HD37N4 NS100eMA100 100 800 LC1 D8006 45 60 ATV 71HD45N4 NS1600eMA150 150 1350 LC1 D11500 55 75 ATV 71HD55N4 NS160eMA150 150 1350 LC1 D11500 75 100 ATV 71HD75N4 NS250eMA150 150 1350 LC1 D15000 90 125 ATV 71HD90N4 NS250eMA220 220 1980 LC1 F18506e 110 150 ATV 71HC11N4 NS250eMA220 220 1980 LC1 F185060 132 200 ATV 71HC13N4 NS400eMA320 320 1920 LC1 F265ee 160 250 ATV 71HC16N4 NS400eMA320 320 1920 LC1 F2650ee 200 300 ATV 71HC20N4 NS400eMA320 320 1920 LC1 F4000e 220 350 ATV 71HC25N4 NS630eMA500 500 3000 LC1 F4000e 25
129. 5N4 HD15N4 33 120 VW3 A5 203 22 000 ATV 71WU75N4 ATV 71PU75N4Z ATV 71HD18N4 HD30N4 66 180 VW3 A5 204 45 000 ATV 71WD18N4 WD30N4 ATV 71HD37N4 HD45N4 95 250 VW3 A5 205 60 000 ATV 71WD37N4 WD45N4 ATV 71HD55N4 HD75N4 180 400 VW3 A5 206 120 000 ATV 71WD55N4 WD75N4 ATV 71HD90N4 HC11N4 200 945 VW3 A5 207 130 000 ATV 71HC13N4 HC16N4 300 1360 VW3 A5 208 165 000 ATV 71HC20N4 400 1900 VW3 A5 209 190 000 ATV 71HC25N4 Motor P 220 kW 400 1900 VW3 A5 209 190 000 Motor P 250 kW 600 2370 VW3 A5 210 260 000 ATV 71HC28N4 HC31N4 600 2370 VW3 A5 210 260 000 ATV 71HC40N4 Motor P 355 kW 600 2370 VW3 A5 210 260 000 Motor P 400 kW 1200 5150 VW3 A5 211 600 000 ATV 71HC50N4 1200 5150 VW3 A5 211 600 000 1 For ATV 71H075M3 ATV 71HU15M3 and ATV 71HU15N4 drives it is advisable to use a lower category of motor with a sinus filter Characteristics Dimensions page 98 page 133 Telemecanique Schemes page 145 99 Combinations Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Motor Drive Options DC Line choke Additional Motor choke IP 20 motor choke EMC input choke kit filter kW HP Single phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz 0 37 0 5 ATV 71H075M3 VW3 A4 401 VW3 A5 101 0 75 1 ATV 71HU15M3 VW3 A4 401 VW3 A5 101 15 2 ATV 71HU22M3 VW3 A4 402 VW3 A5 101 2 2 3 ATV 71HU30M3 VW3 A4 402 VW3 A5 102 103 3 ATV 71HU40M3 VW3 A58 501 VW3 A4 402 VW3 A5 102 103 4 5 ATV 71H
130. 5N4 44 26 ATV 71HU15N4 64 28 ATV 71HU22N4 87 30 ATV 71HU30N4 114 35 ATV 71HU40N4 144 40 ATV 71HU55N4 185 50 ATV 71HU75N4 217 55 ATV 71HD11N4 320 65 ATV 71HD15N4 392 85 ATV 71HD18N4 486 86 ATV 71HD22N4 574 110 ATV 71HD30N4 799 133 ATV 71HD37N4 861 137 ATV 71HD45N4 1060 165 ATV 71HD55N4 1210 178 ATV 71HD75N4 1720 225 ATV 71HD90N4 2403 237 ATV 71HC11N4 2726 261 ATV 71HC13N4 3191 296 ATV 71HC16N4 3812 350 ATV 71HC20N4 4930 493 ATV 71HC25N4 5873 586 ATV 71HC28N4 6829 658 ATV 71HC31N4 7454 772 ATV 71HC40N4 9291 935 ATV 71HC50N4 11345 1116 1 This value is given for operation at nominal load and for a switching frequency of 2 5 or 4 kHz depending on the rating Add 7 W to this value for each additional option card Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 164 ia Telemecanique Mounting and installation recommendations continued Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives on heatsinks Fan flow rate depending on the drive rating For drive Flow rate m hour ATV 71H037M3 HU15M3 17 ATV 71H075N4 HU22N4 ATV 71HU22M3 HU40M3 56 ATV 71HU30N4 HU40N4 ATV 71HU55M3 112 ATV 71HU55N4 HU75N4 ATV 71HU75M3 163 ATV 71HD11N4 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X 252 ATV 71HD15N4 HD18N4 ATV 71HD18M3X HD22M3xX 203 ATV 71HD
131. 60 ATV 71WD45N4 VW3 A4 511 VW3 A4 556 VW3 A4 608 VW3 A4 408 55 75 ATV 71WD55N4 VW3 A4 511 VW3 A4 556 VW3 A4 608 VW3 A4 408 75 100 ATV 71WD75N4 VW3 A4 511 VW3 A4 558 VW3 A4 669 VW3 A4 408 Pages 24 81 84 86 92 For drives Logic input Remote Encoder interface cards I O cards 2 Controller PowerSuite adapter graphic RS 422 Open Push pull Logic Extended Inside software 115 V display compatible collector outputs programm workshop terminal differential outputs able card for PC or outputs Pocket PC ATV VW3 A3 101 VW3A1101 VW3A3401 VW3A3 403 VW3A3405 VW3A3201 VW3A3202 VW3 A3501 VW3A8 104 71WeeeN4 402 404 407 105 Pages 26 38 41 41 41 43 43 51 208 1 There are special passive filters for a 460 V supply see pages 88 and 89 2 Maximum combination 2 cards in accordance with the compatibility table below Type of card Logic I O Extended I O Programmable Controller Communication VW3 A3 201 VW3 A3 202 Inside VW3 A3 501 VW3 A3 3ee Logic I O VW3 A3 201 Extended I O VW3 A3 202 Inside VW3 A3 501 Communication VW3 A3 3060 ee Possible to combine Not possible to combine Programmable Controller 104 Motor choke VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 106 VW3 A5 104 VW3 A5 104 VW3 A5 104 96 IP 20 motor choke kit VW3 A9 612 VW3 A9 612 VW3 A9 612 VW3 A9
132. 70 275 6x12 A7 702 95 293 95 70 375 6x12 A7 703 140 393 120 120 375 6x12 Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions pages 38 60 and 62 pages 60 and 62 pages 38 61 and 63 page 140 pages 172 to 203 120 E Telemecanigu Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Braking resistors Braking resistors continued VW3 A7 704 709 Mounting recommendations 4x09 240 RE 2 200 2 200 484 PH 380 LH HH __V 5 301 200 A VW3 A7 710 712 715 718 1 Mounting recommendations gt 500 VW3 a al b c c1 G H A7 710 860 1040 690 480 560 400 832 A7 711 960 1140 1150 380 460 300 932 A7 712 860 1040 1150 540 620 460 832 A7 715 960 1140 1150 540 620 460 932 A7 716 960 1140 1150 740 820 660 932 A7 717 1 960 1140 1150 540 620 460 932 A7 718 1 960 1140 1150 740 820 660 932 1 The dimension is given for 1 component References VW3 A7 717 718 consist of two components all components must be taken into account to determine the overall dimensions A space of 300 mm must be left between each component VW3 A7 713 714 Mounting recommendations O gt 500 B gt 500 on a a IN C VW3 a al b c c1 G H A7 713 760 790 440 480 540 400 732 A7 714 960 990 440 480 540 400 932 Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions page 62 page 62 page 63 page 140 pages 172 to 203 Fa
133. 71 Motor Drive Options DC choke Line choke Passive Additional Motor choke IP 20 motor filter EMC filter choke kit kW HP 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz 0 75 1 ATV 71P075N4Z VW3 A4 501 VW3 A4 551 VW3 A4 661 VW3 A4 401 VW3 A5 101 5 2 ATV 71PU15N4Z VW3 A4502 VW3 A4551 VW3A46e1 VW3A4401 VW3 A5 101 102 103 2 2 3 ATV 71PU22N4Z VW3A4 503 VW3 A4 552 VW3 A4 6e1 VW3 A4 401 VW3 A5 101 102 103 3 ATV 71PU30N4Z VW3A4 503 VW3 A4 552 VW3 A4 661 VW3 A4 402 VW3 A5 101 102 103 4 5 ATV 71PU40N4Z VW3 A4 504 VW3 A4 552 VW3 A4 662 VW3 A4 402 VW3 A5 101 102 103 5 5 7 5 ATV 71PU55N4Z VW3 A4 505 VW3 A4 553 VW3 A4 662 VW3 A4 403 VW3 A5 102 103 104 VW3 A9 612 15 10 ATV 71PU75N4Z VW3 A4 506 VW3 A4 553 VW3 A4 603 VW3 A4 403 VW3 A5 102 103 104 VW3 A9 612 Pages 25 81 84 86 92 96 97 For drives Logicinput Remote Encoder interface cards V O cards 2 Controller PowerSuite adapter graphic RS 422 Open Push pull Logic Extended Inside software 115V display compatible collector outputs programm workshop terminal differential outputs able card for PC or outputs Pocket PC ATV VW3 A3 101 VW3A1101 VW3A3401 VW3A3 403 VW3A3 405 VW3 A3 201 VW3 A3 202 VW3A3 501 VW3 A8 104 71PeeeN4Z 402 404 407 105 Pages 26 38 41 41 41 43 43 51 208 1 There are special passive filters for a 460 V supply see pages 88 and 89 2 Maximum combination 2 cards in accordance with the compatibility table below Type of card Logic I O Extended
134. 71 reduction of current harmonics Option passive filters Motor rating For Line supply Filter Quantity Reference Weight drives Line current In 2 per drive kW HP A A kg THDI 16 1 0 75 1 ATV 71HO75N4 2 50 6 1 VW3 A4 641 15 000 ATV 71W075N4 ATV 71P075N4Z 1 5 2 ATV 71HU15N4 3 00 6 1 VW3 A4 641 15 000 ATV 71WU15N4 ATV 71PU15N4Z 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22N4 5 00 6 1 VW3 A4 641 15 000 ATV 71WU22N4 ATV 71PU22N4Z 3 ATV 71HU30N4 6 00 6 1 VW3 A4 641 15 000 ATV 71WU30N4 ATV 71PU30N4Z 4 5 ATV 71HU40N4 7 00 10 1 VW3 A4 642 19 000 ATV 71WU40N4 ATV 71PU40N4Z 5 5 7 5 ATV 71HU55N4 10 00 10 1 VW3 A4 642 19 000 ATV 71WU55N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z 7 5 10 ATV 71HU75N4 13 00 19 1 VW3 A4 643 23 000 ATV 71WU75N4 ATV 71PU75N4Z 11 15 ATV 71HD11N4 19 00 19 1 VW3 A4 643 23 000 ATV 71WD11N4 15 20 ATV 71HD15N4 24 00 26 1 VW3 A4 644 34 000 ATV 71WD15N4 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18N4 32 00 35 1 VW3 A4 645 42 000 ATV 71WD18N4 22 30 ATV 71HD22N4 35 00 35 1 VW3 A4 645 42 000 ATV 71WD22N4 30 40 ATV 71HD30N4 44 00 43 1 VW3 A4 646 45 000 ATV 71WD30N4 37 50 ATV 71HD37N4 58 70 72 1 VW3 A4 647 61 000 ATV 71WD37N4 45 60 ATV 71HD45N4 68 00 72 1 VW3 A4 647 61 000 ATV 71WD45N4 55 75 ATV 71HD55N4 82 60 101 1 VW3 A4 648 75 000 ATV 71WD55N4 75 100 ATV 71 HD75N4 108 00 101 1 VW3 A4 648 75 000 ATV 71 WD75N4 THDI 10 90 125 ATV 71HD90N4 134 00 180 1 VW3 A4 649 107 000 110 150 ATV 71HC11N4 163 00 180 1 VW3 A4 649 107 000 132 200 ATV 71HC13
135. 71HD37N4 VW3 A9 310 ATV 58HD54N4 45 60 ATV 71HD45N4 VW3 A9 312 ATV 58HD64N4 55 75 ATV 71HD55N4 VW3 A9 312 ATV 58HD79N4 75 100 ATV 71HD75N4 VW3 A9 312 31 523388 532387 Presentation Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ready assembled in IP 54 enclosure Altivar 71 variable speed drives rated from 90 kW to 500 kW can be supplied ready assembled in an IP 54 enclosure to facilitate installation and in particular to ensure optimum ventilation This ATV 71E5eeeN4e offer comprises one or two IP 54 enclosures with a non modifiable hardware configuration for a 380 480 V three phase supply only The Altivar 71 ready assembled in enclosure offer comprises m One ready assembled enclosure 1 or two ready assembled enclosures 2 and 7 depending on the rating m A drive on heatsink ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 3 m A switch and fast acting fuses 4 m An IP 65 remote graphic display terminal kit 5 This equipment is supplied with operating instructions containing all the m Parts lists m Electrical diagrams m Mechanical drawings Options All the following options available for ATV 71HeeeN4 drives can be used at the same rating with the ATV 71E5eeeN4e enclosed drives offer see the compatible combinations tables for Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives pages 102 and 103 m Adaptor for 115 V logic inputs m Option cards Communication encoder interface programmable Controller inside and I O extension cards
136. 78 56 48 41 35 32 28 26 23 22 19 19 17 44 95 15 2 HU15N4 3 34 5 3 03 35 55 23 53 8 95 7 65 5 61 4 74 4 06 3 49 3 16 2 76 2 57 2 28 2 15 1 94 1 83 1 68 45 48 22 3 HU22N4 4 83 5 44 35 79 22 77 8 7 7 11 541 436 3 89 32 3 01 253 2 43 2 09 2 01 1 77 1 7 1 53 45 3 HU30N4 6 13 5 5 67 31 61 18 82 9 41 6 82 588 457 4 24 3 38 3 28 267 263 2 19 2 16 1 86 1 88 1 6 40 08 4 5 HU40N4 8 24 5 7 51 36 16 21 63 9 8 17 5 52 4 17 3 93 3 05 3 2 4 2 38 1 98 1 93 1 68 1 58 1 45 44 72 5 5 75 HU55N4 10 81 22 9 83 34 85 23 08 9 68 4 05 6 12 5 18 4 45 3 83 3 48 3 04 2 85 252 24 2 14 2 06 1 85 45 19 7 5 10 HU75N4 15 01 10 13 8 34 09 20 49 8 57 6 43 5 28 3 95 3 78 2 89 2 9 2 28 2 32 1 88 1 9 1 59 1 58 1 37 42 25 11 15 HD11N4 21 1 9 19 3 35 22 20 11 8 95 6 5 5 41 4 02 3 8 2 95 2 86 2 32 2 23 1 9 1 77 1 6 1 42 1 37 43 1 15 20 HD15N4 28 2 12 25 8 35 22 20 01 8 98 6 49 5 43 4 02 3 82 2 94 2 88 2 32 2 24 1 9 1 78 1 6 1 43 1 37 43 06 18 5 25 HD18N4 33 9 12 31 9 28 36 15 16 8 85 6 18 5 39 4 04 3 78 2 98 2 83 2 34 2 18 1 9 1 7 1 58 1 33 1 33 35 23 22 30 HD22N4 40 87 22 37 85 32 79 18 73 8 6 6 42 5 28 4 09 3 75 3 03 2 85 2 4 2 25 1 97 1 81 1 67 1 48 1 44 40 4 30 40 HD30N4 54 1 20 50 6 29 97 16 26 8 75 6 27 5 32 4 07 3 73 3 01 2 79 2 37 2 15 1 94 1 69 1 62 1 33 1 38 36 99 37 50 HD37N4 66 43 22 62 6 28 49 15 01 8 63 6 08 5 23 4 3 65 2 97 2 71 2 34 2 07 1 9 1 61 1 58 1 26 1 32 35 13 45 60 HD45N4 83 11 22 75 56 38 31 20 96 8 24 5 81 4 85 3 48 3 33 2 54 2 44 2 1 85 1 64 1 42 1 38 1 1 1 17 45 59 5
137. 8 100 s braking with 1 Tn braking torque for a 200 s cycle 20 s braking with 1 6 Tn braking torque for a 200 s cycle For VW3 A7 809 817 110 s braking with 1 25 Tn braking torque for a 240 s cycle 10 s braking with 2 Tn braking torque for a 240 s cycle Presentation Characteristics Selection page 64 page 64 pages 66 to 73 Telemecanique Dimensions page 120 Schemes page 140 65 Selection Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option braking units and resistors Calculating the various braking powers makes it possible to determine the braking unit and the braking resistor Presentation of the two main types of operation A and B A The braking power during de celeration is characterized by a peak power f obtained at the start of deceleration which decreases to 0 in proportion with the speed Example Stopping centrifuges translational movement change of direction etc B Braking power at constant speed n Example Vertical downward movement motor generator test bench gravity conveyors etc n Motor speed rpm N n No Motor speed during deceleration rom n n i T Load torque Nm tb Th Braking torque Nm 0 et Py Maximum braking power W 0 I Nn b Po Average braking power during time t W 4 T tp Braking time s T tp T p t Ty t 4 t Phraking A P piaiang b t P a P P Note These two types o
138. 8 1 Nm VW3 A4 551 552 2 5 mm AWG 12 0 4 0 6 Nm VW3 A4 553 6 mm2 AWG 8 0 8 1 Nm VW3 A4 554 16 mm AWG 4 1 2 1 4 Nm VW3 A4 555 35 mm AWG 0 2 5 3 Nm VW3 A4 556 Connected on a bar 6 5 mm VW3 A4 557 558 Connected on a bar 9 mm VW3 A4 559 561 Connected on a bar 11 mm VW3 A4 562 565 569 B Connected on a bar 13 mm Presentation References Dimensions Schemes page 82 page 84 page 125 pages 136 to 139 83 References Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 reduction of current harmonics Option line chokes For drives Line Line choke Quantity Reference Weight supply nduc Nominal Saturation Loss Per drive Line ISC tance current current value kA mH A A W kg Single phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71HU40M3 5 2 25 45 1 VW3 A58501 3 500 ATV 71HU55M3 5 1 45 50 1 VW3 A58502 3 500 ATV 71HU75M3 22 1 45 50 1 VW3 A58502 3 500 3 phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H037M3 HO75M3 5 10 4 45 1 VW3 A4 551 1 500 ATV 71HU15M3 HU22M3 5 4 10 1 VW3A4552 3000 ATV 71HU30M3 5 2 O O 6 75 1 VW3A4553 3500 ATV 71HU40M3 5 1 37 9 1 8A ATV 71HU55M3 2 1 3 9 VW3A4554 6000 ATV 71HU75M3 HD11M3X 22 05 6 94 1 VW3A4555 11 000 ATV 71HD15M3X 22 0 3 100 260 1 VW3 A4 556 16 000 ATV 71HD18M3X HD45M3X 22 0 145 230 400 1 VW3A4557 45 000 ATV 71HD55M3X 35 0 049 429 855 278 1
139. 8 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 221 221 84 84 61 61 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 VW3 A7 209 75 VW3 A7 210 75 VW3 A7 211 75 VW3 A7 212 75 VW3 A7 231 75 VW3 A7 232 75 VW3 A7 233 75 VW3 A7 234 75 VW3 A7 235 75 VW3 A7 236 75 VW3 A7 237 75 VW3 A7 238 75 VW3 A7 239 75 VW3 A7 240 75 VW3 A7 241 75 VW3 A7 701 63 VW3 A7 702 63 VW3 A7 703 63 VW3 A7 704 63 VW3 A7 705 63 VW3 A7 706 63 VW3 A7 707 63 VW3 A7 708 63 VW3 A7 709 63 VW3 A7 710 63 VW3 A7 711 63 VW3 A7 712 63 VW3 A7 713 63 VW3 A7 714 63 VW3 A7 715 63 VW3 A7 716 63 VW3 A7 717 63 VW3 A7 718 63 VWS3 A7 801 65 VW3 A7 802 65 VWS3 A7 803 65 VW3 A7 804 65 VW3 A7 805 65 VW3 A7 806 65 VW3 A7 807 65 VW3 A7 808 65 VW3 A7 809 65 VW3 A7 810 65 VW3 A7 811 65 VW3 A7 812 65 VW3 A7 813 65 VW3 A7 814 65 VW3 A7 815 65 VW3 A7 816 65 VW3 A7 817 65 VW3 A7E 102 34 VW3 A8 104 208 VW3 A8 105 208 VW3 A8 106 51 VW3 A8 106 208 VW3 A8 114 208 VW3 A8 115 208 VW3 A8 306 222 VW3 A8 306 2 222 and 229 VW3 A8 306 D30 214 222 223 227 231 and 233 VW3 A8 306 DR 223 VW3 A8 306 DRC 223 VW3 A8 306 R 221 VW3 A8 306 R03 39 59 219 221 and 231 VW3 A8 306 R10 VW3 A8 306 R30 VW3 A8 306 RC VW3 A8 306 TF03 VW3 A8 306 TF10 VW3 A9 101 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A9 103 VW3 A9 104 VW3 A9 105 VW3 A9 106 VW3 A9 107 VW3 A9 108 VW3 A9 109 VW3 A9 1
140. 82 9 41 6 82 5 88 4 57 4 24 3 38 3 28 267 263 2 19 216 1 86 18 1 6 40 08 4 5 WU40N4 824 5 7 51 36 16 21 639 817 5 52 417 3 93 305 3 24 238 1 98 1 93 1 68 1 58 1 45 44 72 5 5 7 5 WU55N4 10 81 22 9 83 34 85 23 08 9 68 4 05 6 12 5 18 4 45 3 83 3 48 3 04 285 252 24 2 14 2 06 1 85 45 19 7 5 10 WU75N4 15 01 10 13 8 34 09 20 49 8 57 6 43 5 28 3 95 3 78 289 29 2 28 2 32 188 1 9 1 59 1 58 1 37 42 25 11 15 WD11N4 21 1 9 19 3 35 22 20 11 8 95 65 5 41 4 02 3 8 295 286 232 223 1 9 1 77 1 6 1 42 1 37 431 15 20 WDI15N4 28 2 12 25 8 35 22 20 01 8 98 649 5 43 4 02 3 82 294 288 232 2 24 19 1 78 1 6 1 43 1 37 43 06 18 5 25 WD18N4 33 9 12 31 9 28 36 15 16 8 85 618 5 39 4 04 3 78 298 283 234 218 19 1 7 1 58 1 33 1 33 35 23 22 30 WD22N4 40 87 22 37 85 32 79 18 73 8 6 642 5 28 4 09 3 75 3 03 285 24 2 25 1 97 1 81 1 67 1 48 1 44 40 4 30 40 WD30N4 54 1 20 50 6 29 97 16 26 8 75 6 27 5 32 4 07 3 73 3 01 2 79 237 215 1 94 1 69 1 62 1 33 1 38 36 99 37 50 WD87N4 66 43 22 62 6 28 49 15 01 8 63 6 08 5 23 4 3 65 2 97 2 71 234 207 1 9 1 61 1 58 1 26 1 32 35 13 45 60 WD45N4 83 11 22 75 56 38 31 20 96 8 24 5 81 4 85 348 3 33 254 244 2 1 85 1 64 142 1 38 1 1 1 17 45 59 55 75 WD55N4 98 6 22 91 69 32 94 16 76 8 5 5 68 4 98 3 62 3 38 267 2 44 2 09 1 81 1 69 1 37 1 39 1 04 1 14 39 29 75 100 WD75N4 134 22 125 9 30 65 144384 54 4 84 3 52 3 21 259 2 25 2 1 61 1 58 1 17 1 25 0 88 0 96 36 2 _ 3 phase supply voltage 400 V 50 Hz with optional DC choke Motor For Line supply Current harmonic levels TH
141. 98 429 5 384 5 233 17 5 137 5 14 A9 503 267 215 465 419 250 17 5 149 5 14 5 A9 504 302 250 481 5 488 285 175 155 13 A9 505 324 5 270 584 5 537 5 305 17 5 189 5 15 5 1 3 6 hole for M4 self tapping screw 1 4 5 hole for M5 self tapping screw VW3 A9 507 VW3 A9 508 Cut outs and drill holes Cut outs and drill holes e a 396 2 Ke p y 8 s AR j RI 4 14xO4 5 1 14xQ4 5 1 LO N 17 17 a 362 a 1 4 5 hole for M5 self tapping screw 1 4 5 hole for M5 self tapping screw Presentation References Functions page 27 pages 27 pages 172 to 203 Ea Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Accessories Kits for flush mounting inside dust and damp proof enclosure continued VW3 A9 509 Cut outs and drill holes 396 837 5 18 16x 4 5 117 5 144 5 145 25 145 25 144 5 1117 5 17 e i 362 1 4 5 hole for M5 self tapping screw VW3 A9 510 511 Cut outs and drill holes without DC choke Cut outs and drill holes with DC choke a3 a4 J 4x08 a w a5 oO oO lO N a a a ae A D 6x 10 1 Y VW3 a al a2 b b1 b2 G G1 VW3 a3 a4 a5 b3 J A9 510 420 340 55 850 790 80 370 15 A9 510 82 5 180 120 45 150 A9 511 440 360 45 885 845 66 396 18 A9 511 87 5 190 130 35 160 VW3 G2 H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 A9 510 30 260 120 80 100 15 35 A9 511 23 310 70 91 5
142. A1 ATV 71 drive see pages 22 to 25 A2 Preventa XPS AC safety module for monitoring emergency stops and switches One safety module can manage the Power Removal function for several drives on the same machine In this case each drive supplies its own PWR input terminal from its own 24 V via an independent safety contact on the XPS AC module F1 Fuse L1 DC choke see page 81 Q1 Circuit breaker see motor starters pages 152 to 157 S1 Emergency stop button with 2 contacts S2 XB4 B or XB5 A pushbutton 1 Power supply or 24V 48 V 115 V 230 V 2 S2 resets XPS AC module on power up or after an emergency stop ESC can be used to set external starting conditions 3 Requests freewheel stopping of the movement and activates the Power Removal safety function 4 Line choke single phase or 3 phase see page 84 5 The logic output can be used to signal that the machine is in a safe stop state 6 For ATV 71HC40N4 drives combined with a 400 kW motor and ATV 71HC50N4 see page 140 7 Fault relay contacts Used for remote signalling of the drive status 8 Connection of the common for the logic inputs depends on the positioning of the SW1 switch see schemes on page 141 9 Standardized coaxial cable type RG174 U according to MIL C17 or KX3B according to NF C 93 550 external diameter 2 54 mm maximum length 15 m The cable shielding must be earthed 10 Optional DC choke for ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X
143. A3 501 533196 Master slave application kar VW3 CAN A71 TSX CAN KCDF 180 T Presentation page 44 Characteristics page 46 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option Controller Inside programmable card Card Description Controller Inside programmable card 1 equipped with one 9 way male SUB D connector Connection accessories 2 Description No Length m CANopen adapterto be mounted on 1 the RJ45 socket in the drive control terminals The adaptor provides a 9 way male SUB D connector conforming to the CANopen standard CIA DRP 303 1 Reference Weight kg VW3 A3 501 0 320 Reference Weight kg VW3 CAN A71 CANopen connector 2 9 way female SUB D with line terminator that can be disabled TSX CAN KCDF 180T Reference Weight kg TSX CAN CA 50 Cables 2 Description No Length m CANopen cables 3 50 Standard cable Low smoke emission 100 halogen free Flame retardant TSX CAN CA 100 IEC 60332 1 300 TSX CAN CA 300 CANopen cables 3 50 TSX CAN CB 50 UL certification Flame retardant 100 TSX CAN CB 100 IEC 60332 2 300 TSX CAN CB 300 CANopen cables 3 50 TSX CAN CD 50 Cable for harsh environments 3 or mobile installation 100 TSX CAN CD 100 Low smoke emission eee 300 TSX CAN CD 300 z Flame retardant IEC 60332 1 PS 1131 software workshop Description PS 1131 software works
144. ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3X ATV 71e0e0eeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71H075M3 HU75M3 3 phase power supply with downstream breaking via switch disconnector Power section for single phase power supply COCA o Reference potentiometer Note All terminals are located at the bottom of the drive Fit interference suppressors to all inductive circuits near the drive or connected on the same circuit such as relays contactors solenoid valves fluorescent lighting etc Components for use with the Altivar for a complete list of references see our Motor starter solutions Power control and protection components specialist catalogue Reference Description A1 ATV 71 drive see pages 22 to 25 L1 DC choke see page 81 Q1 Circuit breaker see motor starters pages 152 to 157 Q2 Switch disconnector Vario 1 Line choke single phase or 3 phase see page 84 2 For ATV 71HC40N4 drives combined with a 400 kW motor and ATV 71HC50N4 see page 140 3 Fault relay contacts Used for remote signalling of the drive status 4 Connection of the common for the logic inputs depends on the positioning of the SW1 switch see schemes on page 141 5 DC choke as an option for ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3X ATV 71 075N4 eD75N4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z Connected in place of the strap between the PO and PA terminals For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives the choke is supplied with the drive the cu
145. ATV 71WD22N4 NS100eMA50 50 300 LC1 D6506 30 40 ATV 71WD30N4 NS100eMA100 100 600 LCi D6506 37 50 ATV 71WD37N4 NS100eMA100 100 600 LCi D8006 45 60 ATV 71WD45N4 NS160eMA100 100 600 LCi D11566 55 75 ATV 71WD55N4 NS160eMA150 150 1350 LCi D11500 75 100 ATV 71WD75N4 NS160eMA150 150 1350 LCi D11566 1 Standard power ratings for 4 pole motors 50 60 Hz 400 V The values expressed in HP comply with the NEC National Electrical Code 2 NS8OHMAee NSeeee products sold under the Merlin Gerin brand For references to be completed replace the dot with the letter corresponding to the circuit breaker breaking performance N H L Breaking capacity of circuit breakers according to standard IEC 60947 2 Circuit breaker Icu kA for 400 V N H L GV2 L08 L14 100 GV2 L16 L22 50 NS80HMA 70 NS100eMA NS160eMA NS250eMA 36 70 150 Circuit breaker Icu KA for 440 V N H L GV2 L08 GV2 L10 100 GV2 L14 GV2 L16 20 NS80HMA 65 NS100eMA NS160eMA 35 65 130 3 Composition of contactors LC1 D18 to LC1 D150 3 poles 1 N O auxiliary contact and 1 N C auxiliary contact 4 Replace ee with the control circuit voltage reference indicated in the table below Volts 24 48 110 220 230 240 LC1 D18 D150 50 Hz B5 E5 F5 M5 P5 U5 60 Hz B6 E6 F6 M6 U6 50 60 Hz B7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 For other voltages available between 24 V and 660 V or a DC control circuit
146. C50N4 Common side view ATV 71E5C31N4 E5C50N4 ATV 71E5C31N4 E5C50N4 without braking unit with braking unit a ee LLL PO aL PEPSPBPBJoJaJoBPUPUPQPEPSPUPOISISPISq SOY RRS LLC QOLSA Ce OXX RRIS ERL SAO IIOIBQMP_ RB AAHARSSOOOQOH I ioe eee ee RRR KK KOZZE a a DOO KK LSS SSS ISSA xX XX co m N DORRI XO I RRR KS 999S S Rees DOC eee DOO BOO SS CE POON OOOO SOON SSSI ATV 71E5 a al a2 C31N4 1620 1016 2024 C40N4 1620 1016 2024 C50N4 1820 1216 2224 1 Supplied with the ATV 71E5C31N4 E5C50N4 ready assembled enclosure 2 this enclosure contains the switch and fast acting fuses 2 ATV 71E5C31N4 E5C50N4 ready assembled enclosure 3 VW3 AZE 102 braking unit in enclosure Presentation Characteristics References page 32 page 33 page 34 35 Mounting Variable speed drives recommendations for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ready assembled in IP 54 enclosure ATV 71E5D90N4 E5C16N4 KXXXXXXXXXXX a RREK z Z ATV 71E5 L L1 L2 M M1 M2 N N1 N2 P P1 P2 D90N4 230 265 300 290 350 410 770 1330 1295 350 465 280 C11N4 225 270 315 240 300 360 740 1330 1267 380 470 315 C13N4 225 270 315 260 335 410 740 1055 1024 375 470 305 C16N4 225 270 315 205 310 415 740 1060 1024 375 470 315 ATV 71E5C20N4 E5C28N4 ATV 71E5C20N4F E5C28N4F LECOCOCOCOCOCOCCON PSS RESISA RELIRA 2
147. D power ATV71 Line Linelsc H1 H5 H7 H11 H13 H17 H19 H23 H25 H29 H31 H35 H37 H41 H43 H47 H49 3 drives current 2 kW HP A KA A 0 75 1 PO75N4Z 1 77 5 1 61 346 237 89 78 56 48 41 35 32 28 26 23 22 19 19 1 7 44 95 15 2 PU15N4Z 3 34 5 3 03 35 55 23 53 8 95 7 65 5 61 4 74 4 06 3 49 3 16 2 76 2 57 2 28 215 1 94 1 83 1 68 45 48 22 3 PU22N4Z 483 5 44 35 79 22 7787 7 11 541 436 3 89 3 2 3 01 253 243 2 09 2 01 1 77 1 7 1 53 45 3 PU30N4Z 6 13 5 5 67 31 61 18 82 9 41 6 82 5 88 4 57 424 3 38 3 28 267 263 2 19 216 186 18 1 6 40 08 4 5 PU40N4Z 8 24 5 7 51 36 16 21 639 8 17 552 417 3 93 305 3 24 238 1 98 1 93 1 68 1 58 1 45 44 72 5 5 7 5 PUS55N4Z 10 81 22 9 83 34 85 23 08 9 68 4 05 6 12 5 18 4 45 3 83 3 48 3 04 285 252 24 214 2 06 1 85 45 19 7 5 10 PU75N4Z 15 01 10 13 8 34 09 20 49 8 57 6 43 5 28 3 95 3 78 2 89 2 9 2 28 2 32 1 88 1 9 1 59 1 58 1 37 42 25 1 Example of current harmonic levels up to harmonic order 49 for a 400 V 50 Hz line supply with chokes connected between the PO and PA terminals on the Altivar 71 2 The line Isc values are given for the current harmonic levels in the table 3 Total harmonic distortion conforming to draft standard IEC 61000 3 12 Presentation References Dimensions Schemes page 78 page 81 page 125 pages 136 to 139 80 Characteristics references Degree of protection Maximum relative humidity Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Alt
148. D15N4 WD18N4 ATV 71HD18M3X HD22M3X dBA 5919 ATV 71HD22N4 ATV 71WD22N4 ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X dBA 64 ATV 71HD30N4 HD37N4 ATV 71WD30N4 WD37N4 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 dBA 63 7 ATV 71WD45N4 WD75N4 ATV 71HD55M3X dBA 60 5 ATV 71HD90N4 ATV 71HD75M3X dBA 69 5 ATV 71HC11N4 ATV 71HC13N4 HC16N4 dBA 66 ATV 71HC20N4 HC28N4 dBA 68 ATV 71HC31N4 HC40N4 dBA 70 ATV 71HC50N4 dBA 71 ATV 71P075N4Z PU22N4Z dBA 0 With fan kit 43 ATV 71PU30N4Z PU40N4Z dBA 0 With fan kit 54 5 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z dBA 0 With fan kit 55 6 Electrical isolation Between power and control inputs outputs power supplies Presentation References Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 Telemecanique 13 Characteristics continued Type of cable for Mounting in an enclosure Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Single strand IEC cable ambient temperature 45 C copper 90 C XLPE EPR or copper 70 C PVC Mounting in an enclosure with an IP 21 or IP 31 kit Mounting in an enclosure with a NEMA Type 1 kit acti Drive terminals Maximum wire size and tightening torque ATV 71H037M3 HU40M3 ATV 71H075N4 HU40N4 ATV 71W075N4 WU40N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU40N4Z L1 R L2 S L3 T U T1 V T2 W T3 PC PO PA 3 strand IEC cable ambient temperature 40 C copper 70 C PVC 3 strand UL 508 cable except for choke 2 strand
149. Filter interference caused by opening a contactor placed between the filter and the motor m Reduce the motor earth leakage current 103 VW3 A5 104 108 ATV 71HD18M3xX HD75M3X ATV 71HD37N4 HC50N4 ATV 71WD37N4 WD75N4 a VW3 A5 101 7 as By temperature controlled switch e Maximum drive output frequency 100 Degree of protection a 00 IP 20 with kits VW3 A9 612 and VW3 A9 613 Thermal protection y temperature By temperature controlled switch switch Temperature controlled Tripping temperature C E switch 3 Maximum voltage Maximum current a a o F Ambient air temperature Operation C 10 50 around the device Storage C 25 70 Maximum connection capacity VW3 A5 101 102 and tightening torque 10 mm AWG 6 1 5 Nm VW3 A5 103 Connected on a bar 11 mm VW3 A5 104 Connected on a tag connector M10 VW3 A5 105 106 Connected on a tag connector M12 VW3 A5 107 108 Connected on a tag connector 2 x M12 1 These values are given for a switching frequency of 2 5 or 4 kHz depending on the rating 2 Choke performance is ensured by not exceeding the above cable lengths For an application with several motors connected in parallel the cable length must include all cabling If a cable longer than that recommended is used the motor chokes may overheat 3 The contact should be connected in the sequence use for signalling or controlling the line contactor Dimensio
150. I O Programmable Communication VW3 A3 201 VW3 A3 202 Controller Inside VW3 A3 3ee VW3 A3 501 Logic I O VW3 A3 201 Extended I O VW3 A3 202 Programmable Controller Inside VW3 A3 501 Communication VW3 A3 300 Es Possible to combine Not possible to combine Telemecanique Sinus filter VW3 A5 201 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A5 202 VW3 A5 203 63 Braking resistor VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 702 VW3 A7 702 63 Communication cards 2 Ethernet TCP IP VW3 A3 310 58 and 214 Modbus Uni Telway VW3 A3 303 VW3 A7 801 VW3 A7 801 VW3 A7 801 VW3 A7 802 VW3 A7 802 VW3 A7 802 VW3 A7 803 65 Fipio standard VW3 A3 311 58 221 and 229 58 and 218 Hoist resistor Kits for mounting Fan UL Type 1 inside dust and conformity kit damp proof outside enclosure enclosure VW3 AQ 801 VZ3 V1 203 VW3 AQ 201 VW3 AQ 801 VZ3 V1 203 VW3 AQ 201 VW3 AQ 801 VZ3 V1 203 VW3 AQ 201 VW3 A9 802 VZ3 V1 209 VW3 AQ 202 VW3 A9 802 VZ3 V1 209 VW3 AQ 202 VW3 A9 803 VZ3 V1 204 VW3 AQ 203 VW3 A9 803 VZ3 V1 204 VW3 A9 203 28 28 29 Substitution Modbus Plus Profibus DP DeviceNet Fipio VW3 A3 301 VW3 A3 302 VW3 A3 307 VW3 A3 309 58 and 218 58 and 226 58 58 IP 21 or IP 31 conformity kit outside enclosure VW3 A9 101 VW3 A9 101 VW3 A9 101 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A9 103 V
151. In the case of these drives the mounting plate is supplied with the UL Type 1 or IP 31 conformity kit which must be ordered separately see pages 29 and 30 Dimensions see pages 118 and 119 Control card fan kits VW3 A9 404 407 Mounting recommendations Presentation References Functions page 26 page 26 pages 172 to 203 114 Ea Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Accessories Kits for flush mounting inside dust and damp proof enclosure Installing the drive using the flush mounting kit Side view For ATV 71 drives c Kit VW3 H037M3 HU15M3 60 A9 501 H075N4 HU22N4 HU22M3 HU55M3 70 A9 502 503 HU30N4 HU75N4 HU75M3 HD15M3xX 90 A9 504 505 HD11N4 HD18N4 HD18M3X HD45M3xX 105 A9 506 509 HD22N4 HD75N4 HD55M3X HD55M3xXD 150 A9 510 HD90N4 HD90N4D HD75M3X HD75M3xXD 250 A9 511 515 HC11N4 HC28N4 HC11N4D HC28N4D 1 Dust and damp proof enclosure 2 Kit for flush mounting in a dust and damp proof enclosure 3 Drive power section outside the enclosure 4 DC choke for ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and TE CDRA 3 1 ATV 71HD90N4 HC28N4 drives VW3 A9 501 505 VW3 A9 506 Cut outs and drill holes Cut outs and drill holes a N 10x 3 6 7 152 75 152 75 153 LO VW3 a al b H1 _ E pe A9 501 222 170 397 351 205 17 5 127 15 316 A9 502 250 1
152. M M12 41 Nm 360 Ib in M12 41 Nm 360 lb in R L1 1 S L2 1 T L3 1 R L1 2 S L2 2 T L3 2 2x2x 185 mm2 4 x 500 MCM M12 41 Nm 360 lb in 8 x 185 mm 4 x500 MCM M12 41 Nm 360 lb in U T1 V T2 W T3 4x 185 mm2 4 x 500 MCM M12 41 Nm 360 lb in R L1 1 S L2 1 T L3 1 R L1 2 S L2 2 T L3 2 2x4x185mm 2 2x3x500 MCM 8x 185 mm2 5 x 500 MCM M12 41 Nm 360 lb in M12 41 Nm 360 Ib in U T1 V T2 W T3 6 x 185 mm2 5 x 500 MCM M12 41 Nm 360 lb in Presentation pages 4 to 9 14 References pages 22 to 25 Functions pages 172 to 203 Schemes pages 134 to 151 Dimensions pages 108 to 133 Telemecanique Characteristics continued Internal supplies available Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 External 24 V power supply 7 not supplied Short circuit and overload protection m 1x 10 5 V 5 supply for the reference potentiometer 1 to 10 KQ maximum current 10 mA m 1 x 24 V supply min 21 V max 27 V maximum current 200 mA 24 V min 19 V max 30 V Power 30 W Analog inputs Configurable voltage and current analog outputs Configurable relay outputs Logic inputs LI Al1 Al1 1 bipolar differential analog input 10 V maximum safe voltage 24 V Max sampling time 2 ms 0 5 ms Resolution 11 bits 1 sign bit Accuracy 0 6 for a temperature variation of 60 C Linearity 0 15 of the max
153. MS3 HU75M3 drives supplied with a single phase 200 240 V 50 60 Hz supply voltage Line chokes can be used instead of a DC choke In this case to obtain an ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X or ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drive without a DC choke add the letter D at the end of the drive reference see pages 22 and 23 The recommended chokes are used to limit the line current They have been developed in line with standard EN 50178 VDE 0160 level 1 high energy overvoltages on the line supply The choke values are defined for a voltage drop between 3 and 5 of the nominal supply voltage Values higher than this will cause loss of torque These chokes should be installed upstream of the drive Applications The use of line chokes is recommended in particular under the following circumstances m Close connection of several drives in parallel m Line supply with significant disturbance from other equipment interference overvoltages m Line supply with voltage imbalance between phases above 1 8 of the nominal voltage m Drive supplied by a line with very low impedance in the vicinity of a power transformer 10 times more powerful than the drive rating m Installation of a large number of frequency converters on the same line m Reducing overloads on the cos correction capacitors if the installation includes a power factor correction unit Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes page 83 page 84 page 125 pages 136 to 139 82 Chara
154. N4 192 00 217 1 VW3 A4 656 119 000 160 250 ATV 71HC16N4 235 00 289 1 VW3 A4 650 145 000 200 300 ATV 71HC20N4 300 00 370 1 VW3 A4 651 185 000 220 350 ATV 71HC25N4 330 00 370 1 VW3 A4 651 185 000 250 400 ATV 71HC25N4 400 00 217 2 VW3 A4 656 119 000 280 450 ATV 71HC28N4 440 00 289 2 VW3 A4 650 145 000 315 500 ATV 71HC31N4 470 00 289 2 VW3 A4 650 145 000 355 ATV 71HC40N4 530 00 289 2 VW3 A4 650 145 000 400 600 ATV 71HC40N4 590 00 325 2 VW3 A4 657 165 000 500 700 ATV 71HC50N4 730 00 370 2 VW3 A4 651 185 000 1 By adding a DC choke see page 78 to ATV 710075N4 eD75N4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives we get a THD lt 10 This DC choke is supplied as standard with ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives These reduced current harmonics are obtained on condition that the THDU is lt 2 and the RSCE gt 66 and only for the nominal filter current 2 In nominal filter current Presentation Characteristics Dimensions Schemes page 85 page 85 pages 126 and 127 page 145 88 References continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 reduction of current harmonics Option passive filters Motor rating For Line supply Filter Quantity Reference Weight drives Line current In 2 per drive kW HP A A kg THDI 10 1 0 75 1 ATV 71H075N4 2 50 6 1 VW3 A4 661 21 000 ATV 71W075N4 ATV 71P075N4Z 1 5 2 ATV 71HU15N4 3 00 6 1 VW3 A4 661 21 000 ATV 71WU15N4 ATV 71PU15N4Z 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22N4 4 20 6 1 VW3 A4 661 21 000 ATV 71WU22N
155. N4Z drives Type of ATV 71P 075N4Z U30N4Z U55N4Z U75N4Z drive U22N4Z U40N4Z Minimum value Q 56 34 23 19 1 The switch should be connected in the sequence use for signalling or in the line contactor control 2 The minimum ohmic value is determined at a temperature of 20 C In an environment where the temperature is below 20 C make sure that the minimum ohmic value recommended in the table is observed References Selection Dimensions Schemes page 63 pages 66 to 73 pages 118 and 119 page 140 62 References Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option braking resistors For drives Ohmic value Average power Reference Weight at 20 C available at 50 C 7 Q kW kg Supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H037M83 HO75M3 100 0 05 VW3 A7 701 1 900 ATV 71HU15M3 HU22M3 60 0 1 VW3 A7 702 2 400 ATV 71HU30M3 HU40M3 28 0 2 VW3 A7 703 3 500 ATV 71HU55M8 HU75M3 15 1 VW3 A7 704 11 000 ATV 71HD11M3X 10 1 VW3 A7 705 11 000 ATV 71HD15M3X 8 1 VW3 A7 706 11 000 ATV 71HD18M8X HD22M3X 5 1 VW3 A7 707 11 000 ATV 71HD30M3X 4 1 VW3 A7 708 11 000 ATV 71HD37M3X HD45M3X 2 5 1 VW3 A7 709 11 000 ATV 71HD55M3X 1 8 15 3 VW3 A7 713 50 000 ATV 71HD75M3X 1 4 20 9 VW3 A7 714 63 000 Supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71HO075N4 HU40N4 100 0 05 VW3 A7 701 1 900 ATV 71W075N4 WU40N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU40N4Z ATV 71HU55N4 HU75N4 60 0 1 VW3 A7 702 2 400 ATV 71WU55N4 WU75N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HD11N
156. O f A VW3 A7 804 P continuous 22 4 kW Coef Pmax Pav 175 200 t s VW3 A7 806 P continuous 62 kW Coef Pmax Pav Schemes page 140 Dimensions page 120 References page 65 71 Selection continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Characteristics curves for resistors VW3 A7 807 P continuous 19 5 kW VW3 A7 808 P continuous 27 4 kW Coet Coef Pmax Pmax Pav Pav 175 200 t s VW3 A7 809 P continuous 30 6 kW VW3 A7 810 P continuous 44 kW Coef Coef Pmax Pmax Pav 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 t s VW3 A7 811 P continuous 56 kW VW3 A7 812 P continuous 75 kW Coef Coef Pmax Pmax Pav 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 t s P max P av 60 s cycle P max P av 120 s cycle P max P av 200 s cycle Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes page 64 page 64 page 65 page 120 page 140 72 Selection continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Characteristics curves for resistors VW3 A7 813 P continuous 112 kW VW3 A7 814 P continuous 112 kW Coef Coef Pmax Pmax P
157. O Communication cards 2 Ethernet TCP IP Modbus Uni Telway Fipio Modbus Plus Profibus DP DeviceNet INTERBUS etc see page 52 to 59 O Controller Inside programmable card 2 This is used to adapt the drive to specific applications quickly and progressively by decentralizing the control system functions programming in IEC 61131 3 compliant languages see pages 44 to 51 m 1 canbe an encoder interface card 3 with RS 422 compatible differential outputs open collector outputs push pull outputs see pages 40 and 41 External options can be associated with the Altivar 71 m Braking units and resistors standard or hoist specific see pages 60 to 73 m Networked braking units see pages 74 to 77 m DC chokes line chokes and passive filters to reduce harmonic currents see pages 78 to 89 m Additional EMC input filters see pages 90 to 93 m Motor chokes and sinus filters for long cable runs or to remove the need for shielding see pages 94 to 99 Note Please refer to the compatibility summary tables to determine which options are available for individual drives see pages 100 to 107 1 The Altivar 71 cannot support more than one option card with the same reference Functions pages 172 to 203 Schemes Dimensions f pages 134 to 151 pages 108 to 133 Telemecanique Presentation continued Magelis Premium ATV 71 XBT I Mont IE o T Modbus I O STB ATV 31 Example of a drive equippe
158. One safety module can manage the Power Removal safety function for several drives on the same machine In this case the time delay must be adjusted on the drive controlling the motor that requires the longest stopping time In addition each drive supplies its own PWR input terminal from its own 24 V via an independent safety contact on the XPS ATE module F1 Fuse L1 DC choke see page 81 Q1 Circuit breaker see motor starters pages 152 to 157 S1 Emergency stop button with 2 N C contacts S2 Run button 1 Power supply or 24 V 115 V 230 V 2 Requests controlled stopping of the movement and activates the Power Removal safety function 3 Line choke single phase or 3 phase see page 84 4 S2 resets XPS ATE module on power up or after an emergency stop ESC can be used to set external starting conditions 5 For stopping times requiring more than 30 seconds in category 1 use a Preventa XPS AV safety module which can provide a maximum time delay of 300 seconds 6 The logic output can be used to signal that the machine is in a safe state 7 For ATV 71HC40N4 drives combined with a 400 kW motor and ATV 71HC50N4 see page 140 8 Fault relay contacts Used for remote signalling of the drive status 9 Connection of the common for the logic inputs depends on the positioning of the SW1 switch see schemes on page 141 10 Standardized coaxial cable type RG174 U according to MIL C17 or KX3B according t
159. Programs written in Grafcet SFC language consist of m Macro steps which are the grouping of a set of steps and transitions m Steps with which the actions to be performed can be associated m Transitions with which the conditions are associated transition conditions m Directed links connecting the steps and transitions Schemes References page 144 page 51 Telemecanique Functions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option Controller Inside programmable card te eso ee Ges aea e rs Instruction List language IL a IE S Instruction List language can be used to write Boolean equations and use all the m functions available in the language It can be used to represent the equivalent of pee l a ladder diagram in text form Tane E Each instruction consists of an instruction code and a bit or word type operand As in Ladder Diagram language instructions are organized in sequences of instructions called statements equivalent to a rung Function Block Diagram FBD FBD is a graphic language It consists of function blocks connected by a rung The program is executed sequentially Each block can be a logical or arithmetical expression a call to another function block a jump or a return instruction ET Iehen TAN Example of Instruction List language programming Continuous Flow Chart CFC Continuous Flow Chart programming is a graphic language The rung connecting the various function b
160. Sa ieee aah PL atl ie A i Reel of thread Main ES shaft gro pe eo SS 7 Thread guide Thread Gearbox Pez Gearbox S Cam The cam rotation speed must follow a precise profile to ensure a steady compact linear reel is obtained Run command t Traverse Control LI or command bit z a Thread guide motor Motor speed Base reference dEC ramp Start of End of ACC function function Bit 15 of word LRS1 Traverse Control t in progress A function can also be used to reduce the base reference as the reel gets larger Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique 191 Functions continued Presentation pages 4 to 9 192 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 o Counter Wobble Traverse Counter Control Wobble master drive slave drive Reel of thread Main shaft Thread guide motor Cam The Counter Wobble function is used in certain applications to obtain a constant thread tension when the Traverse Control function is producing considerable variations in speed on the thread guide motor The master drive controls the speed of the thread guide while the slave drive controls the winding speed The functio
161. Se eT m Type C mounting Removing the protective blanking cover for ATV 71HD18M3X HD45M3X ATV 71HD22N4 HD75N4 By removing the protective blanking cover from the top of the drive the degree of protection for the drive becomes IP 20 The protective blanking cover may vary according to the drive model see drawings opposite Note The protective blanking cover must be removed from ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives when they are mounted in a dust and damp proof enclosure Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 158 ia Telemecanique Mounting and installation Variable speed drives recommendations continued for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives Derating curves The derating curves for the drive nominal current In depend on the temperature the switching frequency and the mounting type For intermediate temperatures 55 C for example interpolate between 2 curves ATV 71H037M3 HD15M3X et ATV 71H075N4 HD18N4 and ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z I In In 100 90 40 C mountings B and C 40 C mounting A 50 C mountings B and C 80 70 50 C mounting A 60 C mountings A B and C o1 O O O oO A for 12 16 kHz Switching frequency ATV 71HD22N4 and ATV 71HD3ON4 7 I In In 100 90 40 C mountings A B and C 80 70 50 C mountings A B and C 60
162. Suite tool m On the device functions by direct access to the user manuals 1 Some functions are not available for all devices See the table of function availability page 207 206 Telemecanique 522793 522794 Functions continued PowerSuite software workshop Function availability for the PowerSuite software workshop Functions not listed in the table are available for all devices Function available with devices Controller Soft start Drives Servo starter soft stop drives unit TeSys U ATS 48 ATV 11 ATV 31 ATV 61 ATV 71 LXM 05 Monitoring Oscilloscope High speed oscilloscope FFT oscilloscope Display of communication parameters Control Customization of parameter names Creation of a user menu Creation of monitoring control panels Sort operation on parameters Mw Functions available Functions not available Modbus communication bus The PowerSuite software workshop can be connected directly to the device terminal port or Modbus network port via the serial port on the PC Two types of connection are possible m With a single device point to point connection using a V A8 106 PC serial port connection kit m With a number of devices multidrop connection using the XGS Z24 interface Modbus bus Ethernet TCP IP communication network The PowerSuite software workshop can be connected to an Ethernet TCP IP network see pages 210 to 215 In this case the devices can be accessed m Using a
163. TV 71WD30N4 37 50 ATV 71HD37N4 63 00 72 1 VW3 A4 627 88 000 ATV 71WD37N4 45 60 ATV 71HD45N4 77 00 101 1 VW3 A4 628 150 000 ATV 71WD45N4 55 75 ATV 71HD55N4 91 00 101 1 VW3 A4 628 150 000 ATV 71WD55N4 75 100 ATV 71HD75N4 126 00 144 1 VW3 A4 629 167 000 ATV 71WD75N4 THDI 5 90 125 ATV 71HD90N4 149 00 144 1 VW3 A4 629 167 000 110 150 ATV 71HC11N4 182 00 180 1 VW3 A4 630 178 000 132 200 ATV 71HC13N4 218 00 216 1 VW3 A4 631 224 000 160 250 ATV 71HC16N4 287 00 289 1 VW3 A4 632 271 000 200 300 ATV 71HC20N4 353 50 370 1 VW3 A4 633 320 000 220 350 ATV 71HC25N4 364 00 370 1 VW3 A4 633 320 000 250 400 ATV 71HC25N4 415 00 216 2 VW3 A4 631 224 000 280 450 ATV 71HC28N4 485 00 289 2 VW3 A4 632 271 000 315 500 ATV 71HC31N4 543 00 289 2 VW3 A4 632 271 000 355 ATV 71HC40N4 588 00 289 2 VW3 A4 632 271 000 400 600 ATV 71HC40N4 664 00 325 2 VW3 A4 639 284 000 500 700 ATV 71HC50N4 840 00 289 3 VW3 A4 632 271 000 1 By adding a DC choke see page 78 to ATV 71 075N4 eD75N4 and ATV 71Pee eeN4Z drives we get a THD lt 5 This DC choke is supplied as standard with ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives These reduced current harmonics are obtained on condition that the THDU is lt 2 and the RSCE gt 66 and only for the nominal filter current 2 In nominal filter current Schemes page 145 87 Dimensions pages 126 and 127 Presentation Characteristics page 85 page 85 References continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar
164. U55M3 VW3 A58 502 VW3 A4 403 VW3 A5 102 103 5 5 75 ATV 71HU75M3 VW3 A58 502 VW3 A4 404 VW3 A5 102 103 3 phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz 0 37 0 5 ATV 71H037M3 VW3 A4 501 VW3 A4 551 VW3 A4 401 VW3 A5 101 0 75 1 ATV 71H075M3 VW3 A4 503 VW3 A4 551 VW3 A4 401 VW3A5 101 1 5 2 ATV 71HU15M3 VW3 A4 505 VW3 A4 552 VW3 A4 401 VW3 A5 101 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22M3 VW3 A4 506 VW3 A4 552 VW3 A4 402 VW3 A5 101 3 ATV 71HU30M3 VW3 A4 507 VW3 A4 553 VW3 A4 402 VW3 A5 102 103 4 5 ATV 71HU40M3 VW3 A4 508 VW3 A4 554 VW3 A4 402 VW3 A5 102 103 55 75 ATV 71HU55M3 VW3 A4 508 VW3 A4 554 VW3 A4 403 VW3 A5 102 103 7 5 10 ATV 71HU75M3 VW3 A4 509 VW3 A4 555 VW3 A4 404 VW3 A5 102 103 11 15 ATV 71HD11M3X VW3 A4 510 VW3 A4 555 VW3 A4 405 VW3A5 103 15 20 ATV 71HD15M3X VW3 A4 510 VW3 A4 556 VW3 A4 405 VW3 A5 103 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18M3X VW3 A4 511 VW3 A4 557 VW3 A4 406 VW3A5 103 22 30 ATV 71HD22M3X VW3 A4 511 VW3 A4 557 VW3 A4 406 VW3A5 103 30 40 ATV 71HD30M3X VW3 A4 512 VW3 A4 557 VW3 A4 408 VW3 A5 104 VW3 AQ 612 37 50 ATV 71HD37M3X VW3 A4 512 VW3 A4 557 VW3A4408 VW3 A5 104 VW3 A9 612 45 60 ATV 71HD45M3X VW3 A4 512 VW3 A4 557 VW3 A4 408 VW3 A5 104 VW3 A9 612 55 75 ATV 71HD55M3X VW3 A4 562 VW3 A4 410 VW3 A5 105 VW3 A9 612 75 100 ATV 71HD75M3X VW3 A4 563 VW3 A4 410 VWS3A5 105 VW3 A9 612 Pages 22 81 84 92 96 97 For drives Logicinput Remote Encoder interface cards O cards 1 Controller PowerSuite adapter graphic RS
165. UL 508 cable ambient temperature 40 C copper 75 C PVC Sold Ul PA PB 4 mm AWG 10 1 4 Nm 12 3 Ib in ATV 71HU55M3 6 mm AWG 8 ATV 71HU55N4 HU75N4 3 Nm 26 5 lb in ATV 71WU55N4 WU75N4 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HU75M3 16 mm2 AWG 4 ATV 71HD11N4 3 Nm 26 5 lb in ATV 71WD11N4 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X 35 mm AWG 2 ATV 71HD15N4 HD18N4 ATV 71WD15N4 WD18N4 ATV 71HD18M3X HD22M3X ATV 71HD22N4 HD37N4 ATV 71WD22N4 WD37N4 5 4 Nm 47 7 lb in 50 mm2 AWG 1 0 12 Nm 102 2 lb in ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 ATV 71WD45N4 WD75N4 ATV 71HD55M3X ATV 71HD90N4 ATV 71HD75M3X HC11N4 ATV 71HC13N4 ATV 71HC16N4 ATV 71HC20N4 HC28N4 ATV 71HC31N4 ATV 71HC40N4 ATV 71HC50N4 150 mm2 300 MCM 41 Nm 360 Ib in 2 x 100 mm 2 x 250 MCM 2 x 100 mm 2x 250 MCM 60 mm 250 MCM M10 24 Nm 212 lb in M12 41 Nm 360 lb in M8 12 Nm 106 lb in 2 x 100 mm2 2 x 250 MCM 2 x 150 mm 2 x 250 MCM 60 mm2 250 MCM M10 24 Nm 212 lb in M12 41 Nm 360 Ib in M8 12 Nm 106 Ib in 2 x 120 mm2 2 x 250 MCM 2x 120 mm 2x 250 MCM 120 mm2 250 MCM M10 24 Nm 212 lb in M12 41 Nm 360 lb in M10 24 Nm 212 lIb in 2 x 150 mm2 2 x 350 MCM 2 x 150 mm 2 2x 350 MCM 120 mm2 250 MCM M12 41 Nm 360 Ib in M12 41 Nm 360 Ib in M10 24 Nm 212 lb in 4 x 185 mm2 3 x 350 MCM 4 x 185 mm2 3x350 MCM M12 41 Nm 360 Ib in M12 41 Nm 360 lb in 4 x 185 mm2 4 x 500 MCM 8 x 185 mm 4 x500 MC
166. V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H037M3 HO75M3 100 1 6 VW3 A7 801 6 000 ATV 71HU15M3 60 5 6 VW3 A7 802 21 000 ATV 71HU22M3 HU40M3 24 5 9 8 VW3 A7 803 28 000 ATV 71HU55M83 HU75M3 14 22 4 VW3 A7 804 54 000 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X 8 1 44 VW3 A7 805 92 000 ATV 71HD18M3X 4 2 62 VW3 A7 806 126 000 ATV 71HD22M3X HD30M3X 3 5 19 5 VW3 A7 807 51 000 ATV 71HD37M3X HD45M3X 1 85 27 4 VW3 A7 808 94 000 ATV 71HD55M3X 1 8 30 6 VW3 A7 809 103 000 ATV 71HD75M3X 1 4 44 VW3 A7 810 119 000 Supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H075N4 HU22N4 100 1 6 VW3 A7 801 6 000 ATV 71W075N4 WU22N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU22N4Z ATV 71HU30N4 HU55N4 60 5 6 VW3 A7 802 21 000 ATV 71WU30N4 WU55N4 ATV 71PU30N4Z PU55N4Z ATV 71HU75N4 HD11N4 24 5 9 8 VW3 A7 803 28 000 ATV 71WU75N4 WD11N4 ATV 71PU75N4Z ATV 71HD15N4 HD30N4 14 22 4 VW3 A7 804 54 000 ATV 71WD15N4 WD30N4 ATV 71HD37N4 HD55N4 8 1 44 VW3 A7 805 92 000 ATV 71W37N4 WD55N4 ATV 71HD75N4 4 2 62 VW3 A7 806 126 000 ATV 71WD75N4 ATV 71HD90N4 2 75 56 VW3 A7 811 130 000 ATV 71HC11N4 HC13N4 2 1 75 VW3 A7 812 181 000 ATV 71HC16N4 2 1 112 VW3 A7 813 250 000 ATV 71HC20N4 1 05 112 VW3 A7 814 280 000 ATV 71HC25N4 HC28N4 1 05 150 VW3 A7 815 362 000 ATV 71HC31N4 HC40N4 0 7 225 VW3 A7 816 543 000 ATV 71HC50N4 0 7 330 VW3 A7 817 642 000 1 Operating factor for hoist resistors the value of the average power that can be dissipated at 50 from the resistor is determined by an operating factor during braking For VW3 A7 801 80
167. V 71HC11N4 HC13N4 150 250 475 314 3 VW3 A5 105 29 600 ATV 71HC16N4 HC20N4 250 300 530 481 3 VW3 A5 106 44 400 ATV 71HC25N4 Motor P 250 300 530 481 3 VW3 A5 106 44 400 220 kW Motor P 200 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 64 500 250 kW ATV 71HC28N4 HC31N4 200 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 64 500 ATV 71HC40N4 Motor P 200 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 64 500 355 kW Motor P 250 300 682 1188 3 VW3 A5 108 99 200 400 kW ATV 71HC50N4 250 300 682 1188 3 VW3 A5 108 99 200 1 Maximum length given for a switching frequency of 2 5 or 4 kHz depending on the rating of the fan see characteristics page 95 Presentation Characteristics Dimensions Schemes page 94 page 95 pages 130 to 132 page 145 96 References continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 output filters Option motor chokes Description For filters Reference Weight kg Mechanical kit including VW3 A5 104 105 VW3 A9 612 an IP 20 cover and cable clamps VW3 A5 106 108 VW3 A9 613 Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes page 94 page 95 page 96 page 132 page 145 Telemecanique Presentation Variable speed drives characteristics for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 output filters Option sinus filters Sinus filters allow Altivar 71 drives to operate with longer motor cables up to 1000 m For ATV 71HO75M3 HD45M3X ATV 71 U15N4 eD75N4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z Altivar 71 drives it also enables the use of unshielded cables while
168. V 71HD30M3X 3 6 39 000 37 50 141 127 52 8 22 144 216 238 ATV 71HD37M3X 3 6 39 000 45 60 167 147 61 1 22 176 264 290 ATV 71HD45M3X 3 6 39 000 55 75 200 173 71 9 35 221 332 365 ATV 71HD55M3X 6 7 8 59 000 75 100 271 232 96 4 35 285 428 470 ATV 71HD75M3X 6 7 8 72 000 1 These values are given for a nominal switching frequency of 4 kHz up to ATV 71HD15M3X or 2 5 kHz for ATV 71HD18M3X HD75M3X drives for use in continuous operation The switching frequency is adjustable from 1 16 kHz up to ATV 71HD45M3X and from 1 8 kHz for ATV 71HD55M3X and ATV 71HD75M3X drives Above 2 5 or 4 kHz depending on the rating the drive will reduce the switching frequency automatically in the event of an excessive temperature rise For continuous operation above the nominal switching frequency derate the nominal drive current see derating curves on pages 159 and 161 to 163 2 Typical value for the indicated motor power and for the maximum prospective line Isc 3 ATV 71HD55M3X and ATV HD75M3xX are supplied as standard in a reinforced version for operation in specific environmental conditions see the environmental conditions on page 11 To order ATV 71He eeM3 and ATV 71HD11M3X ATV 71HD45M3xX drives in a reinforced version for specific environmental conditions add the following at the end of the reference S337 for ATV 71HeeeM3 For example ATV 71HO37M3 becomes ATV 71H037M3S337 337 for ATV 71HeeeM3X For example ATV 71HD11M
169. V A58 310 communication card for the Altivar 61 and 71 drives ATV310r ATV61 ATV71 TeSysU ATS48 m Using a TSX ETG 100 Ethernet Modbus bridge Lexium 05 Modbus multidrop connection Bluetooth wireless link The PowerSuite software workshop can communicate via a Bluetooth radio link with a device equipped with a Bluetooth Modbus V A8 114 adapter The adapter plugs into the device connector terminal port or Modbus network port and has a range of 10 m class 2 If the PC does not have Bluetooth technology use the V A8 115 USB Bluetooth adapter Remote maintenance Using a simple Ethernet connection the PowerSuite software workshop can be used for remote monitoring and diagnostics When devices are not connected to the Ethernet network or it is not directly accessible various remote transmission solutions may be possible modem teleprocessing gateway etc Please consult your Regional Sales Office fi r 1 Please refer to the compatibility table on page 209 2 Please refer to our specialist Automation platform Modicon Premium and Unity PL7 I software and Automation platform Modicon TSX Micro PL7 software catalogues ATV 31 or ATS 48 ATV 61 ATV 71 Lexium 05 Ethernet connection Presentation References page 206 page 208 207 522838 533188 References PowerSuite software workshop VW3 V A8 104 VW3 V A8 114 Presentation page 206 208 Description PowerSuite CD ROM Co
170. Variable soeed drives Altivar 71 Catalogue March For 3 phase asynchronous motors from 0 37 to 500 kW a brand of Schneid c tie Telemecanique telemecanique com This international site allows you to access all the Telemecanique products in just 2 clicks via comprehensive range data sheets with direct links to Complete library technical documents catalogs certificates FAQs brochures Selection guides from the e catalog m Product discovery sites and their Flash animations You will also find illustrated overviews news to which you can subscribe a discussion forum the list of country contacts To live automation solutions every day Flexibility m Interchangeable modular functions to better meet the requirements for extensions Software and accessories common to multiple product families Compactness m High functionality ina minimum of space m Freedom in implementation Simply Smart Ingenuity Auto adapts to its environment plug amp play Application functions control communication and diagnostics embedded in the products User friendly operation either directly on the product or remotely i AF i Fa Openness Compliance with field bus connection and software standards m Enabling decentralised or remote surveillance via the web with Transparent Ready products Simplicity Cost effective optimum offers t
171. W3 A9 103 30 INTERBUS VW3 A3 304 58 107 Dimensions Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD18N4 variable speed drives Without option card 1 option card 7 2 option cards 7 Common front view 3 Q Y a c Le c1 l c2 ef ATV 71H a b c c1 c2 G H K 037M3 U15M3 075N4 U22N4 130 230 175 198 221 113 5 220 5 5 U22M3 U40M3 U30N4 U40N4 155 260 187 210 233 138 249 4 5 U55M3 U55N4 U75N4 175 295 187 210 233 158 283 6 5 U75M3 D11N4 210 295 213 236 259 190 283 6 6 D11M3X D15M3X D15N4 D18N4 230 400 213 236 259 210 386 8 6 ATV 71HD18M3X 45M3X ATV 71HD22N4 HD37N4 variable speed drives Without option card 1 option card 7 2 option cards 7 Common front view ATV 71H a b c c1 c2 G H K D18M3X D22M3X D22N4 240 420 236 259 282 206 403 10 6 D30N4 D37N4 240 550 266 289 312 206 529 10 6 D30M3X D45M3X 320 550 266 289 312 280 524 10 9 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 variable speed drives Without option card 1 option card 1 2 option cards 1 Common front view 630 4x 9 334 1 Option cards I O extension cards communication cards or Controller Inside programmable card Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 108
172. X and ATV 71HeeeN4 drives Type of ATV71H 037M8 U15M3 U22M3 U40M3 U55M3 U75M3 drive 075M3 U30M3 Minimum value Q 44 33 22 16 11 8 Type of ATV 71H D11M3xX D18M3X D22M3X D37M3X D75M3X drive D15M3X D30M3X D55M3X Minimum value Q 3 4 3 3 1 7 1 3 Type of ATV 71H 075N4 U30N4 U55N4 U75N4 D11N4 D15N4 D22N4 D37N4 D45N4 D75N4 drive U22N4 U40N4 D18N4 D30N4 D55N4 Minimum value Q 56 34 23 19 12 7 13 3 6 7 5 3 3 Type of ATV 71H D90N4 C11N4 C20N4 C31N4 drive C16N4 C28N4 C50N4 Minimum value Q 2 5 1 9 1 05 0 7 ATV 71WeeeN4 drives Type of ATV 71W 075N4 U30N4 U55N4 U75N4 D11N4 D15N4 D22N4 D37N4 D45N4 D75N4 drive U22N4 U40N4 D18N4 D3ON4 D55N4 Minimum value Q 56 34 23 19 12 7 133 6 7 5 3 3 ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives Type of ATV 71P 075N4Z US30ON4Z U55N4Z U75N4Z drive U22N4Z U40N4Z Minimum value Q 56 34 23 19 1 For ATV 71HC20N4 HC50N4 drives a braking unit must be used see page 60 2 The minimum ohmic value is determined at a temperature of 20 C In an environment where the temperature is below 20 make sure that the minimum ohmic value recommended in the table is observed References Selection Dimensions Schemes page 65 pages 66 to 73 page 120 page 140 64 References Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option hoist resistors For drives Ohmic value Average power Reference Weight at 20 C available at 50 C 7 Q kW kg Supply voltage 200 240
173. XBT i H se EEE ATV 71 Advantys STB Switch Hub Fibre optic loop Premium n OLD EIK U IGR LO x 4 F k i ie ii Momentum Communication interfaces Ready n sty Eis ill BH H i Bienni i reen i Siz uw ma jam aot TSX ETG 100 Presentation page 210 214 Description Communication card equipped with an RJ45 connector Ethernet Modbus TCP IP 10 100 Mbps Class C20 Modbus Ethernet Bridge router Class B10 Configuration kit PoE power supply conforming to IEEE 802 3af Connecting cables Description Straight shielded twisted pair cables 2 RJ45 connectors Cable for Modbus bus 1 RJ45 connector and one stripped end Use Variable speed drives Soft start soft stop units Variable speed drives Used to configure the bridge via the Ethernet or RS 232 port Consists of an RJ45 9 way SUB D adapter and a CAT5 crossover cable length 3 m Used to supply the bridge via Ethernet CAT5 cable Power supply connected via daisy chain connection Includes mains cable Australia Europe UK and USA Use From To ATV 61 or ATV 71 Hubs communication 499 NeH 16e 10 card VW3 A3 310 switches Ethernet Modbus bridge TSX ETG 100 ATS 48 ATV 31 499 NeS 171 00 Ethernet Modbus bridge TSX ETG 100 For devices ATV 61 ATV 71 ATS 48 ATV 31 Length 40 80 1 Please consult our
174. Z ATV 71HD11M3XZ HD15M3XZ ATV 71H0O75N4Z HD18N4Z ATV 71PeeeN4Z Without option card 7 1 option card 7 2 option cards 7 Common front view Le ci a c2 gt ATV 71 a b c c1 c2 G H K H037M3Z HU15M3Z 130 230 149 172 195 113 5 220 5 5 H075N4Z HU22N4Z P075N4Z PU22N4Z HU22M3Z HU40M3Z 155 260 161 184 207 138 249 4 5 HU30N4Z HU40N4Z PU30N4Z PU40N4Z HU55M3Z 175 295 161 184 207 158 283 6 6 HU55N4Z HU75N4Z PU55N4Z PU75N4Z HU75M3Z 210 295 187 210 233 190 283 6 6 HD11N4Z HD11M3XZ HD15M3XZ 230 400 187 210 233 210 386 8 6 HD15N4Z HD18N4Z Variable speed drives without graphic display terminal ATV 71HD22N4Z HD37N4Z Without option card 1 option card 7 2 option cards 7 Common front view ATV 71H a b c c1 c2 G H K D22N4Z 240 420 210 233 256 206 403 11 4 6 D30N4Z D37N4Z 240 550 230 253 2 6 206 531 5 11 4 6 1 Option cards I O extension cards multi oump cards Controller Inside programmable card communication cards Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 110 Ea Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives Variable speed drives without graphic display terminal ATV 71HD45N4Z HD75N4Z With or without 1 option 2 option cards 7 Common front
175. able for Modbus bus ATS 48 Subscriber socket 5 3 VW3 A8 306 0 150 1 RJ45 connector and ATV 21 ATV 31 TSX SCA 62 one 15 way male SUB D ATV 61 ATV 71 connector terminal ports or Modbus bus ports Cable for Uni Telway ATV 61 ATV 71 Subscriber socket 5 3 VW3 A8 306 2 0 150 and Modbus bus 2 male SUB D connectors 9 and 15 way communication card VW3 A3 303 TSX SCA 62 1 The cable for connecting the PLC and the splitter block depends on the type of PLC please consult our Automation platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software Automation platform Modicon Quantum II tk PL7 software and Automation and relay functions specialist catalogues Characteristics page 220 Telemecanique I3 bk J Automation platform Modicon TSX Micro References continued Starters drives and communication Communication via Modbus bus Accessories Description Sold in Reference Weight lots of unit kg Line terminators R 120Q 2 VW3 A8 306 DRC 0 200 for screw terminals C 1nF R 150Q0 2 VW3 A8 306 DR 0 200 Cable Description Use Length Reference Weight From To m kg Cable for Modbus ATS 48 Standard screw 3 VW3 A8 306 D30 0 150 1 RJ45 connector and one ATV 21 ATV 31 terminal stripped end ATV 61 ATV 71 tap junction terminal ports or TSX SCA 50 Modbus bus ports The manuals and quick reference guides for starters and variable speed drives as well as the user manuals for communication gateways a
176. accessed directly by means of 2 integrated communication ports for characteristics see page 17 m One RJ45 Modbus terminal port 1 located on the drive front panel for connecting O the remote graphic display terminal O a Magelis industrial HMI terminal O the PowerSuite software workshop m One RJ45 Modbus network port 2 located on the drive control terminals It is dedicated to control and signalling by a PLC or other type of controller lt can also be used to connect a terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop ATV 31 Example of configuration on CANopen machine bus p The CANopen protocol can be accessed from the Modbus network port via the CANopen adapter 3 for characteristics see page 17 In this case terminal port 1 must be used to access the Modbus protocol The Altivar 71 drive can also be connected to other industrial communication buses and networks by adding one of the communication option cards m Ethernet TCP IP m Modbus Uni Telway This card can offer functions in addition to those of the integrated ports Modbus ASCII and 4 wire RS 485 m Fipio m Modbus Plus m Profibus DP m DeviceNet E INTERBUS The option of powering the control section separately enables communication monitoring diagnostics to be maintained even if there is no power supply to the control section The main Altivar 58 and Altivar 58F drive communication functions are compatible with the Altivar 71 drive
177. akers according to standard IEC60947 2 Circuit breaker Icu KA for 400 V N H L GV2 L08 L14 100 GV2 L16 L22 50 NS80HMA 70 3 Composition of contactors LC1 D18 to LC1 D40 3 poles 1 N O auxiliary contact and 1 N C auxiliary contact 4 Replace ee with the control circuit voltage reference indicated in the table below Volts 24 48 110 220 230 240 LC1 D 50 Hz B5 E5 F5 M5 P5 U5 60 Hz B6 E6 F6 M6 U6 50 60 Hz B7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 For other voltages available between 24 V and 660 V or a DC control circuit please consult your Regional Sales Office 157 522085 564510 Mounting and installation Variable speed drives recommendations for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives Depending on the conditions in which the drive is to be used its installation will require certain precautions and the use of appropriate accessories Install the unit vertically m Do not place it close to heating elements m Leave sufficient free space to ensure that the air required for cooling purposes can circulate from the bottom to the top of the unit ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3X ATV 71HO75N4 HD75N4 PO75N4Z PU75N4Z 210 Mounting types m Type A mounting Removing the protective blanking cover for ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3xX ATV 71H075N4 HD18N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z Type B mounting 1 j E a os EE aha E
178. and LI4 inputs at 0 is LSP or 10 reference speed resulting from the operations carried out on the references Factory settings Forward or t 4st speed LSP Reverse 1 K low speed or speed reference A E Loo LI4 0 LSP 2nd speed 10 Hz 3 speed 15 Hz 4th speed 20 Hz Example of operation with 4 preset speeds and 2 logic inputs m Jog operation This can be used for pulse operation with minimum ramp times 0 1 s limited speed reference and minimum time between 2 pulses It is enabled by 1 logic input and pulses given by the operating direction command This function is suitable for machines with product insertion in manual mode e g gradual movement of the mechanism during maintenance operations Forward or Reverse a JOG 0 t Speed reference JGt minimum time between 2 pulses Adjustable from 0 to 10 Hz which can be set between 0 5 and 2 s factory setting 10 Hz Example of jog operation m Limiting low speed operating time The motor is stopped automatically after a period of operation at low speed LSP with a zero reference and a run command present This time can be set between 0 1 and 999 9 seconds 0 corresponds to an unlimited time Factory setting 0 s The motor restarts automatically on the ramp when the reference reappears or if the run command is interrupted and then re established Function suitable for automatic Stops Starts References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pa
179. anization describes standard functions parameters and operation for variable speed drives This standard is an extension of the Drivecom profile The Altivar 71 drive complies with the CiA DSP 402 standard and it supports the following 2 modes in this profile separate and not separate Separate mode The Start Stop commands and references can come from different sources E g the speed reference is transmitted by the Ethernet TCP IP network and the Start Stop commands by the logic signals wired on the terminals Each source can be set or switched individually using logic inputs or command word bits Not separate mode The Start Stop commands and references speed torque PID etc come from the same source e g CANopen bus It is possible to replace this source by another one using a logic input or command word bit The CiA DSP 402 profile is supported by all integrated communication ports Modbus CANopen as well as by all the communication cards available Ethernet TCP IP Fipio Profibus DP etc o ODVA profile The ODVA profile is supported by the DeviceNet communication card Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Ea Telenwecanique 181 522164 Functions continued f Hz 0 t Stop l 0 t 1 Forward 0 t ss Reverse 0 t Example of 3 wire control operation RDY Term 0 00Hz 0 0A RAMP
180. ation gateway LAQ P307 page 233 m Product reference index 00 00 eee eee e enna page 234 i rm il lnI l Fi Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors 0 75 30 0 18 2 2 0 18 15 01e TOTS 0 18 2 2 Oley 22 0 18 2 2 0 75 30 0 18 15 0 75 30 O372215 oroms 0 5 200 Hz 0 5 200 Hz 0 5 500 Hz Sensorless flux vector control voltage frequency ratio 2 or 5 points energy saving ratio Sensorless flux vector control 110 of the nominal motor torque 150 170 of the nominal motor torque 180 of the nominal motor torque for 2 seconds 50 26 50 4 16 1 3 4 6 1 2 1 2 Modbus LonWorks METASYS N2 APOGEE FLN BACnet IEC EN 61800 5 1 IEC EN 61800 3 environments 1 and 2 EN 55011 Group 1 class A and class B with option card CE UL CSA C Tick NOM 117 Please consult our Altivar 21 speed drives catalogue EN 55011 Group 1 class A and class B c UL CSA C Tick N998 Modbus and CANopen Ethernet TCP IP DeviceNet Fipio Profibus DP EN 55011 Group 1 class A and class B with option card cE UL CSA C Tick N998 Please consult our Soft starters and variable speed drives catalogue 1 Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning E Telemencaniqgpur 0 37 630 0 37 500 0374 90 90 0 37 2 5 5 0 75 90 RSTRNT GS 0 75 630 0 75 500 0 5
181. ation of 60 C Linearity 0 15 of the maximum value Analog outputs AQ2 AO3 2 software configurable voltage or current analog inputs m voltage analog output 10 V 0 10 V minimum load impedance 470 Q m X Y mA current analog output by programming X and Y from 0 to 20 mA maximum load impedance 500 W Maximum sampling time 5 ms 1 ms Resolution 10 bits Accuracy 1 for a temperature variation of 60 C Linearity 0 2 of the maximum value Configurable relay output R4A R4B R4C 1 relay logic output one N C contact and one N O contact with common point Minimum switching capacity 3 mA for 24 V Maximum switching capacity m On resistive load cos 1 5 A for 250 V or 30 V m On inductive load cos 0 4 and L R 7 ms 1 5 A for 250 V or 30 V Electrical service life 100 000 operations Maximum response time 10 ms 1 ms Logic inputs LI11 L114 4 programmable logic inputs 24 V compatible with level 1 PLC IEC 65A 68 standard Impedance 3 5 kQ Maximum voltage 30 V Multiple assignment makes it possible to configure several functions on one input Maximum sampling time 5 ms 1 ms Positive logic Source Negative logic Sink State 0 if lt 5 V or logic input not wired state 1 if gt 11 V State 0 if 2 16 V or logic input not wired state 1 if lt 10 V Logic outputs LO3 LO4 2 x 24 V logic outputs assignable as positive Source or negative Sink logic open collector type compatibl
182. ations When the drive is switched on the menus for setting the language and access level appear automatically Term 50 00Hz 5 4A a Simply Start menu ay accessing the Simply Start menu directly it is possible to Pre program the drive for an application 2 3 wire control 2 wire i Te Select the relevant macro configuration Macro configuration M handling i i 2 wire 3 wire control Benefit from optimum motor performance Enter data from the motor rating plate Auto tuning Standard mot Freq 50Hz IEC Rated motor power 2 2kW Rated motor volt 400V O eea ESS Ea CUG o Protect the motor by setting the drive s integrated electronic thermal overload relay Simply Start menu Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 176 Eg Telemecanique Functions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Programming using macro configurations Programming using macro configurations offers the choice of seven options corresponding to the various business areas and applications O Start stop O Material handling O General use O Hoisting O PID regulation o Communication network connectivity O Master slave applications Choosing one of these macro configurations automatically assigns the functions parameters and I O even in the case of option cards Although the configuration is pre
183. av Pav VW3 A7 815 P continuous 150 kW VW3 A7 816 P continuous 225 kW Coef Coef Pmax Pmax Pav Pav 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 t s VW3 A7 817 P continuous 330 kW Coef Pmax Pav 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 t s Pmax P av 60 s cycle P max P av 120 s cycle P max P av 200 s cycle Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes page 64 page 64 page 65 page 120 page 140 73 Presentation applications characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option network braking units L1 L2 L3 Network PC unit ATV 710660 N4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z Degree of protection The network braking unit can be used to restore the following to the line supply m the energy from the motor m the energy from the motors controlled by several drives connected on the same DC bus It is available for ATV 71eeeeN4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives Applications Braking on a driving load m vertical movements m escalators m etc IP 20 Maximum relative humidity Class F humidity without condensation 5 85 Ambient air temperature Operation 5 40 without derating around the device Up to 55 C with current de
184. be set between 0 1 s and 30s One activity LED on integrated 7 segment display terminal One LED for each port With graphic display terminal Connector Network management One activity LED Command word received Reference received For each port m Number of frames received m Number of incorrect frames 9 way male SUB D connector on CANopen adapter This connects to the Modbus RJ45 network port Slave Transmission speed Address Node ID 20 Kbps 50 Kbps 125 Kbps 250 Kbps 500 Kbps or 1 Mbps 1 to 127 configurable via the terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop Services Number of PDOs 3 receive and 3 transmit PDO1 PDO2 and PDO3 PDO modes Event triggered Time triggered Remotely requested Sync cyclic Sync acyclic PDO linking Yes PDO mapping Configurable PDO1 and PDO2 Number of SDOs 1 server Emergency Yes CANopen application layer CiA DS 301 V 4 02 Profiles CiA DSP 402 Device Profile Drives and Motion Control I O profile Communication monitoring Node Guarding Heartbeat Diagnostics With LEDs on ATV 71HeeeM3Z 2 LEDs RUN and ERROR on integrated 7 segment display terminal ATV 71HD11M3XZ HD15MS8XZ ATV 71HO75N4Z HD75N4Z ATV 71PeeeN4Z With graphic display terminal and PowerSuite software workshop 2 LEDs RUN and ERROR Command word received Reference received Display of received PDOs Display of transmitted PDOs State of NMT chart Received PDOs co
185. ble for each output via switch 3 R add a resistor if the input voltage of the pulse train is greater than 5 V Recommended values Input voltage Resistance V Q 12 510 15 910 24 1300 Presentation Characteristics References pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 Telemecanique Dimensions Functions pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 143 Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Closed loop control Wiring of encoders VW3 A3 401 407 Wiring of encoders VW3 A3 403 407 Wiring of encoders VW3 A3 403 407 A A B B_ signals AB signals A signal VW3 A3 400 VW3 A3 400 VW3 A3 400 l Lf 2 amp rf 2 2 L M L 1MM o ro Swi l Source Sink 1 Ext int 0 20 mA 0 20 mA Card powered by external power supply VW3 A3 501 N 5 g 5 8 eTe lt x x O x x 0 20 mA 0 20 mA 0 20 mA 0 20 mA 24 V supply 1 Only if the power consumption is less than 200 mA otherwise use an external power supply Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 Telemecanique Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Standard scheme Scheme for controlling the filter via the drive according to the loa
186. bumpless function in different ways For example two options are offered when switching from control via the terminals to control via the graphic display terminal O stop the Altivar 71 drive or O continue operation with a copy of the direction of rotation and reference References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 E Telemecanigu Functions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 E Via a communication network o I O profile The I O profile which is quick and easy to use can be used to control the Altivar 71 drive via the communication network in the same way as via the I O terminals When commands are sent via a network they are written in a command word This word behaves like virtual terminals containing logic inputs Application functions can be assigned to the bits of this word More than one function can be assigned to the same bit The commands and references can come from different sources such as the terminals graphic display terminal or communication networks Each source can be set or switched individually using logic inputs or command word bits The I O profile is supported by all integrated communication ports Modbus CANopen as well as by all the communication cards available Ethernet TCP IP Fipio Profibus DP etc o CiA DSP 402 profile Device Profile Drives and Motion Control This profile from the CiA CAN in Automation org
187. ce ATS 48 ATV 31 3 XGS Z24 0 105 power supply 24 V 20 mA 2 Connection accessories Description Use No Reference Weight kg Modbus Plus tap For connecting via a tap junction 4 990 NAD 230 00 0 230 IP 20 Modbus Plus in line connector Gateway bridge and repeater 5 AS MBKT 085 0 035 Connector with Modbus Plus Bridge and repeater 6 AS MBKT 185 0 260 terminator sold in lots of 2 Modbus Plus Extension beyond 450 m 7 NW RR85 001 2 677 electrical repeater or up to 64 subscribers Modbus Plus bridge Connection of 4 networks maximum 8 NW BP85 002 2 813 with 4 ports Line station fibre optic 9 490 NRP 254 00 2 856 repeater Point to point fibre optic Used to connect an electrical NW NRP 253 00 2 863 repeater segment to the fibre optic segment 3000 m maximum Wiring tool Inserting trunk and drop cables 043 509 383 3 000 in a 990 NAD 230 00 tap 1 To order other connection elements please consult our Automation platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software and Automation platform Modicon Quantum specialist catalogues 2 Please consult our Power supplies splitter blocks and interfaces specialist catalogue Characteristics page 225 Telemecanique References continued Presentation page 224 Starters drives and communication Communication via Modbus Plus network Cables Description Trunk cables for Modbus Plus Use No From Modbus Plus tap 990 NAD 230 00 To M
188. ch management Preset speeds PID regulator Traverse control Jog operation Brake control Automatic catching a spinning load with speed detection catch on the fly Control and integrity check of output contactor DC injection stop Fast stop Freewheel stop speed around a reference High speed hoisting Torque control 1 Load sharing Position control via limit switches 1 Torque control and the speed reference functions are only incompatible if torque control mode is active 2 Priority is given to the first of these two stop modes to be activated 3 Excluding special use with reference channel Fr2 a Incompatible functions Priority functions functions which cannot be active at the same time Cd Compatible functions The arrow indicates which function has priority N A Example The Freewheel stop function has priority over the Fast stop function 204 Automatic catching a spinning load with speed detection catch on the fly Controland DC injection Fast stop Freewheel speed integrity stop stop around a check of reference output contactor gt E T Telemecanique High speed hoisting Torque Load sharing Position control control via limit switches 205 534513 533181 533182 Presentation functions System Station ds pompage msrp PowerSuite screen on PC Installed base management Enresr ccomamri EK Den ale S
189. cteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 reduction of current harmonics Option line chokes Type of choke VW3 A58501 VW3 A4 551 VW3 A4 554 VW3A4 556 VW3 A4 561 A58502 A4 553 A4 555 A4 560 A4 565 A4 569 Conformity to standards EN 50178 VDE 0160 level 1 high energy overvoltages on the line supply IEC 60076 with HD 398 Degree of protection Choke IP 00 Terminals IP 20 IP 10 IP 00 Atmospheric pollution 3 C2 3B1 3S1 conforming to IEC 721 3 3 Degree of pollution 2 conforming to EN 50178 Vibration resistance 1 5 mm from 3 13 Hz 1 gn from 13 200 Hz conforming to IEC 60068 2 Shock resistance 15 gn for 11 ms conforming to IEC EN 60068 2 27 Maximum relative humidity 95 Ambient air temperature Operation C 0 45 without derating around the device Up to 55 C with current derating of 2 per C above 45 C Storage C 25 70 Isolation class F Clearance distance in air 5 5 conforming to IEC 60664 Leakage distance in air 11 5 conforming to IEC 60664 Maximum operating altitude 1000 without derating 1000 3000 with current derating of 1 per additional 100 m Voltage drop Between 3 and 5 of the nominal supply voltage Values higher than this will cause loss of torque Maximum current 1 65 x nominal current for 60 seconds Maximum connection VW3 A58501 16 mm AWG 4 capacity and tightening 1 2 1 4 Nm torque VW3 A58502 6 mm AWG 8 0
190. ctromagnetic compatibility Reducing harmonics and observing requirements in respect of electromagnetic compatibility were considered right from the design stage The incorporation of EMC filters in ATV 71HeeeM3 and ATV 71eeeeN4 and the observance of requirements in respect of EMC simplifies installation and provides an economical means of meeting C marking requirements ATV 71HeeeM3X drives have been designed without an EMC filter Filters are available as an option and can be installed by the user to reduce emission levels see pages 90 to 93 Standard versions The Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 range of variable speed drives is available in two standard versions m A version with UL Type 12 IP 54 degree of protection designed to meet the requirements of applications in difficult environments dusty humid etc m 0 75 to 75 kW ATV 71WeeeN4 O 90 to 500 kW ready assembled in enclosure to simplify installation and in particular to ensure optimum ventilation of the enclosure ATV 71E5eeeN4 m A version on a base plate 0 75 to 7 5 kW designed to meet the requirements of applications in which the seal necessary for the environment in which the drive is to be used prevents ventilation ATV 71PeeeN4Z As the drive is not equipped with a fan as standard a DC choke see page 81 must be added in order to prevent overheating during operation In environments supporting the use of ventilation the DC choke see page 81 must be replaced by
191. d I I EP UE EE CE 0 d ia Vee os es VW3 A4 6ee zo VW3 A4 6ee lt lt 1 ne eee 1 aa N N ie N N N N N l N N N XXX lt m i Sa S O TSX lt m aa 33 glide 1 Contact for indicating the thermal state of the passive filter 2 Cable supplied 3 phase power supply 3 phase filter Single phase power supply 3 phase filter 4 VW3 A3 4606 VW3 A3 46060 a oe oe K L26 L306 OL 3 L36 _ x a l Tepa ees L1 o oO L1 Li l N m l i l l ATV 7106000060 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71HeeeM3 A aaa 1 Line choke compulsory for ATV 71HU40M3 HU75M3 see page 84 VW3 A5 1ee motor chokes VW3 A5 2ee sinus filters ATV 71666060600 ATV 71PeeeN4Z V W SS D CY fH lames it e a ek an naa a 1 2 gt Z VW3A52ee l LU Ss Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 Telemecanique Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 L1 L3 PE 3 3 16 Components for use with the Altivar for a complete list of references see our Motor starter solutions Power control and protection components specialist catalogue Reference Description A1 ATV 71
192. d 160 Mounting in a dust and damp proof enclosure or on machine frame The Altivar 71 drive on base plate supports two mounting options m In a dust and damp proof enclosure using the kit for dust and damp proof mounting VW3 A9 80e see page 28 designed to dissipate heat via a heatsink mounted outside the enclosure m Ona machine frame where this frame s earth allows the heat to be dissipated Telemecanique Presentation continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 The Altivar 71 drive 1 is supplied with a removable graphic display terminal 2 for remote operation m The navigation button accesses the drop down menus quickly and easily m The graphic screen displays 8 lines of 24 characters of plain text m The advanced functions on the display unit access the more complex drive functions m The display screens menus and parameters can all be customized for the user or the machine m Online help screens are available m Configurations can be stored and downloaded four configuration files can be stored m The drive can be connected to several other drives via a multidrop link m t can be located remotely on an enclosure door with IP 54 or IP 65 degree of protection UL Type 1 IP 20 drives or built in UL Type 12 IP 54 drives m It is supplied with 6 languages installed as standard English French German ltalian Spanish and Chinese Other languages can be loaded to the flash memory Up to 15 kW
193. d graphic terminal menu for the Controller Inside programmable card This menu can be customized by the card program according to the application a Ea Any industrial HMI terminal which supports the Modbus protocol can be used Independent machine with multiwire system to display and modify the Controller Inside programmable card parameters The Modbus server provides access to 2 Kwords MW etc in the card 71 Magelis XBT CANopen bus The master CANopen port on the Controller Inside programmable card can be used to extend the I O capacity and to control other CANopen slave devices ul mm Il Il ee a Tot Gwe To Toit om oo Goi le Cle roto Tita Goi e ATV 31 ATV 31 Advantys STB FTB 1CN distributed I O Independent machine with CANopen bus Premium Magelis XBT dimin The Altivar 71 drive which is equipped with a Controller Inside programmable card fits easily into complex architectures Regardless of which bus or network is being used Ethernet TCP IP Modbus Uni Telway Fipio Modbus Plus Profibus DP INTERBUS etc the PLC can communicate with the Controller Inside programmable card and the drive The periodic variables can still be configured as required CANopen bus A clock backed up by a lithium battery makes it possible to have a log of events that have occurred When the Controller Inside programmable card is installed in the Sensors ATV 31 FTB 1CN driv
194. d in Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 drives incorporates a standard web server in English The functions provided by this web server require no special configuration or programming of the PC supporting the web browser Using a password two levels of access to the web server can be defined read only or modification The standard web server provides access to the following functions m Altivar Viewer m Data Editor m Ethernet Statistics m Security m Etc The standard web server can be adapted or replaced by a customized web server depending on the requirements of the application and downloaded via FTP Knowledge of the HTTP protocol and Java technology are required to be able to TAi es ie create or modify a web server Altivar Viewer Presentation Characteristics Connections References page 210 page 211 page 214 pages 214 and 215 Telemecanique Connections references Starters drives and communication Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready concept Redundant fibre optic ring 200 Mbps Full duplex a Switch Switch Premium T 4 Loe ransceliver 2328 aE 0 a Teak Hill iii Optical fibre a LS I AE ptical fibre 1 Hub i l Quantum Transceiver s mmm PE er Hub Bridge TT We l i 3 ATV 71 FREER ATS 48 Magelis
195. d with a communication card and a Controller Inside programmable card References pages 22 to 25 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 The Altivar 71 integrates a combined Modbus or CANopen port for quick accurate motion control adjustment supervision and configuration A second port is available for connecting a Magelis terminal for machine dialogue The Altivar 71 can also be connected to other communication networks using the communication option cards The following communication protocols are supported Ethernet TCP IP Fipio Modbus Modbus Plus Uni Telway Profibus DP DeviceNet INTERBUS see pages 52 to 59 The control part can be powered separately thus allowing communication monitoring diagnostics to be maintained even if the power section supply fails The Controller Inside programmable card transforms the drive into an automation island m The card integrates its own I O it can also manage those of the drive and an I O extension card m t contains onboard application programs developed in IEC 61131 3 compliant languages which reduce the control system response time m Its CANopen master port enables control of other drives and dialogue with I O modules and sensors Functions pages 172 to 203 Schemes pages 134 to 151 Dimensions pages 108 to 133 9 Characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71
196. des access to the related settings on the same screen the application functions are described on pages 182 to 203 RDY Term 0 00Hz 0 0A RDY Term 0 00Hz OA 2 preset speeds 4 preset speeds 8 preset speeds On S 16 preset speeds Preset speed2 Max 9999 er Fea ao Setting a function Configuring a value The display screen appears automatically every time the drive is turned on There are various possibilities m One or two bar charts are displayed m One two or five digital values are displayed RUN Term 43 33Hz 5 4A DEC Term 88 0Hz 10A Output frequency CO Frequency Ref 43 3 Hz Motor current 5 4A 45 1 Hz Motor speed 1300 rpm Motor thermal state 80 Drv thermal state 85 Max 1500 1 bar chart Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 178 Code E lt lt Zz gt gt WB Quick kad 5 digital values lt lt E MB Ouick nal 1 digital value References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Ea Telemecanique Functions continued SCF1 Term 50 00Hz 0 0A FAULT HISTORY C Short circuit Overcurrent 533523 Fault log SCF1 Term 50 00Hz 0 0A MOTOR SHORT CIRCUIT C Check the connection cables and the motor insulation 522162 Perform the diagnostic test Troubleshooting screen RUN Term 50 00Hz 5 4A 1 11 IDENTIFICATION L ATV71HU22N4 522163 Appl Software V1 0 IE 01 MC Softwa
197. ding to the characteristics on page 60 The braking resistor is selected taking account of the same elements listed above but with the addition of a check to ensure that the resistance value will allow the peak power to be exceeded R ude f Note The resistance value must always be greater than or equal to the values given in the tables on pages 62 and 64 Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 60 and 62 pages 60 and 62 pages 61 and 63 pages 118 and 119 page 140 67 Selection continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Characteristics curves for resistors VW3 A7 710 P continuous 25 kW for 2 75 Q at 20 C Example of using curves Coef Pmax Point A For a 200 s cycle the resistance of 2 75 Q Pav accepts an overload of 7 x 25 kW continuous power i for 24 s i e braking 175 kW every 200 s 1 30 4 Point B For a 120 s cycle the resistance of 2 75 Q i accepts an overload of 5 x 25 kW continuous power i for 20 s i e braking 125 kW every 120 s 25 1 Point C For a 60 s cycle the resistance of 2 75 Q i accepts an overload of 5 x 25 kW continuous power 20 i for 10 s i e braking 125 kW every 60 s 15 A 4 p 10 P max P av 60 s cycle A Pmax P av 120 s cycle 7 po 80 P max P av 200 s cycle 5 aN B T i A l Bikan l II O T nTen 0 l t AI y 0 25 50 75 t s VW3 A7 701 P continu
198. drive see pages 22 to 25 A2 Network braking unit see page 75 F1 2 A fuse 230 V F2 F4 For fuses see reference tables on page 75 Q1 Earth fault circuit breaker 300 mA Protects against earth leakage faults Rating see motor starters on pages 152 to 157 1 Additional EMC input filter if necessary see page 92 2 Line choke recommended see page 84 3 For ATV 71HC40N4 drives combined with a 400 kW motor and ATV 71HC50N4 see page 140 Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 146 Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ATV 71HC20N4 HC50N4 ae SO Braking unit Braking unit et cman u aiel asam SN gg e Pelo aol el PO BU o 9 BU ATV 71 BU o oBU ATV 71 ve Q BU o OBU BU d BU HC20N4 HC50N4 van a oe a l i r Pori Le Ura ae THAsrb 4 g EERE 1 g PEA Braking Braking rae resistor l 1 resistor 1 eee sre 1 A thermal overload relay can be added 2 Fast acting semi conductor fuses see page 149 The function of the fuses is to protect the DC bus wiring in the event of a drive short circuit ATV 71HD18M3X HD45M3X ATV 71eD22N4 eD75N4 ais o OQO NE Relea sae nee Be powt Pil i Fell lf supply 1 2 2 l
199. drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Options accessories This kit can be used to mount a drive on base plate inside a dust and damp proof enclosure IP 54 degree of protection Heat is dissipated via a heatsink mounted outside the enclosure This type of mounting simply requires that a hole be drilled in the enclosure at the same level as the drive fixing holes used to mount the heatsink The kit consists of m A heatsink 1 m A thermal liner 2 m Hinged mechanical adapters m A manual Enclosure characteristics The steel used for the floor standing or wall mounted enclosure which is to house the drive must meet the following requirements m Depth 1 5 to 3 mm O Steel Stainless or paint finished smooth steel o Heat treated epoxy paintwork lacquer finish not permitted max depth 70 um fine or medium texture References For drives Reference a ATV 71P075N4Z PU22N4Z VW3 A9 801 ATV 71PU30N4Z PU40N4Z VW3 A9 802 ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z i t lt z CO C CVWS lt A98032 0 0O0O 0 02 O 6 This fan 1 is required for ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives if they are not equipped with a DC choke see page 78 It is mounted on the lower part of the drive thereby enabling installation dimensions to be optimized It is powered by the drive References For drives Reference bia ATV 71P075N4Z PU22N4Z VZ3 V1 203 ATV 71PU30N4Z PU40N4Z S V320 CR ATV 71PU55N4Z PU75N4Z S V24 y gt 533324
200. e between 2 braking operations must be on or below the relevant curve E E Point For a braking time of 2 minutes there must be at least E 50 seconds between 2 braking operations S fan d l l 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Time between braking operations min VW3 A7 204 A7 232 Continuous braking power 21 5 kW 1 VW3 A7 205 A7 233 Continuous braking power 26 kW 1 2 E E E 4 3 az ae an an co aa o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Time between braking operations min Time between braking operations min VW3 A7 206 A7 234 Continuous braking power 32 kW 7 VW3 A7 207 A7 235 Continuous braking power 38 kW 7 5 5 4 5 4 5 A 45 kW A 52 kW Ss E 4 2 3 5 2 5 z 4 S 3 m m 2 5 2 5 2 F 2 D 1 5 70 kW 1 5 90 kW 1 1 0 5 f 0 5 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Time between braking operations min Time between braking operations min 1 Power indicated for a temperature of 35 C Presentation References Dimensions Schemes page 74 page 75 pages 123 and 124 page 146 76 Selection continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Characteristics curves VW3 A7 208 Continuous braking power 38 kW 7 5 A Sz EN Braking time min o Sz 2 5 Oo 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1i Time between braking operations min VW3 A7 210 A7 240 Continuous braking
201. e 3 Continuous motor torque Typical applications wood working machinery broaching machines high speed hoisting etc 0 25 30 50 60 75 90 100 120 Hz Using a motor at overspeed Motor power less than drive power The Altivar 71 can power any motor which has a rating lower than that for which the drive was designed This motor drive combination makes it suitable for applications requiring high intermittent overtorque Typical applications machines with very high starting torque grinders kneaders etc Note In this case it is advisable to over rate the drive to the next standard power rating immediately above that of the motor Example Use an 11 kW motor with a 15 kW drive in motor Power of a self cooled motor greater than the drive power This motor drive combination makes it possible to use a self cooled motor for a greater speed range in continuous operation The use of a motor with a higher ie power rating than that of the drive is only possible if the current drawn by this motor is lower than or equal to the nominal drive current hee et 0 95 x Note Limit the motor power to the standard rating immediately above that of the drive Example On a single machine the use of a 2 2 kW drive combined with a 3 kW motor means that the machine can operate at its nominal power 2 2 kW at low speed 1 Motor power drive power 2 2 kW 2 2 2 kW drive combined with a 3 kW motor greater
202. e drive faults are automatically time and date stamped without any special Modular machine with Ethernet TCP IP network prog ramming Characteristics Functions Schemes References page 46 pages 47 to 50 page 144 page 51 Telemecanique Characteristics Power supply Power consumption Current Voltage Maximum No load Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option Controller Inside programmable card 24 min 19 max 30 2 80 Per logic output 200 maximum 7 Analog inputs Al51 Al52 2 current analog inputs 0 20 mA impedance 250 Q Resolution 10 bits Accuracy 1 fora temperature variation of 60 C Linearity 0 2 of the maximum value Common point for all the card I O 2 Analog outputs Logic inputs Logic outputs Connection of I O Lithium battery ti Compiled program saved in flash memory Data AQ51 AO52 LI51 LI60 LO51 L056 Type of contact 2 current analog outputs 0 20 mA impedance 500 Q Resolution 10 bits Accuracy 1 fora temperature variation of 60 C Linearity 0 2 of the maximum value Common point for all the card I O 2 Ten 24 V logic inputs compatible with level 1 PLC IEC 65A 68 standard 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or 4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders Impedance 4 4 kQ Maximum voltage 30 V Switching thresholds State 0 if lt 5 V or logic input not wir
203. e door which must be ordered separately see above Telemecanique 535270 References continued 5 2 NGL L a ATV 71 1 ATV 71 Example of connection via multidrop link lil PowerSuite software workshop Dimensions page 120 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Options dialogue These components enable a graphic display terminal to be connected to several drives via a multidrop link This multidrop link is connected to the Modbus terminal port on the front of the drive Connection accessories Description No Sold in Unit Weight lots of reference kg Modbus splitter block 1 LU9 GC3 0 500 10 RJ45 connectors and 1 screw terminal Modbus With integrated cable 2 VW3 A8 306 TF03 T junction 0 3 m boxes With integrated cable 2 m VW3 A8 306 TF10 1 m Modbus line For RJ45 R 120Q0 3 2 VW3 A8 306 RC terminator connector C 1nF Remote For graphic display 4 VW3 A1 102 0 150 mounting kit terminal VW3 A1 101 Connecting cables equipped with 2 RJ45 connectors Used with No Length Reference Weight m kg For remote operation of the 5 1 VW3 A1 104 R10 0 050 Altivar 71 and the graphic display terminal VW3 A1 101 3 VW3 A1 104 R30 0 150 5 VW3 A1 104 R50 0 250 10 VW3 A1 104 R100 0 500 Modbus bus 6 0 3 VW3 A8 306 R03 0 025 1 VW3 A8 306 R10 0 060 3 VW3 A8 306 R30 0 130 The PowerSuite software workshop offers the following benefits m Messa
204. e with level 1 PLC standard IEC 65A 68 Maximum voltage 30 V Maximum current 200 mA Logic output common CLO isolated from other signals Maximum sampling time 5 ms 1 ms The active state is software configurable as is a delay for each switching operation Input for PTC probes Frequency control input TH2 TH2 RP Maximum I O wire size and tightening torque 1 input for a maximum of 6 PTC probes mounted in series m Nominal value lt 1 5 KQ m Trip resistance 3 kQ reset value 1 8 kQ m Short circuit protection lt 50 Q Frequency range 0 30 kHz Cyclic ratio 50 10 Maximum sampling time 5 ms 1 ms Maximum input voltage 30 V 15 mA Add a resistor if the input voltage is greater than 5 V 510 Q for 12 V 910 Q for 15 V 1 3 KQ for 24 V State 0 if lt 1 2 V state 1 if gt 3 5 V 1 5 mm AWG 16 0 25 Nm Schemes page 143 I O extension cards 7 Description Reference Weight kg Logic I O card VW3 A3 201 0 300 Extended I O card VW3 A3 202 0 300 1 The Altivar 71 cannot support more than one I O card with the same reference Consult the summary tables of possible drive option and accessory combinations see pages 100 to 107 Fe Telemecanique 43 532835 Presentation Variable speed drives description for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option Controller Inside programmable card The Controller Inside programmable card is used to adapt the variable speed drive to speci
205. ectromagnetic compatibility Installation diagram for ATV 71WeeeN4 drives 1 2 3 4 5 Steel plate mounted on the drive earthed casing Altivar 71 UL Type 12 IP 54 drive Unshielded power supply wires or cable Unshielded wires for the output of the fault relay contacts Fix and earth the shielding of cables 5 7 and 8 as close as possible to the drive strip the shielding attach the shielded cable to the cable gland 9 ensuring it is fully in contact throughout 360 fold back the shielding and clamp it between the ring and the body of the cable gland Depending on the drive rating the shielding of cable 7 can be earthed using a cable gland 9 a clamp 5 or a cable clip 5 The shielding must be clamped tightly enough to the metal plate to ensure good contact Shielded cable for connecting the motor Shielded cable for connecting the control signalling wiring For applications requiring several conductors use cables with a small cross section 0 5 mm Shielded cable for connecting the braking resistor 5 7 8 the shielding must be connected to earth at both ends The shielding must be continuous and if intermediate terminals are used they must be placed in EMC shielded metal boxes Metal cable gland not supplied for cables 6 7 and 8 Standard cable gland not supplied for cables 3 and 4 Note The HF equipotential earth connection between the drive motor and cable shielding does not remove the need to connec
206. ed State 1 if211V Common point for all the card I O 2 Six 24 V logic outputs positive logic open collector type source compatible with level 1 PLC standard IEC 65A 68 Maximum switching voltage 30 V Maximum current 200 mA Common point for all the card I O 2 Screw at intervals of 3 81 mm Maximum wire size Tightening torque Life 1 5 AWG 16 Nm O 25 oo years approx Maximum size Maximum size Saved size NVRAM Size accessible by Modbus 320 Kwords 64 Kwords 4 Kwords 2 Structure Connector One 9 way male SUB D connector Network management Master Transmission speed Configurable via the program 50 Kbps 125 Kbps 250 Kbps 500 Kbps or 1 Mbps Address Node ID 32 slaves maximum Services CANopen application layer DS 301 V4 02 Profile DSP 405 PDO 10 receive and transmit PDOs in total for each slave SDO 2 client SDOs per slave 1 read and 1 write Block transfer Error check Node Guarding producer and consumer Heartbeat Other services Emergency Boot up Sync Diagnostics Using LEDs 2 LEDs RUN and ERROR conforming to CIA DR303 version 1 0 1 Otherwise an external 24 V power supply must be used 2 This common point is also the drive 0 V Presentation Functions Schemes References page 44 pages 47 to 50 page 144 page 51 46 Functions Cyclic task or start of period a Acquisition of Controller Inside programmable card inputs and CANopen PDOs
207. ed Lindman da cour Cher aes nes F Wilber a vile hectic oe coon Fina mb a Fa PowerSuite screen on PC View of PI regulator function parameters A Acc l ration R fAvantRam x 200 300 z 150 350 100 400 z 507 fi 450 z qe He ano 3 0 PowerSuite screen on PC Monitoring control panel cursor gauge References page 20 i Mi PowerSuite software workshop The PowerSuite software workshop for PC is a user friendly tool designed for setting up control devices for the following Telemecanique brand motors m TeSys U controller starters m Altistart soft start soft stop units m Altivar variable speed drives m Lexium 05 servo drives It includes various functions designed for setup phases such as m Preparing configurations m Start up m Maintenance In order to simplify the start up and maintenance phases the PowerSuite software workshop can use the Bluetooth wireless link Preparing configurations The PowerSuite software workshop can be used on its own to generate the device configuration It can be saved printed and exported to office automation software The PowerSuite software workshop can also be used to convert m An Altivar 28 drive configuration to an Altivar 31 drive configuration m An Altivar 38 drive configuration to an Altivar 61 drive configuration m An Altivar 58 or Altivar 58F drive configuration to an Altivar 71 drive configuration Start up
208. eduction of current harmonics Option DC chokes The main solutions for reducing current harmonics are as follows m DC chokes see below m Line chokes see page 82 m 16 and 10 passive filters see page 85 m Use of passive filters with a DC choke see page 85 These 4 solutions can be used on the same installation It is always easier and less expensive to handle current harmonics at installation level as a whole rather than at the level of each individual unit particularly when using passive filters and active compensators DC chokes are used to reduce current harmonics in order to comply with standard IEC 61000 3 12 for drives in which the line current is more than 16 A and less than 75 A Using the DC choke with the drive complies with draft standard IEC 61000 3 12 provided that the RSCE 2 120 7 at the point of connection to the public network 120 represents the minimum value of RSCE 7 for which the values in table 4 of draft standard IEC 61000 3 12 are not exceeded lt is the responsibility of the installer or the user to ensure that the device is connected correctly to a connection point with an RSCE 2 120 The choke is connected to the drive power terminals The DC choke is supplied as standard with ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives It is compulsory for ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives if they do not have a fan see page 28 Applications Reduction of current harmonics Reduction of the THD to 5 or 10
209. eed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 With its different types of motor control and numerous integrated functions the Altivar 71 range of variable speed drives meets the most stringent requirements It is suitable for the most demanding drive systems m Torque and speed accuracy at very low speed high dynamic performance with Flux Vector Control with or without sensor m Extended frequency range for high speed motors m Parallel connection of motors and special drives using the voltage frequency ratio m Static speed accuracy and energy saving for open loop synchronous motors mg Smooth flexibility for unbalanced machines with the ENA ENergy Adaptation System The functionality of the Altivar 71 drive boosts performance and increases a machine s flexibility of use across multiple applications Hoisting Brake control adapted for translational hoisting and slewing movements Load measurement using weight sensor High speed hoisting Brake feedback management Limit switch management Slack sling Handling m Very quick response times on transmission of a command 2 ms 0 5 ms m Reference via pulse train or differential analog input m Control via the principal communication networks m Position control via limit switches with time optimization at low speed m Multiple parameter settings via parameter set switching Packing m Up to 50 Hz of the bandwidth m Very quick response times on change of reference 2 ms 0 5 ms m Con
210. en more precise the following must be considered m the losses and the resistive torque of the system which reduce the necessary braking power m the driving torque the wind for example which increases the braking power The required braking power is calculated as follows Por Maximum actual braking power W Por Continuous actual braking power W A A _ Nhotal Total efficiency Por Pp Pigag x ntotal Por P b Pigag x ntotal i isti W Poad Braking power connected with the resistive or driving torque not taken into account in the calculation Pioag can be positive or negative x x 0 98 Narve Drive efficiency 0 98 total mec mot Nmec Mechanical efficiency Nmot Motor efficiency For braking the value of the braking resistor is selected to match the required power and the braking cycle Uac Braking unit engage threshold V In general te Cycle time s Pho Upward braking power therefore zero W to Rise time s Phi Average braking power during downward Ww movement t Downward movement time 1 Pp Peak braking power W Py Average power during braking to a standstill W to Standstill braking time s Peontinuous Poo x tot Phi x ty Pha x tp W te The braking unit is selected taking the following into account m the continuous power Pi m the average braking power during downward movement P 2 m the peak power P Depending on these elements select the braking unit accor
211. en these two references O Preset PID references 2 or 4 PID references are available Table showing combinations of selected PID references LIx Pr4 Lly Pr2 Reference 0 0 rPlorA 0 1 rP2 1 0 rP3 1 1 rP4 o PID feedback PID feedback can be assigned to one of the analog inputs Al1 to Al4 the frequency control input RP or the encoder depending on the option cards present It can also be transmitted by a communication network Al network O Predictive speed reference This reference can come from the terminals analog inputs encoders etc the graphic display terminal or a communication network This speed input gives an initial reference for starting O Auto Man This can be used to switch from speed regulation mode Man to PID regulation mode Auto A logic input or command word bit is used for switching Speed regulation mode Man The manual reference is transmitted via the terminals analog inputs encoder preset speeds etc With manual switching the speed reference changes according to the ACC and dEC ramp times PID regulation mode Auto In automatic mode it is possible to adapt the references and feedback to the process transformation correct a PID inversion adjust the proportional integral and derivative gains Kp Ki and Kd shunt the integral use the alarm on the logic output or display it on the graphic display terminal if the threshold is exceeded Max feedback Min feedback
212. erence Weight indicated 2 power prospec continuous current for on plate 7 tive line current 7 Isc 200 V 240V 240V 230 V 60s 2s kW HP A A kVA kA A A A kg Single phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz 0 37 0 5 6 9 5 8 1 4 5 3 4 5 4 9 ATV 71H075M3 3 4 3 000 0 75 1 12 9 9 2 4 5 4 8 7 2 7 9 ATV 71HU15M3 3 4 3 000 1 5 2 18 2 15 7 37 5 8 12 13 2 ATV 71HU22M3 3 4 3 000 2 2 3 25 9 22 1 5 3 5 11 16 5 18 1 ATV 71HU30M3 3 4 4 000 3 25 9 22 5 3 5 13 7 20 6 22 6 ATV 71HU40M3 3 4 5 4 000 4 5 34 9 29 9 7 5 17 5 26 3 28 8 ATV 71HU55M3 3 4 5 5 500 5 5 7 5 47 3 40 1 9 5 22 27 5 41 3 45 3 ATV 71HU75M3 3 4 5 5 500 3 phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz 0 37 0 5 3 5 3 1 1 3 5 3 4 5 4 9 ATV 71H037M3 3 4 3 000 0 75 1 6 1 5 3 2 2 5 4 8 7 2 7 9 ATV 71H075M3 3 4 3 000 1 5 2 11 3 9 6 4 5 8 12 13 2 ATV 71HU15M3 3 4 3 000 2 2 3 15 128 53 5 11 16 5 18 1 ATV 71HU22M3 3 4 4 000 3 _ 193 164 6 8 5 13 7 20 6 22 6 ATV 71HU30M3 3 4 4 000 4 5 25 8 229 95 5 17 5 26 3 28 8 ATV 71HU40M3 3 4 4 000 5 5 7 5 35 30 8 12 8 22 27 5 41 3 45 3 ATV 71HU55M3 3 4 5 500 7 5 10 45 39 4 16 4 22 33 49 5 54 5 ATV 71HU75M3 3 4 7 000 11 15 53 3 45 8 19 22 54 81 89 1 ATV 71HD11M3X 3 4 6 9 000 15 20 71 7 61 6 25 6 22 66 99 109 ATV 71HD15M3X 3 4 6 9 000 18 5 25 77 69 28 7 22 75 112 124 ATV 71HD18M3X 3 6 19 000 22 30 88 80 33 3 22 88 132 145 ATV 71HD22M3X 3 6 19 000 30 40 124 110 45 7 22 120 180 198 AT
213. es for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Switching the motor at the drive output The drive can be switched when locked or unlocked If the drive is switched on the fly drive unlocked the motor is controlled and accelerates until it reaches the reference speed smoothly following the acceleration ramp This use requires configuration of the automatic catching a spinning load catch on the fly and the motor phase loss on output cut functions Typical applications loss of safety circuit at drive output bypass function switching of motors connected in parallel On new installations it is recommended that the Power Removal safety function is used Test on a low power motor or without a motor In a testing or maintenance environment the drive can be checked without having to switch to a motor with the same rating as the drive particularly useful in the case of high power drives This use requires deactivation of the motor phase loss function Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 Fe Telemecanique 21 PF105779 16 M PF105775 13 M PF105776 17 M References ATV 71H037M3 ATV 71HD37M3X Presentation pages 4 to 9 22 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz Motor Line supply Altivar 71 Power Line current Apparent Maximum Maximum Max transient Ref
214. es 172 to 203 Telemecanique Schemes continued Presentation pages 4 to 9 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Safety requirements The Power Removal safety function cannot be considered as a means of electrical disconnection of the motor no electrical isolation if necessary a Vario switch disconnector must be used The Power Removal safety function is not designed to overcome any malfunction in the drive process control or application functions The output signals available on the drive must not be considered as safety signals e g Power Removal active these are Preventa type safety module outputs which must be integrated into a safety control signalling circuit The schemes on the following pages take into account conformity with standard IEC EN 60204 1 which defines 3 categories of stop m Category 0 stopping by immediate removal of the power from the actuators e g uncontrolled stop m Category 1 controlled stop maintaining the power on the actuators until the machine stops then removal of the power when the actuators stop when the machine stops m Category 2 controlled stop maintaining the power on the actuators Conformity with category 1 of standard EN 954 1 and level SIL1 according to standard IEC EN 61508 Use of the connection diagrams on pages 136 and 137 which use a line contactor or a Vario switch disconnector between the drive a
215. es SNMP HTTP BOOTP DHCP FTP TFTP SNMP Transparent Ready services Modbus messaging Modbus messaging IO Scanning FDR Presentation page 210 Connections page 214 HTTP HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol RFC 1945 is a protocol used to transmit web pages between a server and a browser HTTP has been used on the Web since 1990 Web servers embedded in control system devices are at the heart of the Transparent Ready concept and provide easy access to devices anywhere in the world using a standard web browser such as Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator BOOTP DHCP BOOTP DHCP RFC 1531 is used to supply devices client automatically with IP addresses and parameters This avoids having to manage the addresses of each device individually by transferring their management to a server BOOTP identifies the client device by its Ethernet MAC address This address is unique to each device and should be entered in the server each time the device is changed DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol identifies the client device by a name in plain language Device Name which is maintained throughout the application e g Conveyor 23 Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 drives can be given a name Device Name by the terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop The FDR Faulty Device Replacement service uses the standard DHCP and TFTP protocols FTP TFTP FTP File Transfer Protocol RFCs 959
216. es og Dimensions page 231 Starters drives and communication Communication gateways LUF P Communication gateways LUF P allow connection between the Modbus serial link and Fipio Profibus DP or DeviceNet field buses After configuration these gateways manage information which can be accessed by the Modbus serial link and make this information available for read write functions command monitoring configuration and adjustment on the field buses An LUF P communication gateway consists of a box which can be clipped onto a 35 mm omega rail allowing connection of up to 8 Slaves connected on the Modbus serial link Example of architecture Configuration of gateway Model U starter controllers by PC j PoOnkn I Tritt o ee eel pa Fe PE Profibus DP HO Eo 6 tab ich CE Yo E a ATS 48 ATV 31 1 Connection kit for PowerSuite software workshop Front panel of the product 1 LED indicating communication status of the Modbus serial links gateway status communication status of the Fipio Profibus DP or DeviceNet bus 2 Connectors for connection to Fipio Profibus DP or DeviceNet buses Underside of product 3 RJ45 connector for connection of the Modbus serial link 4 RJ45 connector for link to a PC 24 V power supply For the Fipio bus software set up of the gateway is performed using either PL7 Micro Junior Pro software or ABC Configurator software For the Pr
217. es which can be assigned by communication scanner PKW indexed periodic variable settings Communication profile FED C 32 Specific to the Altivar 58 or Altivar 58F drive FSD C 8P Functional profiles CiA DSP 402 Device Profile Drives and Motion Control I O profile Communication monitoring Can be inhibited Fixed time out 256 ms Diagnostics Using LEDs 4 LEDs on the card RUN status ERR fault COM data exchange and I O minor internal fault Using the graphic display terminal Control word received Reference received Periodic variables communication scanner Structure Connector One 9 way female SUB D connector Transmission speed 1 Mbps Address 1 to 64 configurable by switches on the card Services Messaging Yes Modbus Periodic variables Peer Cop 8 control variables which can be assigned by communication scanner Global data 8 monitoring variables which can be assigned by communication scanner Functional profiles CiA DSP 402 Device Profile Drives and Motion Control I O profile Communication monitoring Can be inhibited Time out can be set between 0 1 and 60 s via the terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop Diagnostics Using LEDs 1 LED on the card MB status Using the graphic display terminal Control word received Reference received Periodic variables communication scanner 1 For the Fipio bus see pages 216 to 219 2 For the Modbus Plus network see pages 224 to 227
218. esistance 15 gn for 11 ms conforming to IEC EN 60068 2 27 Vibration resistance Maximum nominal voltage 50 60 Hz 3 phase V 240 10 480 10 Maximum connection capacity VW3 A4 401 4 mm AWG 10 and tightening torque 0 6 Nm VW3 A4 402 6 mm AWG 8 1 5 Nm VW3 A4 403 10 mm AWG 6 1 5 Nm VW3 A4 404 16 mm AWG 4 2 Nm VW3 A4 405 407 50 mm AWG 0 6 Nm VW3 A4 408 150 mm 300 kcmil 25 Nm VW3 A4 409 25 mm AWG 2 4 Nm VW3 A4 410 412 Bar connection M10 VW3 A4 413 i Bar connection 2 x M12 Presentation References Dimensions Schemes page 90 pages 92 and 93 pages 128 and 129 page 145 Telemecanique References Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option additional EMC input filters For drives Maximum length of In lI Loss Reference Weight shielded cable 1 2 3 4 EN 55011 5 EN 55011 5 class A Gr1 class B Gr1 LF 6 HF 6 LF 6 HF 6 m m m m A mA W kg 3 phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H037M3 HU15M3 100 50 50 20 12 4 10 VW3 A4 401 2 200 ATV 71HU22M3 HU40M3 100 50 50 20 26 4 4 18 VW3 A4 402 4 000 ATV 71HU55M3 100 50 50 20 35 3 24 VW3 A4 403 5 800 ATV 71HU75M3 100 50 50 20 46 10 19 VW3 A4 404 7 000 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X 100 50 50 25 72 33 34 VW3 A4 405 12 000 ATV 71HD18M3X HD22M3X 100 50 50 25 90 33 34 VW3 A4 406 15 000 ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X 100 50 50 25 180 80 58 VW3 A4 408 40 000 ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X 100 50 50 25 273 285 60 VW3 A4 4
219. f operation can be combined Type A operation Calculating the braking time from the inertia pr o omen Tp T 60 Tp Motor braking torque Nm Machine J Total inertia applied to the motor kgm n Motor speed rpm Motor Gearbox nz Motor speed ahead of gearbox rpm n4 Motor speed after gearbox rom tp Braking time s Pp Peak braking power W Pp Average braking power during time tp W Ty Resistive torque Nm 2J J motor Japplied ia O Jmachine o Japplied 2 Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 60 and 62 pages 60 and 62 pages 61 and 63 pages 118 and 119 page 140 66 Selection continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option braking units and resistors Type B operation 1 Braking power of a load moving horizontally with constant deceleration e g carriage W Kinetic energy Joule m Weight kg 2 W A _ tp Braking time s Py Peak braking power Ww Po Average braking power during time t W 2 Braking power for an active load e g test bench Tp Braking torque Nm n Motor speed rom P Tp 9 95 g Acceleration 9 81 m s a Deceleration m s 3 Braking power for a downward vertical movement V Linear downward speed m s o Angular speed rad s Pp m g v m g a v 60 th Downward stopping time All the braking power calculations are only true if it is assumed that there are no losses n 1 and that there is no resistive torque To be ev
220. faces Dimensions pages 108 to 133 15 Functions pages 172 to 203 Schemes pages 134 to 151 Characteristics continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Acceleration and deceleration ramps Ramp profiles m Linear can be adjusted separately from 0 01 to 9999 s m S U or customized Automatic adaptation of deceleration ramp time if braking capacities exceeded possible inhibition of this adaptation use of braking resistor Braking to a standstill By DC injection m By a command on a programmable logic input m Automatically as soon as the estimated output frequency drops to lt 0 1 Hz period adjustable from 0 to 60 s or continuous current adjustable from 0 to 1 2 In in open loop mode only Main drive protection and safety features Thermal protection m Against overheating m Of the power stage Protection against m Short circuits between motor phases Input phase breaks Overcurrents between output phases and earth Overvoltages on the DC bus A break on the control circuit m Exceeding the limit speed Safety function for m Line supply overvoltage and undervoltage m Input phase loss in 3 phase Thermal protection integrated in drive via continuous calculation of t taking speed into account m The motor thermal state is saved when the drive is powered down m Function can be modified via operator dialogue terminals depending on the type of motor force cooled
221. ference indicated in the table below Volts 24 48 110 220 230 240 LC1 D 50 Hz B5 E5 F5 M5 P5 U5 60 Hz B6 E6 F6 M6 U6 50 60 Hz B7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LC1 F185 50 Hz LX1 coil B5 E5 F5 M5 P5 U5 60 Hz LX1 coil E6 F6 M6 2 U6 40 400 Hz LX9 coil E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LC1 F265 40 400 Hz LX1 coil B7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LC1 F400 F630 40 400 Hz LX1 coil E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 LC1 F800 40 400 Hz LX1 coil z z FE7 P7 P7 P7 For other voltages available between 24 V and 660 V or a DC control circuit please consult your Regional Sales Office 154 DF534573 Combinations for customer assembly continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Motor starters supply voltage 440 480 V 105517 13 M 121615 33 M Motor Drive Circuit breaker Line contactor Power 7 Reference Reference 2 Rating Im Reference 3 4 kW HP A A 3 phase supply voltage 440 480 V 50 60 Hz Type 2 coordination 0 75 1 ATV 71H075N4 GV2 L08 4 LC1 D18606 1 5 2 ATV 71HU15N4 GV2 L10 6 3 LC1 D1800 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22N4 GV2 L14 10 LC1 D18660 3 ATV 71HU30N4 GV2 L14 10 LC1 D18060 4 5 ATV 71HU40N4 GV2 L16 14 LC1 D18060 5 5 7 5 ATV 71HU55N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D2500 7 5 10 ATV 71HU75N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D40660 11 15 ATV 71HD11N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D40660 15 20 ATV 71HD15N4 NS80HMA50 50 300 LC1 D5066 18 5 25 ATV 71HD18N4 NS100eMA50 50 300 LC1 D5066 22 30 ATV 71HD22N4 NS100eMA50 5
222. fic applications by integrating control system functions Various predefined configurable applications are sold by Schneider Electric and its partners The PS 1131 software workshop for PC is used for programming and debugging new applications quickly and in an open ended manner see page 47 It is not possible to transfer the program from the card to the PC which enables us to protect our Know how A single Controller Inside programmable card can be fitted in the Altivar 71 drive It can be combined with another option card I O extension or communication Consult the summary tables of possible drive option and accessory combinations see pages 100 to 107 The Controller Inside programmable card has m 10 logic inputs 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or 4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders m 2 analog inputs m 6 logic outputs m 2 analog outputs m A master port for the CANopen bus m APC port for programming with the PS 1131 software workshop If the power consumption table does not exceed 200 mA the Controller Inside programmable card can be powered by Altivar 71 drives Otherwise an external 24 V power supply must be used The Controller Inside programmable card can also use m The drive I O m The I O extension card I O m The encoder interface card points counter m The drive parameters Speed current torque 1 RJ45 connector for connecting the PS 1131 software worksho
223. for PC or outputs Pocket PC ATV VW3 A3 101 VW3 A1 101 VW3 A3 401 VW3A3 403 VW3A3405 VW3 A3 201 VWS3A3202 VW3 A3501 VW3A8 104 71HeeeN4 402 404 407 105 Pages 26 38 41 41 41 43 43 51 208 1 There are special passive filters for a 460 V supply see pages 88 and 89 2 Maximum combination 2 cards in accordance with the compatibility table below Type of card Logic I O Extended I O Programmable Controller Communication VW3 A3 201 VW3 A3 202 Inside VW3 A3 501 VW3 A3 3600 Logic I O VW3 A3 201 Extended I O VW3 A3 202 Programmable Controller Inside VW3 A3 501 Communication VW3 A3 36060 E Possible to combine Not possible to combine 102 Telemecanique Sinus filter Resistance Braking Hoist resistor Flush UL Type 1 IP 21 or IP 31 Control card braking unit resistor mounting kit conformity kit conformity kit fan kit inside dust outside outside and damp enclosure enclosure proof enclosure VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 801 VW3 AQ 501 VW3 A9 201 VW3 A9 101 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 801 VW3 AQ 501 VW3 AQ 201 VW3 A9 101 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 801 VW3 AQ 501 VW3 AQ 201 VW3 AQ 101 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 802 VW3 AQ 502 VW3 AQ 202 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A5 201 VW3 A7 701 VW3 A7 802 VW3 A9 502 VW3 AQ 202 VW3 A9 102 VW3 A5 202 VW3 A7 702 VW3 A7 802 VW3 AQ 503 VW3 AQ 203 VW3 A9 103 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A7 702 VW3 A7 803 VW3 A9 503 VW3 A9 203 VW3 A9 103 VW3 A5 203 VW3 A7 703 VW3 A7
224. ge 232 Telemecanique 043 509 383 490 NAA 271 01 490 NAA 271 02 490 NAA 271 03 490 NAA 271 04 490 NAA 271 06 490 NAD 911 03 490 NAD 911 04 490 NRP 254 00 490 NTW 000 02 490 NTW 000 05 490 NTW 000 12 490 NTW 000 40 490 NTW 000 80 499 NEH 104 10 499 NEH 141 00 499 NES 181 00 499 NES 251 00 499 NES 271 00 499 NMS 251 01 499 NMS 251 02 499 NOH 105 10 499 NOS 271 00 499 NSS 251 01 499 NSS 251 02 499 NSS 271 00 990 NAD 211 10 990 NAD 211 30 990 NAD 219 10 990 NAD 219 30 990 NAD 230 00 A AS MBKT 085 AS MBKT 185 ATV 71E5C11N4 ATV 71E5C13N4 ATV 71E5C16N4 ATV 71E5C20N4 ATV 71E5C20N4F ATV 71E5C25N4 ATV 71E5C25N4F ATV 71E5C28N4 ATV 71E5C28N4F ATV 71E5C31N4 ATV 71E5C40N4 ATV 71E5C50N4 ATV 71E5D90N4 ATV 71H037M3 ATV 71H075M3 ATV 71H075N4 ATV 71HC11N4 ATV 71HC13N4 ATV 71HC16N4 ATV 71HC20N4 ATV 71HC25N4 ATV 71HC28N4 ATV 71HC31N4 ATV 71HC40N4 ATV 71HC50N4 ATV 71HD11M3X ATV 71HD11N4 ATV 71HD15M3X ATV 71HD15N4 ATV 71HD18M3X ATV 71HD18N4 ATV 71HD22M3X ATV 71HD22N4 ATV 71HD30M3X ATV 71HD30N4 ATV 71HD37M3X ATV 71HD37N4 234 226 227 227 227 227 227 231 and 233 231 and 233 226 214 214 214 214 214 215 215 215 215 215 215 215 215 215 215 215 215 227 227 227 227 226 226 226 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 22 23 22 23 22 23 22 23 22 23 22 23 ATV 71HD45M3X ATV 71HD45N4 ATV 71HD55M3X ATV 71HD55N4
225. ges 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Ea Telemecanique Functions continued Presentation pages 4 to 9 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Motor control types O Flux vector control with sensor FVC In current mode this control type can be used to obtain the best static and dynamic torque performance O Sensorless flux vector control In voltage mode this control type can be used with a single motor or motors connected in parallel In current mode this profile performs better than the previous type but it cannot supply power to motors connected in parallel O 2 point vector control The zone for operating at constant power can be optimized by defining an additional point in the control profile This function should be used with motors offering a two part defluxing zone It can be used to limit the voltage at the motor terminals when the motor is being powered by a high line supply O Voltage frequency ratio This control type is particularly suitable for special motors high speed motors synchronized asynchronous motors etc The ratio can be adjusted by 2 or 5 points and used to achieve output frequencies of up to 1000 Hz o ENA system This profile is reserved for unbalanced machines presses etc It can be used to reduce mechanical stress power consumption and avoid the use of braking resistors O Synchronous motor This control type is exclusively re
226. ges can be displayed in plain text in several languages English French German Italian and Spanish m Work can be prepared in the design office without having to connect the drive to the PC m Configurations and settings can be saved to floppy disk or hard disk and downloaded to the drive m Print facility m Altivar 58 or Altivar 58F files can be converted for transfer to an Altivar 71 drive m Oscillograms can be displayed See pages 206 to 209 Telemecanique 39 532727 Presentation characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option encoder interface cards VW3 A3 401 Encoder interface cards are used for Flux Vector Control operation with sensor FVC mode which improves drive performance irrespective of the state of the motor load m Zero speed torque m Accurate speed regulation m Torque accuracy m Shorter response times on a torque surge m Improved dynamic performance in transient state In other control modes voltage vector control voltage frequency ratio encoder interface cards improve static soeed accuracy Encoder interface cards can also be used for machine safety irrespective of the control type m Overspeed detection m Load veering detection Encoder interface cards can also transmit an Altivar 71 drive reference provided by the encoder input This use is specific to synchronizing the speed of several drives Three types of card are available depending on
227. h2 Rth3 Rthn Calculation example with three drives of 0 75 kW 1 5 kW and 2 2 kW E Rth 0 65 0 36 0 24 Rth 0 12 C W References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fe Telemecanique 167 Mounting and installation Variable speed drives recommendations continued for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 12 IP 54 drives Depending on the conditions in which the drive is to be used its installation will require certain precautions and the use of appropriate accessories Install the unit vertically m Do not place it close to heating elements m Leave sufficient free space to ensure that the air required for cooling purposes can circulate from the bottom to the top of the unit ATV 71WeeeN4 Mounting Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 168 fag Telemecanique Mounting and installation recommendations continued Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 12 IP 54 drives Derating curves ATV 71W075N4 WD18N4 I In In 100 90 40 C 80 70 50 C 60 50 IVA oO EN 12 16 kHz Switching frequency ATV 71WD22N4 WD30N4 I In In 100 90 40 C 80 70 50 C 60 50 4 8 12 16 kHz Switching freque
228. hat make selection easy for most typical applications Products that are easy to understand for users electricians and automation specialists User friendly intuitive programming Contents Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Selecion dulde ne te ee eae ne page 2 Be Presentati N seein rte eee enn eee ev ee ng page 4 m Variable speed drives ETC fl eFICUS MIST CS ampere ease ir rest ran ens E eEe ahcataes oe page 10 EI OMGNALOMN tegen th hoes ee epee era ore n ee cee ss aces fate tate tn toe meena fethea page 18 O UL type 1 IP 20 and UL type 12 IP 54 variable speed drives page 22 O accessories for UL type 1 IP 20 and UL type 12 IP 54 variable speed drives 4 anD a wee eee BG i ee a aw page 26 o ready assembled in IP 54 enclosure variable speed drives page 33 m Options fete F220 e gate aie mca tee a tee ren a ie eee Mere eg marae Me fom rg eee page 38 E encoder interlace Cards i 2 4 ea oe ee a se aT page 41 BWO POX CER SION EC ANG Sasa Pasties tye ey ot tee re een ante alse ety Aah nian cogent ones page 43 O Controller Inside programmable card 00000 2 eee page 51 O communication buses and networks 000 cece ran page 58 Beresistance Braking units 2 costae 2 0s ol ee aa eee page 67 EMBraKIngEneSIStOlS aa oe Ste eae otek renee PONS NE od ome ETE Dr Fae a page 63 EIA GISTMESISTONS ste a Ae OME Ele E Oe ORO oN Seo eee page 65 El NetIWONK Braking units a
229. he Global Data and Peer Cop services are restricted to a Modbus Plus network with a maximum of 64 subscribers Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 drives are accessed by simple configuration in the PLC using Peer Cop and Global Data services These services enable rapid exchange of the main drive parameters m The Peer Cop service for controlling and adjusting the drive m The Global data service for monitoring the drive Other parameters which are used less frequently can be accessed by the Modbus messaging service References pages 226 and 227 Telemecanique Characteristics Starters drives and communication Communication via Modbus Plus network Structure Topology Network Physical interface RS 485 Access method Token network Transmission mode HDLC synchronous Data rate 1 Mbps Medium Shielded twisted pair 120 Q Number of subscribers per network Number of networks Optical fibre 32 without repeater 64 with one or more repeaters 4 separated by a maximum of 3 bridges Length of network Services Modbus messaging 450 m maximum without repeater 1800 m maximum with 3 electrical repeaters 3000 m between 2 fibre optic repeaters Point to point requests with confirmation report 200 bytes maximum compatible with all Modbus subscribers Global Data 4096 byte shared database Cyclic exchange of 32 broadcast words Limited to one network Thi
230. hickness and a minimum cooling area exposed to the open air see table below Drives Switching Minimum area Minimum frequency With DC choke With fan thickness m2 m2 mm ATV 71P075N4Z 4 kHz z 20 PU22N4Z 12 kHz 0 60 0 70 20 ATV 71PU30N4Z 4kHz 1 50 m 20 PU40N4Z 12 kHz 2 00 1 50 20 ATV 71PU55N4Z 4 kHz 3 50 3 00 20 PU7SN4Z 12 kHz 5 40 5 00 20 1 This value is given for operation at nominal load and for a switching frequency of 4 kHz Add 7 W to this value for each additional option card 2 Add the dissipation of the DC choke see page 81 Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Ea Telemecanique Mounting and installation recommendations continued Presentation pages 4 to 9 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives on base plates Thermal resistance Rth of the drives C W For drive Rth C W ATV 71P075N4Z 0 65 ATV 71PU15N4Z 0 36 ATV 71PU22N4Z 0 24 ATV 71PU30N4Z 0 21 ATV 71PU40N4Z 0 15 ATV 71HPU55N4Z 0 03 ATV 71PU75N4Z 0 02 Useful heat dissipation surface of the frame or the cold plate S m K QE arr K enclosure thermal resistance per m Mounting several drives on the same frame or the same cold plate Determine the equivalent thermal resistance Rthe for all the drives 1 1 n 1 R 1 P 1 Rthe Rthi Rt
231. hokes line chokes DC chokes VW3 A4 501 510 VW3 A4 511 512 I AxO LO D N haaa 4x07 H co tt x 2 a p 222 E p 217 118 c1 240 14 280 VW3 a b c c1 G H A4 501 60 103 60 95 50 51 3 5 A4 502 60 103 77 118 50 68 25 A4 503 96 134 80 115 80 65 a A4 504 96 134 79 115 80 64 5 5 A4 505 96 134 85 120 80 70 5 5 A4 506 96 134 89 120 80 74 55 A4 507 96 1384 99 130 80 84 55 A4 508 108 142 112 145 90 97 55 A4 509 96 134 89 120 80 74 5 5 A4 510 126 171 120 170 105 103 7 Line chokes VW3 A58501 A58502 VW3 A4 551 555 VW3 A4 556 I Q 8x 6x12 8xO Bue HH Y EA JH cn s j L c C G1 100 P c1 L a a 180 VW3 c H VW3 a b c ci G GH VW3 A58501 95 65 A4 551 10013555 60 40 60 42 6x9 A4556 11x22 A58502 105 77 A4 552 13015585 90 60 80 562 6x12 A4 553 A4 554 155170115135 75 107 90 6x12 A4 555 180 21012516585 122 1056x12 VW3 A4 557 VW3 A4 558 565 569 D 1 i O O N 8x 11x22 ees 142 i 240 a VW3 a b b1 c c1 G G1 H O1 G2 A4 558 280 305 240 210 200 200 125 275 9 9 9 A4 559 280 330 260 210 200 200 125 300 11 9 9 A4 560 561 320 380 300 210 200 225 150 350 11 9 9 A4 562 564 320 380 300 250 230 225 150 350 13 11 11 A4 565 385 440 340 275 250 300 125 400 2x 1313 5 13 5 A4 569 320 380 300 250 230 225 150 350 13 11 11 1 25 mm minimum Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions pages 78 and 82 pages 81 and 83 page
232. hop supplied on CD ROM Connection kit for PC serial port including various accessories such as m 1 x3 m cable with 2 RJ45 connectors m 1 RS 232 RS 485 converter with one 9 way female SUB D connector and 1 RJ45 connector Reference Weight kg 4 VW3 A8 106 0 350 1 The Altivar 71 drive can only take one Controller Inside programmable card Consult the summary tables of possible drive option and accessory combinations see pages 100 to 107 2 Consult our Machines and installations with CANopen catalogue 3 Harsh environments resistance to hydrocarbons industrial oils detergents solder splashes relative humidity up to 100 saline atmosphere significant temperature variations operating temperature between 10 C and 70 4 The product reference is provided during the Controller Inside programmable card training course Please consult your Regional Sales Office Schemes page 144 Functions pages 47 to 50 51 533191 Presentation Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Communication buses and networks Magelis XBT Premium HEL LLL tenik A CANopen bus It includes Modbus and CANopen communication protocols as standard re z F O The Altivar 71 drive is designed to suit all configurations found in communicating industrial installations LUC foil ie A Lann E The Modbus protocol can be
233. ibits unintended equipment operation The motor no longer produces torque This safety function m complies with the standard for safety of machinery N 954 1 category 3 m complies with the standard for functional safety IEC EN 61508 SIL2 capability safety control signalling applied to processes and systems The SIL Safety Integrity Level capability depends on the connection diagram for the drive and for the safety function Failure to observe the setup recommendations could inhibit the SIL capability of the Power Removal safety function m complies with draft product standard IEC EN 61800 5 2 for both stop functions O Safe Torque Off STO response time lt 100 ms O Safe Stop 1 SS1 The Power Removal safety function has a redundant electronic architecture 7 which is monitored continuously by a diagnostics function This level SIL2 and category 3 safety function is certified as conforming to these standards by the INERIS certification body under a program of voluntary certification Categories Basic safety Control system Behaviour in the principle requirements event of a fault B Selection of components Control in accordance with Possible loss of safety that conform to relevant good engineering practice function standards 1 Selection of components Use of tried and tested Possible loss of safety and safety principles components and proven function but with a lower safety principles probability than in B
234. ielded cables connecting motors to drives for a factory set switching frequency of 2 5 or 4 kHz depending on the rating see page 12 If motors are connected in parallel it is the sum of all cable lengths that should be taken into account 2 See page 10 3 LF low switching frequency HF high switching frequency These frequencies depend on the drive rating For drives Switching frequency LF HF kHz kHz ATV 71HeeeM3 4 4 1 16 ATV 71H075N4 HD3ON4 ATV 71W075N4 WD30N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HD37N4 HD75N4 2 2 5 2 6 12 ATV 71WD37N4 WD75N4 ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 2 4 4 1 8 Dimensions Schemes pages 128 and 129 page 145 Telemecanique Characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option additional EMC input filters EMC filter type VW3 A4 401 408 VW3 A4 410 413 Conformity to standards EN 133200 Degree of protection IP 20 and IP 41 on upper part IP 00 IP 30 with kits VW3 A9 601 602 Maximum relative humidity 93 without condensation or dripping water conforming to IEC 68 2 3 Ambient air temperature Operation 10 50 25 45 around the device Storage 40 65 25 85 Maximum operating altitude 1000 without derating 1000 3000 derating the current by 1 per additional 100 m Limited to 2000 m for the Corner Grounded distribution network 1 5 mm peak to peak from 3 13 Hz 1 gn peak from 13 150 Hz in accordance with IEC 60068 2 6 Shock r
235. ime 2 ms 0 5 ms The active state is software configurable as is a delay for each switching operation 1 input for a maximum of 6 PTC probes mounted in series m Nominal value lt 1 5 KQ m Trip resistance 3 KO reset value 1 8 KQ Short circuit protection lt 50 Q Maximum I O wire size and tightening torque 1 5 mm AWG 16 0 25 Nm Ea Telemecanique Characteristics continued references Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option I O extension cards Extended I O card VW3 A3 202 Internal supplies available Short circuit and overload protection m 1x24 V supply min 21 V max 27 V maximum current 200 mA for the complete drive and I O extension card assembly m 1x 10 5 V 5 supply for the reference potentiometer 1 to 10 kQ maximum current 10 mA Analog inputs Al AI3 AI8 1 X Y mA differential current analog input by programming X and Y from 0 to 20 mA with impedance 250 Q Maximum sampling time 5 ms 1 ms Resolution 11 bits 1 sign bit Accuracy 0 6 for a temperature variation of 60 C Linearity 0 15 of the maximum value Al4 1 software configurable voltage or current analog input m Voltage analog input 0 10 V impedance 30 kQ max safe voltage 24 V m X Y mA current analog input by programming X and Y from 0 to 20 mA with impedance 250 Q Maximum sampling time 5 ms 1 ms Resolution 11 bits Accuracy 0 6 for a temperature vari
236. imum operating frequency 300 kHz Input signals A A B B AB A Impedance 1 kQ 1 6 KQ State 0 If lt 1 5 V State 1 If gt 7 7Vand lt 13V If gt 7 7 Vand lt 16 V If gt 11 5 V and lt 25 V Number of pulses encoder revolution Maximum consumption current of encoder Minimum recommended cross section of conductors 3 5000 maximum The maximum high speed frequency should not exceed 300 kHz 100 mA 1 175mA 1 100mA 1 175mA 1 100 mA 2 For a maximum cable 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 0 2 mm length of 100 m AWG 24 AWG 20 AWG 24 For a maximum cable 0 5 mm 0 75 mm 0 2 mm length of 200 m AWG 20 AWG 18 AWG 24 For a maximum cable 1 mm2 1 5 mm2 0 5 mm 0 2 mm length of 500 m AWG 17 AWG 15 AWG 20 AWG 24 For a maximum cable 0 75 mm 1 5 mm 0 5 mm length of 1000 m AWG 18 AWG 15 AWG 20 Schemes page 144 Encoder interface cards 4 Description Voltage Reference Weight V kg Encoder interface cards with RS422 5 VW3 A3 401 0 200 compatible differential outputs 15 VW3 A3 402 0 200 Encoder interface cards with open 12 VW3 A3 403 0 200 collector outputs 15 VW3 A3 404 0 200 Encoder interface cards 12 VW3 A3 405 0 200 with push pull outputs 15 VW3 A3 406 0 200 24 VW3 A3 407 0 200 1 Minimum encoder power supply 10 V 2 Minimum encoder power supply 14 V 3 Shielded cable containing 3 twisted pairs at intervals of between 20 and 50 mm Connect the shielding to earth at both ends Minimum
237. imum value Al2 1 software configurable voltage or current analog input m Voltage analog input 0 10 V impedance 30 kQ max safe voltage 24 V m Current analog input X Y mA by programming X and Y from 0 to 20 mA with impedance 242 Q Max sampling time 2 ms 0 5 ms Resolution 11 bits Accuracy 0 6 for a temperature variation of 60 C Linearity 0 15 of the maximum value Other inputs AO1 Other outputs R1A R1B RiC See option cards 1 analog output configurable for voltage or current m Voltage analog output 0 10 V minimum load impedance 470 Q m Current analog output X Y mA by programming X and Y from 0 to 20 mA maximum load impedance 500 Q Max sampling time 2 ms 0 5 ms Resolution 10 bits Accuracy 1 for a temperature variation of 60 C Linearity 0 2 See option cards 1 relay logic output one N C contact and one N O contact with common point Minimum switching capacity 3 mA for 24 V Maximum switching capacity m On resistive load cos 1 5 A for 250 V or 30 V m On inductive load cos 0 4 and L R 7 ms 2 A for 250 V or 30 V Max response time 7 ms 0 5 ms Electrical service life 100 000 operations R2A R2B Other outputs LI1 LI5 LIG 1 relay logic output one N O contact Minimum switching capacity 3 mA for 24 V Maximum switching capacity m On resistive load cos 1 5 A for 250 V or 30 V m On induc
238. ing works RDY Term 0 00Hz 0 0A Type of stop Ramp stop Freewheel assign Fast stop assign Ramp divider DC inject assign Configuring stop types Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Reference saving This can be used to o Read and save a speed reference level on the reference input using a command lasting longer than 0 1 s on a logic input O Control the speed of several drives alternately via a single analog reference and a logic input for each drive O Enable a line reference serial link on several drives via a logic input in order to synchronize movements by eliminating variations when the reference is sent The reference is acquired 100 ms after the rising edge of the request A new reference is not then acquired until a new request is made m Stop types O Freewheel stop This stops the motor by resistive torque if the motor power supply is cut A freewheel stop is achieved by configuring a normal stop command as a freewheel stop on disappearance of a run command or appearance of a stop command by enabling a logic input by activating a command word bit O Fast stop This can be used to achieve a braked stop with an acceptable deceleration ramp time divided by an adjustable coefficient from O to 10 for the drive motor unit to avoid locking in the event of an overbraking fault If the coefficient is equal to
239. input signal Input filtering in order to eliminate unwanted interference from the signals received Magnifying glass effect through delinearizing the input signal in order to increase the precision with small amplitude signals Pedestal and Deadband functions for signals in order to prevent low speed operations which can have an adverse effect on the application Mid point function which can be used from a unipolar input signal to obtain a bipolar output signal to control the speed and direction of rotation O Transforming analog outputs which transfer information sent by the drive to other devices display units drives PLCs etc voltage or current output signal minimum and maximum values for the output signal output signal filtering Logic outputs can be delayed on activation and deactivation The output state can also be configured when the signal is active The frequency control signals are also transformed by the drive O signal frequency minimum and maximum values 30 kHz on the extended I O card s RP input 300 KHz maximum on the encoder interface card input m Via the remote graphic display terminal The rotation commands and references torque speed or PID can be controlled via the graphic display terminal Some application functions can also be assigned to the function keys F1 F2 F3 and F4 on the graphic display terminal It is possible to manage a change in command and or reference source
240. internal circuits of Altivar 71 drives rated 160 kW or less have a built in dynamic brake transistor The dynamic brake transistor is sized so that it can tolerate m the nominal motor power continuously m 150 of the nominal motor power for 60 s ATV 71HD90N4 HC16N4 The dynamic brake transistor is sized so that it can tolerate m 75 of the nominal motor power continuously m 150 of the nominal motor power for 10 s Drive connection 4 mm AWG 28 Bar connection M6 Bar connection M10 Type of terminal Maximum connection capacity Temperature controlled switch 1 5 mm AWG 16 2 5 mm AWG 14 VW3 A7 701 703 VW3 A7 704 709 VW3 A7 710 718 ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3X and ATV 71HeeeN4 drives Type of ATV 71H 037M3 U15M3 U22M3 U40 M3 U55M3 U75M3 drive 075M3 U30M3 Minimum value Q 44 33 22 16 11 8 Type of ATV 71H D11M3X D18M3X D22M3X D37M3X D75M3X drive D15M3X D30M3X D55M3X Minimum value Q 3 4 3 3 1 7 1 3 Type of ATV 71H 075N4 U30N4 U55N4 U75N4 D11N4 D15N4 D22N4 D37N4 D45N4 D75N4 drive U22N4 U40N4 D18N4 D30N4 D55N4 Minimum value Q 56 34 23 19 12 7 13 3 6 7 5 3 3 Type of ATV 71H D90N4 C11N4 C20N4 C31N4 drive C16N4 C28N4 C50N4 Minimum value Q 2 5 1 9 1 05 0 7 ATV 71WeeeN4 drives Type of ATV 71W 075 N4 U30N4 U55N4 U75N4 D11N4 D15N4 D22N4 D37N4 D45N4 D75N4 drive U22N4 U40N4 D18N4 D30N4 D55N4 Minimum value Q 56 34 23 19 12 7 13 3 6 7 5 3 3 ATV 71Peee
241. ion is only available for horizontal movements m Limit switch management This can be used to manage the operation of one or two limit switches with 1 or 2 operating directions Each limit forward reverse is associated with a logic input The type of stop that occurs on detection of a limit can be configured as a stop on ramp freewheel or fast stop Following a stop the motor can restart in the opposite direction only m Slack sling This is used to adapt the motor speed to the load depending on the minimum configured torque either in speed reference mode or in current limiting mode A logic output can be assigned to this function to indicate the load value in relation to the configured torque value Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fea Telemecanique 187 Functions continued Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 188 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m High speed hoisting This can be used to optimize cycle times for hoisting movements when the load is zero or small It allows operation at constant power motor defluxing beyond the nominal motor frequency in order to achieve a higher speed than the nominal speed without exceeding the nominal motor current and thereby preventing the motor from overheating There are 2 possible operating modes O Speed refe
242. ivar for a complete list of references see our Motor starter solutions Power control and protection components specialist catalogue Reference Description A1 ATV 71 drive see pages 22 to 25 KM1 Contactor see motor starters pages 152 to 157 L1 DC choke see page 81 Q1 Circuit breaker see motor starters pages 152 to 157 Q2 GV2 L rated at twice the nominal primary current of T1 Q3 GB2 CB05 1 S2 XB4 B or XB5 A pushbuttons T1 100 VA transformer 220 V secondary 1 Line choke single phase or 3 phase see page 84 2 For ATV 71HC40N4 drives combined with a 400 kW motor and ATV 71HC50N4 see page 140 3 Fault relay contacts Used for remote signalling of the drive status 4 Connection of the common for the logic inputs depends on the positioning of the SW1 switch see schemes on page 141 5 DC choke as an option for ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3X ATV 71 075N4 eD75N4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z Connected in place of the strap between the PO and PA terminals For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives the choke is supplied with the drive the customer is responsible for connecting it 6 Software configurable current 0 20 mA or voltage 0 10 V analog input Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 136 Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71
243. ivar 71 reduction of current harmonics Option DC chokes IP 20 88 Ambient air temperature Operation 10 50 without derating around the device Up to 60 C with current derating of 2 2 per C above 50 C Storage C 40 65 Maximum operating altitude m 1000 without derating 1000 3000 with current derating of 1 per additional 100 m Voltage drop 4 to 6 Maximum current Type of terminal Maximum connection capacity and tightening torque VW3 A4 501 505 VW3 A4 506 VW3 A4 507 VW3 A4 508 509 VW3 A4 510 VW3 A4 511 VW3 A4 512 Earth l2 mm AWG 6 1 65 x nominal current for 60 seconds 10 mm AWG 6 4 Nm KERA 0 Ae AWG 6 1 4 Nm io Ae AWG 6 1 4 Nm io TE AWG 6 1 4 Nm Power supply 2 5 mm AWG 12 0 4 0 6 Nm 4 mm AWG 10 0 5 0 8 Nm 6 mm AWG 8 0 8 1 Nm 10 mm AWG 6 1 2 1 4 Nm 35 mm AWG 0 2 5 3 Nm Connected on a bar 9 Connected on a bar 9 Presentation page 78 For drives Inductance Nominal Loss Reference Weight value current mH A W kg 3 phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H037M3 18 2 25 7 7 VW3 A4 501 0 650 ATV 71H075M3 6 8 8 22 5 VW3 A4 503 1 700 ATV 71HU15M3 3 2 14 3 32 VW3 A4 505 2 200 ATV 71HU22M3 2 2 19 2 33 VW3 A4 506 2 500 ATV 71HU30M3 1 6 27 4 43 VW3 A4 507 3 000 ATV 71HU40M3 HU55M3 1 2 44 61 VW3 A4 508 4 500 ATV 71HU75M3 0 7 36 30 5 VW3 A4 509 2 50
244. ive lt consists of m A fan subassembly m Fixing accessories m A manual References For drives Reference Weight kg ATV 71HD18M3X HD22M3X VW3 AQ 404 ATV 71HD22N4 ATV 71HD30N4 HD37N4 VW3 AQ 405 ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X VW3 A9 406 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 VW3 A9 407 Telemecanique 533254 533255 Presentation references continued ATV 71HU75N4 flush mounted drive ATV 71HC28N4D flush mounted drive Dimensions pages 115 to 117 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Options accessories This kit can be used to mount the power section of the drive outside the enclosure IP 54 degree of protection which reduces the power dissipated into the enclosure see page 164 It is available for ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3xX ATV 71HD55M3XD HD75M3XD ATV 71HeeeN4 and ATV 71HD90N4D HC28N4D drives With this type of mounting the maximum internal temperature in the enclosure can then reach 60 C without it being necessary to derate the drive current Between 50 C and 60 C a control card fan kit must be used for ATV 71HD18M3X HD45M3X and ATV 71HD22N4 HD75N4 drives to prevent hot spots see page 26 The back of the enclosure must be drilled and cut out for this type of mounting The kit consists of m A metal frame of the right size for the drive rating m Corner pieces m Corner pieces m A fan support this can be used to move the fans so that they
245. ive power components The test results are shown on the graphic display terminal or using the PowerSuite software workshop lt is also possible to write and read messages in the drive using the graphic display terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop m Oscilloscope function The Altivar 71 drive has an oscilloscope function which produces traces that can be viewed using the PowerSuite software workshop The PowerSuite software workshop can also be used to carry out remote diagnostics via modem References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Ea Telemecanique 179 Functions continued Presentation pages 4 to 9 180 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Via the drive I O Control signals are transmitted via cable to the I O Functions are assigned to logic inputs analog inputs etc A logic input can be assigned to more than one function This means that two functions can be controlled using a single signal thereby limiting the number of inputs required The Altivar 71 drive I O can be configured independently from each other For instance O A time delay can be applied when it comes to reading the logic inputs so as to avoid any bounce back from certain switches O Transforming incoming signals on the analog inputs can help the drive fully adapt to the control devices and applications Minimum and maximum values for the
246. ives extends across a range of motor power ratings from 0 37 kW to 500 kW with three types of power supply m 200 240 V single phase 0 37 kW to 5 5 kW UL Type 1 IP 20 ATV 71HeeeM3 m 200 240 V three phase 0 37 kW to 75 kW UL Type 1 IP 20 ATV 71HeeeM3 and ATV 71HeeeM3xX m 380 480 V three phase 0 75 kW to 500 kW UL Type 1 IP 20 ATV 71HeeeN4 The Altivar 71 drive integrates the Modbus and CANopen protocols as standard as well as numerous functions These functions can be extended using communication option cards I O extension cards a Controller Inside programmable card or an encoder interface option card see page 8 External options such as braking resistors resistance braking units and filters complete the offer see page 8 The entire range conforms to international standards IEC EN 61800 5 1 IEC EN 61800 2 IEC EN 61800 3 is UL CSA DNV C Tick NOM 117 and GOST certified and has been developed to meet the requirements of directives regarding the protection of the environment ROHS WEEE etc as well as those of European Directives C mark The Altivar 71 can be inserted in an installation s safety system It integrates the Power Removal safety function which prohibits any accidental starting of the motor This function complies with machine standard EN 954 1 category 3 the standard governing electrical installations IEC EN 61508 SIL2 and the power drive systems standard IEC EN 61800 5 2 Ele
247. ives supplied as standard with a DC choke 2 Drives supplied without DC choke Telemecanique 533238 533237 Presentation references continued Substitution kit VW3 A9 304 Substitution kit VW3 A9 312 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Options accessories This kit 1 is used to fit F an Altivar 71 drive in the place of an Altivar 58 or Altivar 58F drive using the same fixing holes It includes the mechanical adapters required for mounting High torque application 170 Tn Old drive Motor Replaced by Reference Weight Power kW HP kg Supply voltage 200 240 V single phase ATV 58HU09M2 0 37 0 5 ATV 71H075M3 VW3 A9 301 ATV 58HU18M2 0 75 1 ATV 71HU15M3 VW3 A9 301 ATV 58HU29M2 1 5 2 ATV 71HU22M3 VW3 A9 303 ATV 58HU41M2 2 2 3 ATV 71HU30M3 VW3 A9 303 ATV 58HU72M2 3 ATV 71HU40M3 VW3 A9 304 ATV 58HU90M2 4 5 ATV 71HU55M3 VW3 A9 306 ATV 58HD12M2 5 5 7 5 ATV 71HU75M3 VW3 A9 307 Supply voltage 200 240 V three phase ATV 58HU29M2 1 5 2 ATV 71HU15M3 VW3 A9 302 ATV 58HU41M2 2 2 3 ATV 71HU22M3 VW3 A9 303 ATV 58HU54M2 3 ATV 71HU30M3 VW3 A9 304 ATV 58HU72M2 4 5 ATV 71HU40M3 VW3 A9 304 ATV 58HU90M2 55 7 5 ATV 71HU55M3 VW3 A9 306 ATV 58HD12M2 7 5 10 ATV 71HU75M3 VW3 A9 307 ATV 58HD16M2X 11 15 ATV 71HD11M3X VW3 A9 309 ATV 58HD23M2X 15 20
248. king resistor thermal protection The Altivar 71 drive incorporates thermal protection for the braking resistor if it is not equipped with a thermal switch If the resistor thermal state is too high an alarm can be assigned to the logic output or the drive may lock in fault mode depending on how the function is programmed Parameter set switching multi parameter This can be used to switch 3 sets of 15 parameters maximum when the motor is running Each set can contain a different value for each of the parameters The sets are switched using 1 or 2 logic inputs or command word bits Function suitable for machines involving 2 or 3 manufacturing processes Motor or configuration switching multi motor or multi configuration The Altivar 71 drive can have 3 configurations which can be activated remotely allowing it to adapt to o 2 or 3 different motors or mechanisms in multi motor mode In this instance the thermal state for all the motors is calculated and saved This means that each motor is protected thermally O 2 or 3 configurations for the same motor in multi configuration mode This function can also be used to save the current configuration in another memory zone from which it can be retrieved Switching is carried out using 1 or 2 logic inputs depending on the number of motors or configurations chosen 2 or 3 Multi motor and multi configuration modes cannot be used together References Dimensions Schemes pages 22
249. language programming SE Sa ire Thematig e Example of Grafcet language programming Presentation Characteristics page 44 page 46 48 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option Controller Inside programmable card 6 programming languages are available m Ladder language LD m Structured Text language ST m Grafcet language SFC m Instruction List language IL m Function Block Diagram FBD m Continuous Flow Chart CFC Ladder Diagram LD A Ladder Diagram program consists of a set of rungs executed sequentially A rung consists of several lines A line consists of several contacts and a coil The language objects can be entered and displayed as symbols or tags as required The Ladder Diagram editor enables the immediate call of entry help functions such as access to function libraries and access to the variables editor Structured Text ST Structured Text language is a sophisticated algorithmic type language which is particularly well suited to programming complex arithmetical functions manipulating tables message handling etc Structured Text language enables direct transcription of an analysis based on a flow chart and is organized in statements Grafcet language SFC Grafcet language is used to describe the sequential part of the control system in a simple graphic way It corresponds to the Sequential Function Chart SFC language described in standard IEC 61131 3
250. le m Plastic cable glands for the connection of the control cable or options such as communication cards etc References For drive Type of cable gland Reference Weight Metal Plastic Plastic for kg network cable ATV 71W075N4_ 1 ISO 25 1 ISO 12 4 ISO 16 1 ISO 32 VW3 A3 901 WU40N4 3 ISO 20 1 ISO 25 ATV 71WU55N4 1 ISO 25 1 ISO 12 4 ISO 16 1 ISO 32 VW3 A3 902 WU75N4 3 ISO 20 1 ISO 25 ATV 71WD11N4 1 ISO 32 1 ISO 12 4 ISO 16 1 ISO 32 VW3 A3 903 1 ISO 20 3 ISO 32 ATV 71WD15N4 1 ISO 32 1 ISO 12 4 ISO 16 1 ISO 32 VW3 A3 904 WD18N4 1 ISO 20 3 ISO 32 ATV 71WD22N4 1 ISO 40 1 ISO 12 4 ISO 16 1 ISO 32 VW3 A3 905 1 ISO 20 3 ISO 40 ATV 71WD30N4 1 ISO 40 1 ISO 12 4 ISO 16 1 ISO 32 VW3 A3 906 WD37N4 1 ISO 20 3 ISO 50 ATV 71WD45N4 1 ISO 50 1 ISO 12 4 ISO 16 1 ISO 32 VW3 A3 907 WD75N4 1 ISO 20 1 ISO 50 1 ISO 63 This kit is required for ATV 71HD18M3X HD45M3X and ATV 71HD22N4 HD75N4 drives in order that they can operate at ambient temperatures between 50 C and 60 C for example if they are mounted in an IP 54 enclosure The circulation of the air around the electronic cards prevents the formation of hot spots Check the derating to be applied to the drive nominal current see the derating curves on pages 159 and 161 to 163 The kit 1 is mounted on the upper part of the drive It is powered by the dr
251. le 6 TSX SCA 50 0 520 3 screw terminals extension and line terminator Terminal port Connection of a TSX Microor 7 TSX P ACC 01 0 690 connection box Premium PLC via the PLC with integrated cable terminal port and line terminator length 1 m Cables Description Use No Length Reference Weight From To m kg Uni Telway double Junction box Subscriber 8 100 TSX CSA 100 5 680 shielded twisted TSX SCA 50 socket pair cables subscriber TSX SCA 62 200 TSX CSA 200 10 920 socket junction box TAO NBA ACARD 500 TSX CSA 500 30 000 terminal port terminal port connection box connection box TSX P ACC 01 TSX P ACC 01 Cables for isolated Card Junction box 9 3 TSX SCP CU 4030 0 160 RS 485 tap link TSX SCP 114 TSX SCA 50 Subscriber 9 3 TSX SCP CU 4530 0 180 socket TSX SCA 62 Integrated Junction box 10 3 TSX SCP CU 6030 0 180 channel TSX SCA 50 channel 0 of Subscriber 10 3 TSX SCY CU 6530 0 200 1 module TSX SCA 62 Cable for Uni Telway ATV 61 Subscriber 11 3 VW3 A8 306 2 0 150 or Modbus bus ATV 71 socket 2 male SUB D connectors communi TSX SCA 62 9 and 15 way cation card VW3 A3 303 1 To order other elements for connection to the Fipio bus please consult our Automation platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software and Automation platform Modicon TSX Micro PL7 software specialist catalogues Telemecanique 229 DF561511_17 561512 Presentation description setting up Characteristics references page 231
252. les maximum transient braking torque The resistors are designed to be mounted on the outside of the enclosure but should not inhibit natural cooling Air inlets and outlets must not be obstructed in any way The air must be free of dust corrosive gas and condensation Applications Machines performing vertical movements machines with fast cycles high inertia machines Type of hoist resistor VW3 A7 801 VW3 A7 802 A7 808 VW3 A7 809 A7 817 Ambient air temperature Operation C 0 50 around the device Storage C 25 475 25 65 IP 23 if horizontal mounting IP 23 IP 20 in other cases Via thermal overload relay The internal circuits of Altivar 71 drives rated 160 kW or less have a built in dynamic brake transistor Degree of protection of enclosure Thermal protection Operating factor for the dynamic brake transistors ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3xX ATV 71H075N4 HD75N4 ATV 71WeeeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 7 The dynamic brake transistor is sized so that it can tolerate m the nominal motor power continuously m 150 of the nominal motor power for 60 s The dynamic brake transistor is sized so that it can operate on a 240 s cycle at m 88 of the nominal motor power for 50 of the cycle time m 150 of the nominal motor power for 5 of the cycle Maximum connection VW3 A7 801 capacity Bar connection M6 VW3 A7 802 817 Bar connection M10 ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3
253. locks on the page is not necessarily sequential The output of a function block may be looped back on its input or on the input of a block already inserted in the rung SETDRIVE_VEL_LFR l The PS 1131 software workshop has pre programmed function blocks standard iConsigne SetDrive_Vel_LFR library and offers users the option of creating their own function blocks user library Example of a function block Sending the speed reference to the drive Standard library The standard library contains m Logic functions AND OR etc m Mathematical functions Cos Sin Exp etc m Function blocks dedicated to drives which simplify data exchange between the drive and the Controller Inside programmable card example sending the speed reference m Function blocks for managing the CANopen bus m Graphic terminal display function blocks User library Users have the option of creating their own function blocks to help them structure their applications This is also a means of protecting the know how contained in the algorithms as it is possible to lock access to the user function blocks program Presentation Characteristics Schemes References page 44 page 46 page 144 page 51 Functions continued Example of runtime screen Presentation page 44 50 Characteristics page 46 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option Controller Inside programmable card The PS 1131 software
254. minals screw terminals 200 TSX CSA 200 10 920 500 TSX CSA 500 30 000 1 Standard defined in 2002 available on the website www modbus org 2 The cable for connecting the PLC and the splitter block depends on the type of PLC please consult our Automation platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software Automation platform Modicon Quantum Automation platform Modicon TSX Micro PL7 software and Automation and relay functions specialist catalogues 3 Sold in lots of 2 Characteristics page 220 Telemecanique 221 533179 Connections references continued ib TSX SCA 62 Presentation page 220 222 Starters drives and communication Communication via Modbus bus Accessories Description No Reference Weight kg Tap junction 1 TSX SCA 50 0 520 3 screw terminals RC line terminator Subscriber socket 2 TSX SCA 62 0 570 Two 15 way female SUB D connectors and 2 screw terminals RC line terminator Cables Description Use No Length Reference Weight From To m kg Double shielded Tap junction Tap junction 3 100 TSX CSA 100 5 680 twisted pair cables TSX SCA 50 TSX SCA 50 subscriber socket subscriber socket 200 TSX CSA 200 10 920 TSX SCA 62 TSX SCA 62 500 TSX CSA 500 30 000 Cable for Modbus bus ATS 48 Tap junction 4 3 VW3 A8 306 D30 0 150 1 RJ45 connector and one ATV 21 ATV 31 TSX SCA 50 stripped end ATV 61 ATV 71 terminal ports or Modbus bus ports C
255. mmendations continued for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives on base plates Observe the mounting recommendations described on pages 158 and 159 For drives Dissipated power 7 Mounted in the enclosure Mounted in the enclosure with no fan 2 with a fan W W 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71P075N4Z 26 39 ATV 71PU15N4Z 28 41 ATV 71PU22N4Z 30 43 ATV 71PU30N4Z 35 65 ATV 71PU40N4Z 37 67 ATV 71PU55N4Z 40 95 ATV 71PU75N4Z 40 95 Drives on base plates can be mounted in a dust and damp proof enclosure in accordance with the following specific recommendations m External ambient temperature heatsink side see page 28 10 40 C m Temperature inside the enclosure 40 C for a switching frequency of 4 kHz or 50 C for a switching frequency of 12 kHz m Remove the blanking cover from the top of the drive see page 158 Drives on base plates can also be mounted on a machine frame in accordance with the following specific recommendations m Ambient temperature 10 40 C m Thermal resistance Rth of the frame greater than or equal to the thermal resistance of the kit for mounting in a dust and damp proof enclosure VW3 A9806 see page 28 m Aluminium machine frame mounting on iron frame not recommended m Support area machined on the frame to give a surface smoothness of 100 um and unevenness of 3 2 um maximum m Heatsink mounted in the centre of the support with a minimum t
256. mounting and a thermal liner for mounting on the machine frame see page 28 Note Consult the summary tables of possible drive option and accessory combinations see pages 106 and 107 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Dimensions pages 108 to 113 Telemecanique Schemes pages 134 to 151 Functions pages 172 to 203 25 533236 DF535507 Presentation references mu li Hi Ready assembled IP 54 base plate Control card fan kit Dimensions page 114 26 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Options accessories This adapter is used to connect 115 V logic signals to the logic inputs on the drive or an I O extension card 7 logic inputs with capacitive impedance at 60 Hz of 0 22 uF are available for connecting the logic signals m Max current 200 mA m Response time 5 ms to change from state 0 to state 1 20 ms to change from state 1 to state 0 m Logic state 0 for a voltage below 20 V logic state 1 for a voltage between 70 V and 132 V The power supply must be provided by a 115 V a external power supply min 70 V max 132 V References Description Reference Weight kg Adapter for 115 V logic inputs VW3 A3 101 This plate can be used to increase the number of cable connections supported by the drive as standard from 3 to 11 It is supplied with m A metal cable gland for the motor cable m A special plastic cable gland for the network cab
257. mp times according to the application and the machine dynamics f Hz f Hz FrS Frs 0 t 0 t tt 2 Linear acceleration ramp Linear deceleration ramp FrS Nominal motor frequency t1 Acceleration time t2 Deceleration time t1 and t2 can be set independently from 0 01 to 9999 s according to one of the following ramp increments 0 01 s 0 1 s or 1 s Factory setting 3 s References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Eg Telemecanique Functions continued S ramps f Hz f Hz FrS FrS 0 t 0 t t2 t2 a ti ti FrS Nominal motor frequency t1 Ramp time set t2 0 6 x t1 The curve coefficient is fixed f Hz HSP AC2 dE2 Forward or 0 t reverse 1 LI40 t Example of switching using logic input L14 Acceleration 1 ACC and deceleration 1 dEC Adjustment 0 01 to 9999 s Factory setting 3 s Acceleration 2 AC2 and deceleration 2 dE2 Adjustment 0 01 to 9999 s Factory setting 5s HSP High speed Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Presentation pages 4 to 9 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 O Acceleration and deceleration ramp profile Used to gradually increase the output frequency starting from a speed reference following a linear profile or a preset profile In the case of applications involving handling packaging and passenger transport the use of S ramps takes
258. mposition Reference m 1 program for PC in English French German Italian VW3V A8 104 and Spanish m Variable speed drive starter and servo drive technical manuals m ABC Configurator software for the LUF P communication gateways Weight kg 0 100 PowerSuite update CD ROM 1 Connection kit for PC m 1 program for PC in English French German Italian VW3V A8 105 and Spanish m Variable speed drive and starter technical manuals 0 100 0 350 m 1x3 m cable with 2 RJ45 connectors VW3V A8 106 serial port for point to point Modbus connection m 1 RS 232 RS 485 converter with one 9 way female SUB D connector and 1 RJ45 connector m 1 converter for the ATV 11 drive with one 4 way male connector and one RJ45 connector m 1 RJ45 9 way male SUB D adapter for connecting ATV 38 58 58F drives m 1 RJ45 9 way female SUB D adapter for connecting ATV 68 drives RS 232 RS 485 interface for multidrop Modbus connection 1 multidrop Modbus converter for connection XGS 224 to screw terminals Requires a 24 V 20 30 V 20 mA power supply 2 0 105 Modbus Bluetooth adapter 3 USB Bluetooth m 1 Bluetooth adapter 10 m range class 2 VW3V A8 114 with 1 RJ45 connector mw 1x0 1 m cable with 2 RJ45 connectors for PowerSuite m 1x0 1 m cable with 1 RJ45 connector and 1 mini DIN connector for TwidoSoft m 1 RJ45 9 way male SUB D adapter for connecting ATV 38 58 58F drives 0 155 This adapter is required fo
259. n assigns the slave a speed profile which is in antiphase to that of the master This means that synchronization is required using one of the master s logic outputs and one of the slave s logic inputs Run command on master and slave t Traverse Control command on master and slave Thread guide motor speed 1 N 1 e trH o ST l t SnCl SnCO synchronization speed slave drive a N an trL m Automatic catching of a spinning load with speed detection catch on the fly This function is used to restart the motor smoothly after one of the following events provided the run command is still present O loss of line supply or power off O fault reset or automatic restart O freewheel stop On disappearance of the event the effective speed of the motor is detected in order to restart on a ramp at this speed and return to the reference speed The speed detection time can reach 0 5 s This function is automatically disabled if the brake sequence is configured This function is suitable for machines for which the motor speed loss is negligible during a power failure high inertia machines such as centrifuges etc References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique Functions continued Configuration 0 if the two switches montsrp b 4 are open AIV T1 l LOorR 3 LIx Configuration 0 79 l LOor R
260. n stack The specifications can be obtained free of charge from the website www modbus org Modbus TCP IP simple and open The Modbus application layer is very simple and universally known Thousands of manufacturers are already implementing this protocol Many have already developed a Modbus TCP IP connection and numerous products are currently available The simplicity of Modbus TCP IP enables any small field device such as an I O module to communicate on Ethernet without the need for a powerful microprocessor or a large amount of internal memory Modbus TCP IP high performance Thanks to the simplicity of its protocol and the fast Ethernet throughput data rate of 100 Mbps Modbus TCP IP achieves excellent performance This means that this type of network can be used in realtime applications such as I O Scanning I O Scanning service Schematic diagram MW word table Read Write i Premium MAA rir Ethernet TCP IP Input words ii a Drive output words Momentum Altivar 61 Altivar 71 Altivar 71 Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 drives accept the I O Scanning service generated by m The following automation platforms O Premium equipped with a TSX ETY 410 5101 module O Quantum O Momentum M1E m A PC equipped with Modbus communication software with the I O scanner function This service is used to manage the exchange of remote I O on the Ethernet network after simple configuration and without
261. nce potentiometer 2 2 to 10 kQ Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 142 Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Logic I O The SW3 or SW4 switch is used to adapt operation of the logic inputs LI to the PLC output technology m Position the switch on Source factory setting if using PLC outputs with PNP transistors m Position the switch on Sink Int or Sink Ext if using PLC outputs with NPN transistors Internal power supply Switch in Source position SW3 SW4 Source Sink 1 IExt Int eS SS ae ea aa aera ae External power supply Switch in Source position SW3 SW4 Source Sink IExt Int L 24 V supply Analog I O only on VW3 A3 202 extended I O card gt Switch in Sink Int position VW3 A3 206 SW3 SW4 Source Sink l lExt Int Switch in Sink Ext position aa ara aaa z aaa a TR Ey T 1 a 2 D VW3 A3 200 am am am SW3 SW4 Source Sink l Ext Int n 24 V supply 1 Software configurable current 0 20 mA or voltage 0 10 V analog input 2 Software configurable current 0 20 mA or voltage 10 V or 0 10 V analog outputs independent selection possi
262. ncy ATV 71WD37N4 WD75N4 I In In 100 90 40 C 80 70 50 C 60 50 2 5 4 8 12 16 kHz Switching frequency References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Telemecanique 169 Combinations Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Applications Hoisting Lift Material handling Machines Cranes overhead cranes Retrofit lifts Palletizers depalletizers gantries vertical hoisting upto 1 2 ms carton packers labelling translation slewing lifting machines conveyors platforms roller tables Motor control functions Flux vector control with and without sensor a E E 2 point vector control E Open loop synchronous motor ENA system Voltage frequency ratio E Output frequency 1000 Hz Motor overvoltage limiting m a m Application functions Differential bipolar reference a a Reference delinearization magnifying glass effect i E Frequency control input Operations on references summing subtraction multiplication H Brake control Brake feedback via contact High speed hoisting Load measurement Load sharing Slack sling Limit switch management S ramp Current limiting Output contactor command Integrity check of output contactor Rescue following power failure Stop on thermal alarm Torque control Torque limit Motor fluxing E Parameter set switching E E Motor switching a Position control via limit switches Unco
263. nd the motor In this case the Power Removal safety function is not used and the motor stops in accordance with category 0 of standard IEC EN 60204 1 Conformity with category 3 of standard EN 954 1 and level SIL2 according to standard IEC EN 61508 The connection diagrams use the Power Removal safety function of the Altivar 71 drive combined with a Preventa safety module to monitor the emergency stop circuits Machines with short freewheel stopping times low inertia or high resistive torque see page 138 When the activation command is given on the PWR input with the controlled motor the motor power supply is immediately switched off and the motor stops according to category 0 of standard IEC EN 60204 1 Restarting is not permitted even when the activation command is given after the motor has come to a complete stop STO This safe stop is maintained while the PWR input remains activated This diagram must also be used for hoisting applications On a Power Removal command the drive requires the brake to be engaged but a Preventa safety module contact must be inserted in series in the brake control circuit to engage it safely when a request is made to activate the Power Removal safety function Machines with long freewheel stopping times high inertia or low resistive torque see page 139 When the activation command is given deceleration of the motor controlled by the drive is first requested then f
264. nfirmed O If neither a logic input nor a command word bit has been assigned or if the latter are not active when a run command is given fluxing occurs when the motor starts Fluxing is accelerated if a current higher than the nominal motor current is applied then it is set to the value of the motor magnetizing current Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 186 Ea Telemecanique Functions continued Frequency reference blr jdC jdC f bEn Flux current Nominal flux current Torque current Ibr Direction of _ Relay or ae logic output Pep 0 Brake contact Brake status Released Engaged Open loop vertical movement bEn Brake engage frequency bEt Brake engage time blr Initialization of ramp once the brake release time brt has expired brt Brake release time lor Brake release current JdC Reverse jump tbE Brake engage time ttr Restart time Note In open loop mode feedback from an incremental encoder can be connected to the drive in order to directly detect overspeed and slipping Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Brake control This can be used to manage control of an electromagnetic brake in synchronization with starting and stopping the motor to avoid jolts and load slipping
265. ng see derating curves on pages 159 and 161 to 163 Storage 25 70 ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3X ATV 71HeeeN4 ATV 71WeeeN4Z ATV 71PeeeN4Z References pages 22 to 25 1000 without derating 1000 3000 derating the current by 1 per additional 100 m Limited to 2000 m for the Corner Grounded distribution network 2 w Functions pages 172 to 203 Schemes pages 134 to 151 Dimensions pages 108 to 133 11 Characteristics continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Output frequency range ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M38X HD37M3X ATV 71H0O75N4 HD37N4 ATV 71W075N4 WD37N4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z 0 1600 ATV 71HD45M3X HD75M3X 0 500 ATV 71HD45N4 HC50N4 ATV 71WD45N4 WD75N4 Configurable switching ATV 71HeeeM3 Nominal switching frequency 4 kHz without derating in continuous operation frequency ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X Adjustable during operation from 1 16 kHz ATV 71H075N4 HD30N4 ATV 71W075N4 WD30N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HD18M3X HD45M3X ATV 71HD37N4 HD75N4 ATV 71WD37N4 WD75N4 ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 Above 4 kHz see derating curves on pages 159 and 161 to 163 Nominal switching frequency 2 5 kHz without derating in continuous operation Adjustable during operation from 1 16 kHz Above 2 5 kHz see derating curves on pages 159 and 161 to 163 Nominal switching frequency 2 5 kHz without derating in continuous operation Adj
266. nit M M1 M2 N 840 1125 1410 870 730 1070 1410 870 715 1150 1585 865 355 355 360 37 105631 Presentation references Dimensions page 120 38 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Options dialogue This display terminal is attached to the front of the drive It includes the integrated 7 segment display terminal for drives supplied without a graphic display terminal It can be m Used remotely in conjunction with the appropriate accessories see below m Connected to several drives using multidrop link components see page 39 It is used m To control adjust and configure the drive m To display the current values motor input output values etc m To save and download configurations 4 configuration files can be saved The terminal s maximum operating temperature is 60 C and it features IP 54 protection Description 1 Graphic display 8 lines 240 x 160 pixels Large digits that can be read from 5 m away Supports display of bar charts 2 Assignable function keys F1 F2 F3 F4 Dialogue functions direct access help screens navigation Application functions Local Remote preset speed 3 STOP RESET key local control of motor stop fault reset 4 RUN key local control of motor operation 5 Navigation button Press Saves the current value ENT Turn Increases or decreases the value you to the next or previous line 6 FWD REV key Reverse
267. nnected to earth at both ends The shielding must be continuous and if intermediate terminals are used they must be placed in EMC shielded metal boxes 9 Earth screw ork ND Note The HF equipotential earth connection between the drive motor and cable shielding does not remove the need to connect the PE protective conductors green yellow to the appropriate terminals on each unit If using an additional EMC input filter it should be mounted beside or beneath the drive depending on the rating and connected directly to the line supply via an unshielded cable Link 3 on the drive is via the filter output cable 1 Plate supplied for ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3x ATV 71HO75N4 HD75N4 and ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z drives For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HD9ON4 HC28N4 drives the plate is supplied with the UL Type 1 conformity kit or the IP 31 conformity kit For ATV 71HC31N4 HC50N4 drives the plate is supplied with the IP 31 conformity kit For ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z drives the plate is supplied with the UL Type 1 conformity kit or the IP 21 conformity kit These kits must be ordered separately see pages 29 et 30 References Dimensions Functions pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 Telemecanique Recommendations for setup continued ATV 71WD30N4 WD75N4 Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 7 pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 El
268. ns pages 130 to 132 References page 96 Schemes page 145 References Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 output filters Option motor chokes For drives Maximum length Loss Nominal Reference Weight of motor cable 7 current Shielded Un shielded m m W A kg 3 phase supply voltage 200 240 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H037M3 HU22M3 150 300 150 12 VW3 A5 101 5 500 ATV 71HU30M3 HU75M3 200 260 250 48 VW3 A5 102 8 000 300 300 350 90 VW3 A5 103 10 000 ATV 71HD11M3X HD22M3X 150 300 350 90 VW3 A5 103 10 000 ATV 71HD30M3X HD45M3X 150 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 17 300 ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X 150 300 475 314 3 VW3 A5 105 29 600 VW3 A5 101 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz ATV 71H075N4 HU40N4 75 90 150 12 VW3 A5 101 5 500 ATV 71W075N4 WU40N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU40N4Z 85 95 250 48 VW3 A5 102 8 000 160 200 350 90 VW3 A5 103 10 000 ATV 71HU55N4 HD18N4 85 95 250 48 VW3 A5 102 8 000 ATV 71WU55N4 WD18N4 ATV 71PUSSN4Z PU7SN4Z 160 200 350 90 VW3 A5 103 10 000 200 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 17 300 ATV 71HD22N4 HD30N4 140 170 350 90 VW3 A5 103 10 000 ATV 71WD22N4 WD30N4 150 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 17 300 ATV 71HD37N4 97 166 350 90 VW3 A5 103 10 000 ATV 71WD37N4 eee 200 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 17 300 ATV 71HD45N4 HD75N4 150 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 17 300 ATV 71WD45N4 WD75N4 ATV 71HD90N4 200 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 17 300 AT
269. ntation Functions Characteristics page 52 pages 53 pages 54 to 57 59 Presentation Variable speed drives characteristics for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option resistance braking units Resistance braking enables the Altivar 71 drive to operate while braking to a standstill or during generator operation by dissipating the energy in the braking L1 resistor ATV 71HC20N4 HC50N4 ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3xX ATV 71H075N4 HC16N4 ATV 71 WeeeN4 L3 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives have a built in dynamic brake transistor For ATV 71HC20N4 HC50N4 drives a braking unit must be used This is controlled by the drive m For ATV 71HC20N4 HC28N4 drives the braking unit is mounted directly on the Braking left hand side of the drive see dimensions page 109 resistor m For ATV 71HC40N4 HC50N4 drives the braking unit is an external module see dimensions page 118 Braking unit E Applications High inertia machines machines with cycles and fast cycles high power machines performing vertical movements Type of braking unit VW3 A7 101 VW3 A7 102 Ambient air temperature Operation C 10 50 around the device Storage oC 25 70 Degree of protection of enclosure IP 20 Degree of pollution 2 according to standard EN 50178 Relative humidity Class 3K3 without condensation Maximum operating altitude m 2000 Vibration resistance 0 2gn Nominal line supply voltage and d
270. ntrol This drive motor combination makes it possible to obtain remarkable speed accuracy and maximum torque even at zero speed The design and construction of synchronous motors are such that they offer enhanced power density and speed dynamics in a compact unit Drive control for synchronous motors does not cause stalling Using special motors at high speed These motors are designed for constant torque applications with high frequency ranges The Altivar 71 drive supports operating frequencies of up to 1600 Hz By design this type of motor is more sensitive to overvoltages than a standard motor Various solutions are available mg Overvoltage limitation function m Output filters The drive s 5 point voltage frequency control ratio is particularly well suited as it avoids resonance Using a motor at overspeed The maximum output frequency of the drive can be adjusted from 10 to 1600 Hz for drives rated less than or equal to 37 kW and from 10 to 500 Hz for higher ratings When using a standardized asynchronous motor at overspeed check the mechanical overspeed characteristics of the selected motor with the manufacturer Above its nominal speed corresponding to a frequency of 50 60 Hz the motor operates with a decreasing flux and its torque decreases significantly see curve opposite The application must be able to permit this type of low torque high speed operation 1 Machine torque degressive torque 2 Machine torque low motor torqu
271. ntrolled output cut Torque or current limit detection PID regulator Auto man Reference saving speed single action button speed double action button m speed around a reference Traverse control Automatic catching a spinning load with speed detection catch on the fly Undervoltage management Fastest possible stop m Frequent or necessary use Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 170 Packing Textiles Wood High inertia Process Palletizers depalletizers Weaving looms carding Automatic lathes Centrifuges mixers Sectional production lines carton packers labelling frames washing machines saws milling unbalanced machines speed lt 500 m min machines spinners drawing frames beam pumps presses Example building materials i at a Tair ii E E a E E _ _ m _ _ E E m is a E _ _ _ E E E E 6 E E E m E _ E a E E E E _ _ _ E _ E E E _ E E i w E E E Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 171 Functions Presentation pages 4 to 9 172 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Remote graphic display terminal functions Descri
272. nts PLCs HMI terminals supervisors variable speed drives numerical controllers etc The Uni Telway bus requires a master station Premium TSX Micro PLCs which manages the allocation of bus access rights to the various connected slave stations HMI terminals variable speed drives etc The slave stations can communicate with one another without programming the master station An industrial HMI terminal Magelis type can be connected directly to the bus and can be used to adjust drives without developing applications specific to the PLC The Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 variable speed drives can be connected to the Uni Telway bus via a communication card VW3 A3 303 Structure Topology Bus Physical interface RS 485 isolated Link Multidrop Access method Master slave type Transmission mode Asynchronous transmission in baseband Data rate 4 8 19 2 Kbps Medium Double shielded twisted pair Number of stations 28 maximum Length of bus 1000 m maximum excluding tap links Tap links 20 m maximum Services UNI TE Request response of up to 240 bytes 7 initiated by any connected station Unsolicited point to point data of up to 240 bytes 7 without confirmation report initiated by any connected station Broadcast messages of up to 240 bytes 7 initiated by the master station Transparent communication via the master station with any X WAY architecture Diagnostics debugging adjustment programming of PLCs Security Check
273. o NF C 93 550 external diameter 2 54 mm maximum length 15 m The cable shielding must be earthed 11 Logic inputs LI1 and LI2 must be assigned to the direction of rotation LI1 in the forward direction and LI2 in the reverse direction 12 Optional DC choke for ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3X ATV 710075N4 eD75N4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z Connected in place of the strap between the PO and PA terminals For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives the choke is supplied with the drive the customer is responsible for connecting it 13 Software configurable current 0 20 mA or voltage 0 10 V analog input Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 139 Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 To circuit breaker 7 To DC bus To DC bus 1 For control section connections see pages 136 to 139 2 Line choke see page 84 3 DC chokes supplied as standard with the drive ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD45M3xX ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3xX ATV 71HC20N4 HC50N4 ATV 71H075N4 HD75N4 ATV 71HD90N4 HC16N4 ATV 71WeeeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z Ta fi ke a Re Sin eens A ena aa A a ees ee eee Sa ais is al aanraai i l a m L l als tL O 0O e a a a a a m EER Hr TH Braking Braking Braking aa ae eg ist ist Ripe 7 resistor
274. o0o0g0o0o00 OOo0o0o0o0g0o0o00 mmm0m000000 mom0m000000 ommm0m000000 omm0m000000 mmm0m000000 mmm0m000000 onomum0m00000 omm0m000000 omm0m000000 omm0m000000 m0000 m0000 ommm000 ommm000 mm000 m0000 m0000 ommm000 om2mm000 ommm000 7 VW3 a b c G H L 2 A5 201 120 335 160 100 280 6 6 700 A5 202 120 405 190 100 350 66 900 A5 203 150 470 240 120 380 66 900 A5 204 210 650 280 160 530 86 1500 A5 205 250 780 360 200 650 11 1600 A5 206 310 1060 375 220 880 11 2700 VW3 A5 207 Mounting recommendations a Sasasa 4x 11x15 2 200 2 200 ee 290 VW3 A5 208 211 ON 1 1 4xO LH an C a VW3 a b c Mounting recommendations 2 200 gt 200 G H 1 A5 208 420 500 345 370 231 11x15 11 A5 209 480 600 340 430 238 13x18 11 A5 210 480 710 370 430 258 13x18 14 A5 211 620 930 500 525 352 13x22 4x 11 1 Sinus filters emit considerable heat and must not be placed underneath the drive 2 Length of the cable integrated in the sinus filter Presentation Characteristics References Schemes pages 94 and 98 page 98 page 99 page 145 Fea Telemecanique Functions pages 172 to 203 133 Schemes Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 134 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Safety requirements The Altivar 71 drive integrates the Power Removal safety function which proh
275. odbus Plus tap 10 990 NAD 230 00 Modbus Plus in line connector AS MBKT 085 Modbus Plus connector with terminators AS MBKT 185 Modbus Plus tap 11 Drop cables One 9 way male SUB D connector and one stripped end Cable for Modbus Premium Quantum PLCs Modbus Plus bridge with 4 ports NW BP85 002 line station fibre optic repeater 490 NRP 253 00 ATV 61 ATV 71 communication card VW3 A3 302 990 NAD 230 00 Modbus Plus tap 12 990 NAD 230 00 Length Reference Weight m kg 30 5 490 NAA 271 01 1 833 152 5 490 NAA 271 02 10 135 305 490 NAA 271 03 18 940 457 490 NAA 271 04 30 000 1525 490 NAA 271 06 112 950 2 4 990 NAD 211 10 0 169 6 990 NAD 211 30 0 459 2 4 990 NAD 219 10 0 142 6 990 NAD 219 30 0 465 3 VW3 A8 306 D30 0 115 RS 232 RS 485 13 1 RJ45 connector and One stripped end ATS 48 ATV 31 Modbus Plus Modbus gateway NW BM85000 interface 1 To order other connection elements please consult our Automation platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software and Automation platform Modicon Quantum specialist catalogues Characteristics page 225 Connections page 226 Telemecanique 227 Presentation Starters drives characteristics and communication connections Communication via Uni Telway bus Premium Te al Erre fi The Uni Telway bus is a standard means of communication between control system compone
276. of industrial conditions Network 10 Services manage FDR Faulty Device Replacement Web server Messaging Scanning ment Applica SNMP DHCP TFTP FTP HTTP Modbus tions MIB Transparent Ready Services supported by the Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 drives The Altistart 48 soft start soft stop unit and the Altivar 31 variable speed drive are connected to the Ethernet TCP IP network via an Ethernet Modbus bridge TSX ETG 100 The Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 variable speed drives are connected to the Ethernet TCP IP network via a VW3 A3 310 communication card This card comes with a basic web server which users can adapt completely according to the application Java or FactoryCast development tool Connections References page 214 pages 214 and 215 Starters drives and communication Ethernet TCP IP network Transparent Ready concept Characteristics functions Structure Topology Industrial local area network conforming to ANSI IEEE 802 3 4th edition 1993 07 08 Star network Transmission mode Data rate Medium Length of network Manchester baseband Half duplex or full duplex 10 100 Mbps with automatic recognition STP double shielded twisted pair impedance 100 Q 15 Q for 10 BASE T or category 5 Ethernet cable conforming to standard TIA EIA 568A 100 m maximum between Hub or switch and a station Type of device ATS 48 ATV 31 ATV 61 ATV 71 Type of interface TSX ETG 100 VW3 A3 310 Universal servic
277. ofibus DP and DeviceNet buses software set up is performed using ABC Configurator This software is included m in the PowerSuite software workshop for PC see page 208 m inthe TeSys U user s manual Telemecanique Characteristics Starters drives references and communication dimensions Communication gateways LUF P Bus type Fipio Profibus DP DeviceNet Environment Conforming to IEC 60664 Degree of pollution 2 Ambient air temperature Around the device C 5 4 50 Degree of protection IP 20 Electromagnetic Emission Conforming to IEC 50081 2 1993 compatibility Immunity Conforming to IEC 61000 6 2 1999 Number of Modbus slaves which can be connected lt 8 Connection Modbus By RJ45 connector conforming to Schneider Electric RS485 standard ToaPC a By RJ45 connector with PowerSuite connection kit connector connector screw connector Supply V External supply 24 10 Consumption Max 280 Typical 100 Indication diagnostics mA By LED on front panel Services Profil FED CS orFEDCS2P_ O Oo T Command 26 configurable words 1 122 configurable words 256 configurable words Monitoring 26 configurable words 1 122 configurable words 256 configurable words Configuration and adjustment By gateway mini messaging facility PKW 1 If the gateway is configured using PL7 and not ABC Configurator the I O capacity is limited to a total of 26 words Connection accessories gt TSX FP ACC 12 8
278. ollowing a time delay controlled by a Preventa type fault relay which corresponds to the deceleration time the Power Removal safety function is activated by the PWR input The motor stops according to category 1 of standard IEC EN 60204 1 SS1 Periodic test The Power Removal safety input must be activated at least once a year for preventive maintenance purposes The drive must be switched off before preventive maintenance takes place and then powered up again If the power supply to the motor is not switched off during testing safety integrity is no longer assured for the Power Removal safety function The drive must therefore be replaced to ensure the operational safety of the machine or of the system process References Dimensions Functions pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 135 Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3X ATV 71e0e0eeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71H075M3 HU75M3 3 phase power supply with upstream breaking via contactor Power section for single phase power supply To 1 Q2 To 3 Q2 a Reference potentiometer Note All terminals are located at the bottom of the drive Fit interference suppressors to all inductive circuits near the drive or connected on the same circuit such as relays contactors solenoid valves fluorescent lighting etc Components for use with the Alt
279. on O only recorded when the motor is running m IGBT testing When enabled this function tests every IGBT and the motor connections in order to detect a short circuit or an open circuit This test is run every time the drive is powered on and before each motor start This function must not be enabled with machines with fast cycles in order to preserve the time for recording run commands m Resetting operating time to zero The drive operating and power up time can be reset m External fault This function can lead to the drive locking if a fault occurs in the machine This fault is flagged on the drive display unit The fault is flagged if the signal is at 1 or 0 according to the function configuration Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 202 Ea Telemecanique Functions continued Presentation pages 4 to 9 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Line contactor control This can be used on each run command to close the line contactor and open it when the motor is no longer on The drive control section must be powered without fail by an external 24 V source This function must be used for simple sequences with a low number of Start Stop operations Start Stop cycle longer than 60 seconds Emergency stop Line 3 a Run K10 KM1 K11
280. on the references Summing inputs page 195 Subtraction inputs page 195 Multiplication inputs page 195 PID regulator Preset PID references page 196 Predictive speed reference page 196 Auto man page 196 Torque control page 197 Torque limit page 198 Torque or current limit detection page 198 Current limit page 198 Reference saving page 199 Stop types Freewheel stop page 199 Fast stop page 199 Fastest possible stop page 199 DC injection stop page 199 Motor thermal protection page 200 Drive thermal protection page 200 IGBT thermal protection page 200 Configuring the drive s fault response page 201 Resetting resettable faults page 201 General reset disables all faults page 201 Automatic restart page 202 PTC probe protection page 202 IGBT testing page 202 Resetting operating time to zero page 202 External fault page 202 Line contactor control page 203 Forced local mode page 203 References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 fa Telemecanique 173 105631 36 M 522149 Functions continued RUN Term 50 00Hz 5 4A 1 1 SIMPLY START 1 2 MONITORING 1 3 SETTINGS AT TWEE LWP IY 1 4 MOTOR CONTROL 1 5 INPUTS OUTPUTS CFG Presentation pages 4 to 9 174 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 This display terminal is attached to the front of the drive It includes the integrated 7 segment dis
281. on used to limit overvoltages at the motor terminals Depending on the cable lengths or the type of application it may be necessary to use output filters m Motor chokes used to limit the dv dt m Sinus filters that are particularly effective for long cable runs Cable length 2 10 50 m 50 100 m 100 150m 150 300m 300 600 m 600 1000 m Shielded cable ATV 71HeeeM3 Software function Motor choke ATV 71HO75N4 HD15N4 1 ATV 71W075N4 WD15N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HeeeM3X Software function 7 Motor choke ATV 71HD18N4 HC50N4 ATV 71WD18N4 WD75N4 Unshielded cable ATV 71H037M3 HU15M3 Software function 1 Motor choke ATV 71H075N4 HU22N4 or sinus filter ATV 71W075N4 WU22N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU22N4Z ATV 71HU22M3 HU30M3 Software function 7 Motor choke Sinus filter ATV 71HU30N4 HU55N4 ATV 71PU30N4Z PU55N4Z ATV 71WU30N4 WU55N4 ATV 71HU40M3 HU75M3 Software function 7 Motor choke Sinus filter ATV 71HU75N4 HD15N4 ATV 71WU75N4 WD15N4 ATV 71PU75N4Z ATV 71HD11M8X HD45M3X Software function 7 Motor choke Sinus filter ATV 71HD18N4 HD75N4 ATV 71WD18N4 WD75N4 ATV 71HD55M8X HD75M3X Software function 7 Motor choke 2 motor chokes ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 in series 1 The software function limits the overvoltage at the motor terminals to twice the DC bus voltage For any application with braking cycles the DC bus voltage rises to more than the supply voltage m
282. onnector One 9 way female SUB D connector Transmission speed Configurable via the display terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop m 4800 bps m 9600 bps m 19200 bps Polarization Type of polarization can be configured by switches on the card m No polarization impedances supplied by the wiring system for example in the master m Two 4 7 KQ polarization resistors Selection of the protocol Via the display terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop m Modbus RTU m Modbus ASCII m Uni Telway Services Functional profiles CiA DSP 402 Device Profile Drives and Motion Control I O profile Communication monitoring Can be inhibited Fixed time out 10 s Diagnostics Using LEDs 2 LEDs on the card RUN status and ERR fault Using the graphic display terminal Control word received Reference received Characteristics of the Modbus protocol 1 Structure Physical interface 2 wire RS 485 4 wire RS 485 Transmission mode RTU ASCII Format Configurable via the display terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop In RTU mode only m 8 bits odd parity 1 stop m 8 bits no parity 1 stop m 8 bits even parity 1 stop m 8 bits no parity 2 stop In RTU and ASCII modes m 7 bits even parity 1 stop m 7 bits odd parity 1 stop m 7 bits even parity 2 stop m 7 bits odd parity 2 stop Address 1 to 247 configurable using switches on the card Service Messaging Read Holding Registers 03 6
283. ontrol a contactor located between the drive and the motor The request to close the contactor is made when a run command appears The request to open the contactor is made when there Is no current in the motor Note If a DC injection braking function has been configured it should not be left operating too long in stop mode as the contactor only opens at the end of braking O Integrity check This check is carried out by connecting a volt free contact on each contactor to one of the drive s logic inputs The corresponding logic input should be at 1 when there is no run command and at 0 during operation When there is any inconsistency the drive locks in fault mode if the output contactor does not close LIx 1 or gets stuck LIx 0 The time delay for when the drive locks in fault mode can be adjusted These sequences are commonly used in lift applications In order to increase the safety level and reduce the amount of maintenance work it is recommended that the Altivar 71 drive s integrated Power Removal safety function is used m Stop on thermal alarm This can be used to O Allow a movement to end before examining a thermal fault There are two adjustable thresholds used to define the thermal state level which when exceeded makes a machine stop O Prevent a new run command from being accepted as long as the drive and motor temperatures are not less than 100 Function suitable for lift applications it can prevent
284. or 5 2 VW3 CAN KCDF 180T A 9 way female SUB D with line S terminator can be disabled 180 cable outlet for 2 CANopen cables CAN H CAN L CAN GND connection Example of CANopen diagram CANopen cables 1 3 50 TSX CAN CA 50 Standard cable Low smoke zero halogen 100 TSX CAN CA 100 Flame retardant IEC 60332 1 i k 300 TSX CAN CA 300 CANopen cables 1 3 50 TSX CAN CB 50 UL certification Flame retardant IEC 60332 2 100 TSX CAN CB 100 I1 VWS CAN AFI 300 TSX CAN CB 300 7 CANopen cables 7 3 50 TSX CAN CD 50 Cable for harsh environments 5 or mobile installation 100 TSX CAN CD 100 Low smoke zero halogen Flame retardant IEC 60332 1 300 TSX CAN CD 300 1 Please consult our Automation Platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software VW3 CAN KCDF 180 T and Automation platform Modicon TSX Micro PL7 software specialist catalogues 2 Cable depending on the type of controller or PLC 3 Sold in lots of 2 4 Please consult our Machines and installations with CANopen specialist catalogue 5 For ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD18N4 this connector can be replaced by connector TSX CAN KCDF 180T 6 Harsh environments resistance to hydrocarbons industrial oils detergents solder splashes relative humidity up to 100 saline atmosphere significant temperature variations operating temperature between 10 C and 70 T Prese
285. ors R 120 Q C 1 nF Mixed configuration 18 slaves Length of bus 1000 m Tap link 20 m maximum RC line terminators R 120 Q C 1 nF Card Description Communication card equipped with a 9 way female SUB D connector Accessories Description Modbus splitter block 10 RJ45 connectors and 1 screw terminal block Modbus T junction boxes Line terminators for RJ45 connector 3 Cables Description Cables for Modbus bus 2 RJ45 connectors Cables for Modbus bus One 9 way male SUB D connector 1 RJ45 connector Double shielded twisted pair cables Used with Reference Weight kg ATV 61 ATV 71 VW3 A3 303 0 300 No Unit Weight reference kg 1 LU9 GC3 0 500 With integrated 2 VW3 A8 306 TF03 cable 0 3 m With integrated 2 VW3 A8 306 TF10 cable 1 m R 120Q 3 VW3 A8 306 RC C 1nF R 1500 3 VW3 A8 306 R 0 010 Use No Length Reference Weight From To m kg ATS 48 Modbus splitter 4 0 3 VW3 A8 306 R03 0 025 ATV 21 ATV 31 block LU9 GC3 ATV 61 ATV 71 1 VW3 A8 306 R10 0 060 terminal ports or Modbus bus ports 3 VW3 A8 306 R30 0 130 Modbus Modbus T junction box T junction box VW3 A8 306 TFee VW3 A8 306 TFee Modbus splitter Modbus splitter block LU9 GC3 block LU9 GC3 ATV 61 ATV 71 Modbus splitter 4 1 VW3 A58 306 R10 0 080 communication block LU9 GC3 card VW3 A3 303 3 VW3 A58 306 R30 0 150 Modbus splitter Modbus splitter 5 100 TSX CSA 100 5 680 block LUI GC3 block LU9 GC3 screw ter
286. ot assigned display terminal F2 F3 F4 keys Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Schemes pages 134 to 151 Dimensions pages 108 to 133 fa Telemecanique 177 References pages 22 to 25 Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Presentation pages 4 to 9 522169 522154 533525 Functions continued RUN Term 43 383Hz 5 4A 1 2 MONITORING C Frequency Ref 43 3 Hz Motor current 5 4A Motor speed 1300 rpm Motor thermal state 80 Drv thermal state 85 EG Fea ES fella Displaying physical values RUN Term 50 00Hz 1250A Ramp increment Acceleration Deceleration Acceleration 2 Deceleration2 EG Fea ES felled Settings screen RUN Term 43 33Hz 5 4A Motor speed C 1300 rpm a Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 MONITORING menu The MONITORING menu can be used to display commands the operation of the motor and the application via the drive its I O or the communication network connections RUN Term 50 00Hz 80A PR LH Ll2 L3 Ll4 Lb LIG RUN Mod 50 00Hz 5 4A Cmd channel Modbus Cmd Value ABCD Hex LI7 U8 LI9 L10 L1 LI12 L13 L114 Active ref channel CANopen Frenquency ref 50 00 Hz ETA status word 2153 Hex KA Ed E Mav Communication map Logic input map The SETTINGS menu can be used to configure all the drive s settings Activating a function automatically provi
287. ous 0 05 kW VW3 A7 702 P continuous 0 1 kW Coef Coef Pmax VW3 A7 704 709 P continuous 1 kW Coef Pmax Pav Presentation page 62 Characteristics References page 62 page 63 Dimensions Schemes pages 118 and 119 page 140 Selection continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Characteristics curves for resistors VW3 A7 710 P continuous 25 kW VW3 A7 711 P continuous 37 kW Coef Coef Pmax Pmax Pav Pav 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 100 125 150 175 200 t s VW3 A7 712 P continuous 44 kW VW3 A7 713 P continuous 15 3 kW Coef Coef Pmax Pav 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 t s 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 t s VW3 A7 714 P continuous 20 9 kW VW3 A7 715 P continuous 56 kW Coef Coef Pmax Pmax Pav Pav 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 t s 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 t s P max P av 60 s cycle P max P av 120 s cycle P max P av 200 s cycle Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes page 62 page 62 page 63 pages 118 and 119 page 140 69 Selection continued VW3 A7 716 P continuous
288. ous motors Altivar 71 Structure of main menus 1 Drive menu Menu type 1 1 SIMPLY START 1 2 MONITORING 1 3 SETTINGS 1 4 MOTOR CONTROL 1 5 INPUTS OUTPUTS CFG 1 6 COMMAND 1 7 APPLICATION FUNCT 1 8 FAULT MANAGEMENT 1 9 COMMUNICATION 1 10 DIAGNOSTICS 1 11 IDENTIFICATION 1 12 FACTORY SETTINGS m Navigation accessing menus and parameters Function Simplified menu for a quick start Displays current values for motor inputs outputs and communication command words status words etc Accesses the adjustment parameters which can be modified during operation Accesses the motor parameters including adjustment of motor control profiles Configures the I O and transforms signals Configures the command and reference channels Configures the application functions preset speeds PID regulator etc Configures the fault management process Configures the communication networks Provides diagnostics for motor and drive integrated test procedures fault log Identifies the drive and the internal options Restores factory settings completely or by parameter group 1 13 USER MENU 1 14 PROGRAMMABLE CARD 2 Display line Accesses the parameters selected by the user Accesses the parameters for the Controller Inside programmable card 3 Display screen Displays values in the form of bar charts or digital values depending on the extent of customization 4 Main menu Menu type 1 DRIVE MENU 2 ACCESS LEVEL
289. p m Status drive communication status m Get OV read an object description m Identify identification of the card Periodic variables 2 control variables command and reference 2 monitoring variables status and speed output Functional profile Profile 21 Communication monitoring Can be inhibited Fixed time out 640 ms Diagnostics Using LEDs 5 LEDs on the card U power supply RC bus input Rd bus output BA periodic data and TR messaging Using the graphic display terminal Control word received Reference received Presentation Functions References page 52 page 53 pages 58 and 59 57 533192 535311 533194 References VW3 A3 311 TSX FP ACC12 490 NAD 911 03 Presentation page 52 58 Functions page 53 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Communication buses and networks Description Ethernet 3 Use Reference To be connected on a Hub or Switch VW3 A3 310 using a cable 490 NTW 000 ee See pages 214 and 215 Weight kg 0 300 Modbus Uni Telway Standard Fipio To be connected on subscriber socket VW3 A3 303 TSX SCA 62 using cable VW3 A8 306 2 See pages 221 and 229 To be connected using a connector VW3 A3 311 TSX FP ACC 12 with an extension cable TSX FP CCee or a drop cable TSX FP CAee This card should be used for new installations It is also used to replace an ATV 58 or ATV 58F drive equipped with a VW3 A58 311
290. p via an RS 485 serial link Connection to the PC is via a cable and an RS 232 RS 485 converter included in the PowerSuite for PC connection kit VW3 A8 106 Dia 2 9 way male SUB D connector for connection to the CANopen bus 3 Connector with removable screw terminals 6 contacts at intervals of 3 81 for the 24 V power supply and 4 logic inputs rr i of Fe 4 3 connectors with removable screw terminals 6 contacts at intervals of 3 81 for 6 logic inputs 6 logic outputs 2 analog inputs 2 analog outputs and 2 commons 5 5 LEDs comprising m 1 to indicate the presence of the 24 V power supply m 1 to indicate a program execution fault m 2 to indicate the CANopen bus communication status m 1 controlled by the application program Characteristics Functions Schemes References page 46 pages 47 to 50 page 144 page 51 Telemecanique Description continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option Controller Inside programmable card Magelis XBT Human machine dialogue with the application programmed in the Controller Inside programmable card is possible using m The Altivar 71 graphic display terminal m A Magelis industrial HMI terminal connected to the drive Modbus port m A Magelis industrial HMI terminal connected to the Ethernet TCP IP network if the drive is equipped with an Ethernet TCP IP communication card There is a dedicate
291. pe page 187 Brake feedback via contact page 187 Brake release pulse page 187 Brake engage on reversal of operating direction page 187 Brake engage request time delay page 187 Automatic DC injection page 187 Dimensions Schemes pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 References pages 22 to 25 Eg Telemecanique Functions continued Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Presentation pages 4 to 9 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Application functions continued Limit switch management page 187 Slack sling page 187 High speed hoisting page 188 External weight measurement page 189 Load sharing page 189 Output contactor Control page 189 Integrity check page 189 Stop on thermal alarm page 189 Evacuation following power failure page 189 Uncontrolled output cut page 190 speed Single action buttons page 190 Double action buttons page 190 Reference saving page 191 Around a reference page 191 Spooling Traverse control page 191 Counter wobble page 192 Automatic catching of a spinning load with speed detection page 192 Undervoltage management page 193 Braking balance page 193 Braking resistor thermal protection page 193 Parameter set switching page 193 Motor or configuration switching page 193 Positioning on limit switches page 194 Short and long cam operation page 194 Reference switching page 195 Operations
292. play terminal for drives supplied without a graphic display terminal m Description O Description of graphic display terminal 1 Graphic display unit 8 lines 240 x 160 pixels large digit display that can be read from 5 m away bar chart display 2 Assignable function keys F1 F2 F3 F4 dialogue functions direct access help screens navigation application functions Local Remote preset speed 3 STOP RESET key local control of motor stopping fault clearing 4 RUN key local control of motor operation 5 Navigation button Press to save the current value ENT Turn to increase or decrease the value go to the next or previous line 6 FWD REV key reverses the direction of rotation of the motor 7 ESC key aborts a value parameter or menu to return to the previous option Note keys 3 4 and 6 can be used to control the drive directly O Description of graphic display unit 1 Display line Its content can be configured the factory settings show the drive status e g RUN the active control channel e g Term terminals the frequency reference the current in the motor 2 Menu line Indicates the current menu or submenu 3 Area displaying menus submenus parameters values bar charts in the form of a scrolling window with a maximum of 5 lines The line or value selected using the navigation button is displayed in reverse video see example opposite 4 Section displaying the functions assigned to the F1 to F4 ke
293. power 120 kW 1 5 Braking time min oo Sz Oo 614 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Time between braking operations min VW3 A7 212 Continuous braking power 200 kW 1 VW3 A7 209 A7 239 Continuous braking power 86 kW 1 A Sz A as oO Braking time min o 2 5 160 kW 0O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Time between braking operations min VW3 A7 211 Continuous braking power 135 kW 1 5 A Sz aN amp o Braking time min o O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1i Time between braking operations min VW3 A7 241 Continuous braking power 240 kW 1 5 5 a AS 4 5 c c i 230 kW f Ey o 3 5 D 3 5 5 Z Z S faa 3 wm 3 2 5 2 5 2 345 kW 2 1 5 1 5 1 1 0 5 0 5 0 0 A 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Time between braking operations min 1 Power indicated for a temperature of 35 Presentation References page 74 page 75 Dimensions pages 123 and 124 Telemecanique Time between braking operations min Schemes page 146 a7 Presentation DC choke Altivar 71 Characteristics page 81 78 References page 81 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 r
294. ption page 174 Navigation page 175 Password page 175 Integrated 7 segment display terminal Presentation page 176 Start up Simply Start menu page 176 Programming using macro configurations page 177 MONITORING menu page 178 Configuration and settings Presentation page 178 Operation Presentation page 178 Maintenance diagnostics Response to faults or alarms page 179 Fault log and help page 179 IDENTIFICATION menu page 179 Test functions page 179 Oscilloscope function page 179 Controlling the drive Via the drive I O page 180 Via the remote graphic display terminal page 180 Via a communication network page 181 Application functions 2 wire control State detection page 182 Transition detection page 182 Forward operation as priority page 182 3 wire control page 182 Phase rotation page 182 Ramps Time page 182 Profile linear S U or customized page 183 Switching page 183 Automatic adaptation page 183 Preset speeds page 184 Jog operation page 184 Limiting low speed operating time page 184 Motor control type Flux vector control with sensor page 185 Sensorless flux vector control page 185 2 point vector Control page 185 Voltage frequency ratio page 185 ENA system page 185 Synchronous motor page 185 Using an incremental encoder page 186 Encoder tests page 186 Limiting motor overvoltage page 186 Auto tuning page 186 Switching frequency noise reduction page 186 Motor fluxing page 186 Brake control Movement ty
295. r a PC which is not equipped with VW3V A8 115 adapter for PC Bluetooth technology It is connected to a USB port on the PC Range of 10 m class 2 0 290 1 Updates a version gt V1 40 with the latest available version For versions lt V1 40 you should order the PowerSuite CD ROM VVW3 A8 104 2 Please consult our specialist catalogue Power supplies splitter blocks and interfaces 3 Can also be used to communicate between a Twido PLC and the TwidoSoft software workshop Functions pages 206 and 207 Telemecanique Compatibility PowerSuite software workshop Connection Controller Soft start Drives Servo starter soft stop drives unit TeSys U ATS 48 ATV 11 ATV 31 ATV 61 ATV 71 LXM 05 Modbus Ethernet device equipped with an Ethernet TCP IP card Ethernet via Ethernet Modbus bridge Bluetooth He Compatible software versions Incompatible software versions The PowerSuite software workshop can operate in the following PC environments and configurations m Microsoft Windows 98 SE Microsoft Windows 2000 SP4 Microsoft Windows XP SP1 SP2 m Pentium Ill 800 MHz hard disk with 300 MB available 128 MB RAM m SVGA or higher definition monitor 1 Minimum software version Presentation Functions References page 206 pages 206 and 207 page 208 Telemecanique Presentation Characteristics page 211 Functions pages 211 to 213 Starters drives and communication
296. r control by a handling crane pendant control station with two operating directions Two types of operation are available O Use of single action buttons 2 logic inputs are required in addition to the operating direction s O Use of double action buttons only 1 logic input assigned to speed is required Use of single action buttons 2 logic inputs are required in addition to the operating direction s f Hz HSP LSP t Forward 4 or Reverse 0 t 1 speed 0 t 1 speed 0 t PV low speed HSP high speed Example of speed with 2 logic inputs single action buttons and reference saving Use of double action buttons only 1 logic input assigned to speed is required Logic inputs Forward Reverse Released 1S press speed speed i j maintained a c b d Forward a aandb button a and c 1 press Reverse C c and d b and d 2 press button 2nd press speed speed f Hz HSP LSP 0 LSP HSP Forward 2nd press 4 1st press 0 Reverse 2nd press 1st press 0 PV low speed HSP high speed Example with double action buttons and 1 logic input Note This type of speed control is incompatible with 3 wire control References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique Functions continued Variable speed drives Motor freq
297. ransient overtorque for 2 s maximum 5 Torque in overspeed at constant power 2 Altivar 71 drives are capable of supplying nominal torque continuously at zero speed Altivar 71 drives feature thermal protection designed specifically for self cooled or forced cooled variable speed motors The drive calculates the motor thermal state even when it is switched off This motor thermal protection is designed for a maximum ambient temperature of 40 C around the motor If the temperature around the motor exceeds 40 C thermal protection should be provided directly by thermistor probes PTC integrated in the motor The probes are managed directly by the drive 1 For power ratings lt 250 W derating is 20 instead of 50 at very low frequencies 2 The motor nominal frequency and the maximum output frequency can be adjusted from 10 to 500 Hz or 1600 Hz depending on the rating Check the mechanical overspeed characteristics of the selected motor with the manufacturer Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 Ea Telemecanique Operation continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Using Altivar 71 drives with synchronous motors Altivar 71 drives are also suitable for powering synchronous motors sinusoidal electromotive force in open loop mode and are used to achieve performance levels comparable to those associated with an asynchronous motor in sensorless flux vector co
298. rating of 3 per C above 40 C Storage 25 4 55 Maximum operating altitude 1000 without derating Type of module Supply voltage Nominal voltage 10 1000 4000 derating the current by 5 per additional 1000 m VW3 A7 201 212 VW3 A7 231 241 400 460 i 380 415 440 480 Operating frequency Overload capacity a N 40 60 10 1 2 x maximum current Irms Efficiency Power factor 97 3 of thermal losses 1 Fundamental frequency component Maximum connection capacity VW3 A7 201 VW3 A7 202 205 VW3 A7 231 232 VW3 A7 206 209 VW3 A7 233 238 VW3 A7 210 212 VW3 A7 239 241 References Selection page 75 pages 76 and 77 0 7 0 95 25 mm connected on a bar M5 35 mm connected on a bar M6 95 mm2 connected on a bar M8 150 mm2 connected on a bar M10 Dimensions Schemes pages 123 and 124 page 146 Telemecanique References Presentation page 74 Selection pages 76 and 77 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option network braking units Maximum Continuous Maximum _ Fast acting Reference Weight current Irms braking braking semi power power conductor fuses OS sE N N A A kW kW A V kg 11 13 7 7 20 660 VW3 A7 201 20 000 20 24 13 13 30 690 VW3 A7 202 25 000 32 38 11 22 50 690 VW3 A7 203 26 000 48 58 21 5 33 80 690 VW3 A7 204 30 000 65 78 26 45 100 690 VW3 A7 205 32 000 102 123 3
299. re V1 0 IE 01 SS OE ue Identification screen RUN Term 50 00Hz 5 4A SERVICE MESSAGE C For technical support 522157 Example of a customized message Presentation Characteristics pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 New functions have been added to the Altivar 71 drive to enable it to provide quick and simple maintenance ultimately boosting productivity m Response to faults or alarms Itis possible to use the alarm management or drive operation configuration functions to take corrective actions before stopping the machine m Fault log and help When a fault occurs a help screen is available to quickly identify the cause of the fault When a fault occurs values such as speed current thermal state and timer are saved and restored in the fault log The last 8 faults are stored m IDENTIFICATION menu The IDENTIFICATION menu can be used to display the relevant serial numbers and software versions thereby helping to manage the equipment base This information also available with the PowerSuite software workshop can be exported to other database type software applications m Test functions The Altivar 71 drive includes the following test functions O Identifying any motor short circuit before start up O Running via the graphic display terminal or PowerSuite software workshop automatic procedures during maintenance operations to test the motor the dr
300. re available on the website www telemecanique com Presentation Characteristics Connections page 220 page 220 pages 221 and 222 Telemecanique Presentation Characteristics page 225 224 Connections page 226 Starters drives and communication Communication via Modbus Plus network eee ANANMAN fE f il ill Th ATV 61 i Premium I a Ihe Modbus Plus network Gateway el el tel sl ATV 31 ATS 48 The Modbus Plus network is a high performance industrial local area network which can be used to meet the needs of client server type extended architectures combining a high data rate 1 Mbps simple low cost transmission media and numerous messaging services The Altistart 48 soft start soft stop unit and the Altivar 31 variable speed drive can be connected to the Modbus Plus network via an NW BM85000 gateway which has four RS 232 serial ports The Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 variable speed drives are connected to the Modbus Plus network via communication card VW3 A3 302 Communication services The main data exchange services between subscribers connected to the network are m The Modbus messaging service according to Modbus protocol m The Global Data service each subscriber makes available 32 words for each of the 63 other network subscribers m The Peer Cop dialogue service point to point transaction of 32 receive or transmit words T
301. recommended conductor cross section for a minimum encoder voltage in order to limit line voltage drops Ea Telemecanique Characteristics continued references Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option encoder interface cards Encoder interface card with open collector outputs Type of card VW3 A3 403 VW3 A3 404 Power Voltage 12 V min 12 V max 13 V 15 V min 15 V max 16 V supplied by the card Maximum current 175 mA Short circuit and overload protection Maximum operating frequency 300 kHz Input signals A A B B AB A Impedance 1 kQ Number of pulses encoder revolution 5000 maximum The maximum high speed frequency should not exceed 300 kHz Maximum consumption current of encoder 100 mA 7 175 mA 7 100 mA 7 175 mA 1 Minimum recommended For a maximum cable 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 0 2 mm cross section of conductors 2 length of 100 m AWG 24 AWG 20 AWG 24 For a maximum cable 0 5 mm 0 2 mm length of 200 m AWG 20 AWG 18 AWG 24 For a maximum cable 0 5 mm length of 500 m AWG 17 AWG 15 AWG 20 For a maximum cable 0 75 mm 1 5 mm length of 1000 m AWG 18 AWG 15 Encoder interface card with push pull outputs Type of card VW3 A3 405 VW3 A3 406 VW3 A3 407 Power Voltage 12 V min 12 V max 13 V 15 V min 15 V max 16 V 24 V min 20 V max 30 V supplied by the card Maximum current 175 mA 100 mA Short circuit and overload protection Max
302. rence mode The maximum permitted speed is calculated by the drive at an imposed speed step so that the drive can measure the load Command Ascending or Descending 0 HSP reference FrS OSP 0 Frequency HSP Calculated limit FrS OSP 0 Speed reference mode FrS Nominal motor frequency HSP High speed parameter OSP Adjustable speed step for load measurement tOS Load measuring time Two parameters can be used to reduce the speed calculated by the drive for ascending and descending O Current limiting mode The maximum permitted speed is the speed at which the current is limited in the motor quadrant ascending only For descending operation is always based on speed reference mode Ascend command 0 HSP reference l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l I T Fro SCL t t 0 Frequency Map Limit imposed Frs by current SCL limitation Current CLO 0 Current limiting mode CLO Current limitation for high speed function FrS Nominal motor frequency HSP High speed parameter SCL Adjustable speed threshold above which current limitation is active References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique Functions continued
303. resistor Aae B Components for use with the Altivar Reference Description A1 ATV 71 drive see pages 22 to 25 A2 Braking unit if using a braking resistor or a hoist resistor for ATV 71HC20N4 HC50N4 see pages 60 and 61 Braking resistor See pages 62 and 63 1 A thermal overload relay can be added Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 Telemecanique Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Logic inputs The SW1 switch is used to adapt operation of the logic inputs LI to the PLC output technology m Position the switch on Source factory setting if using PLC outputs with PNP transistors m Position the switch on Sink Int or Sink Ext if using PLC outputs with NPN transistors Internal power supply Switch in Source position Switch in Sink Int position ATV 7ieosece Poso N4Z ae Source Sink monies Sink Ext Int Ext Int A N Oo w Q0 gt I I a2 i 4 A A oO TIrIT f sw2 l IPTC LI External power supply Switch in Source position Switch in Sink Ext position cc a ee ee E crc a ere ae Source a Source ATV 71000000 PeeeN4Z l Sink I Sink IExt i Int Ext int a hoe Se es Ss E i a TPT PPT Ty SW2 SW2 l HI l IPTC LI ee PTC LI ERRARTE IPTC LI l
304. rive supply voltage V 380 15 480 10 rms value Engage threshold V 785 1 Maximum DC bus voltage 850 Maximum braking power 785 V 1 420 750 on 400 V line supply Percentage of conduction 5 at 420 kW 5 at 750 kW time at constant power 15 at 320 kW 15 at 550 kW ak TGS NE 50 at 250 kW 50 at 440 kW Cycle time a lt 240 Maximum continuous power ae 200 400 Braking power on a vertical movement values given for a cycle time of 240 s 250 kWIN420 kw 120s Thermal protection Integrated via thermal probe Forced ventilation m3 h 100 600 Mounting Vertical Minimum resistance value to be Q 1 05 0 7 associated with the braking unit 1 Braking unit engage threshold References Selection Dimensions Schemes page 61 pages 66 to 73 page 118 pages 140 and 147 60 References Presentation page 60 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option resistance braking units Supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz For drives Power Loss Cable drive Cable braking Reference Weight braking unit unit resistors Contin Max Con Cross Max Cross Max tinuous section length section length power kW kW W mm m mm m kg ATV 71HC20N4 200 420 550 2x95 50 VW3 A7 101 30 000 HC28N4 Internal connections ATV 71HC31N4 400 750 750 2x150 1 2x150 50 VW3 A7 102 80 000 HC50N4 Note To increase the braking power several braking resistors can be mounted in parallel on the same braking uni
305. s Structure Topology Access method Industrial bus conforming to the World FIP standard Subscribers linked via daisy chain or tap junctions Producer consumer principle Bus management by a fixed arbitrator bus manager Transmission mode Baseband physical layer on shielded twisted pair according to standard NF C 46 604 Data rate 1 Mbps Medium Shielded twisted pair 150 Q Optical fibre 62 5 125 with the use of electrical fibre optic repeaters Number of subscribers 32 maximum per segment 1 manager 127 agents maximum over all segments The number of Fipio agents is limited by the memory capacity of Premium processors 62 Altivar drives maximum 7 Number of segments Length of bus Unlimited in tree or star architectures Limited to 5 cascaded segments The link between 2 subscribers may cross 4 electrical or electrical fibre optic repeaters maximum 15 000 m maximum 1 000 m maximum without repeater for an electrical segment 5 000 m maximum for 5 electrical segments 3 000 m maximum for 1 fibre optic segment Type of device ATS 48 ATV 31 ATV 61 ATV 71 Type of interface LUF P1 VW3 A3 311 Profile FED C 32P FED C 32 Control and adjustment 26 configurable words 8 configurable words communication scanner Monitoring 26 configurable words 8 configurable words communication scanner Configuration and adjustment Presentation Connections page 216 page 218 1 indexed word Read wri
306. s 108 to 113 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 Telemecanique PF121610 13 M PF105773 15 M PF105781 32 M References continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz Motor Line supply Altivar 71 Power Line current Apparent Maximum Maximum Max transient Reference Weight indicated 2 power prospec continuous current for on plate 7 tive line current 7 Isc 380 V 480 V 380V 380 V 460V 60s 2s kW HP A A kVA kA A A A A kg 3 phase supply voltage 380 480 V 50 60 Hz 0 75 1 3 7 3 2 4 5 2 3 2 1 3 5 3 8 ATV 71H075N4 3 4 3 000 1 5 2 5 8 5 3 3 8 5 4 1 3 4 6 2 6 8 ATV 71HU15N4 3 4 3 000 2 2 3 8 2 7 1 5 4 5 5 8 4 8 8 7 9 6 ATV 71HU22N4 3 4 3 000 3 10 7 9 7 5 7 8 6 2 11 7 12 9 ATV 71HU30N4 3 4 4 000 4 5 14 1 11 5 9 3 5 10 5 7 6 15 8 17 3 ATV 71HU40N4 3 4 4 000 5 5 7 5 20 3 17 13 4 22 14 3 11 21 5 23 6 ATV 71HU55N4 3 4 5 500 AVA MAANA 7 5 10 27 22 2 17 8 22 17 6 14 26 4 29 ATV 71HU75N4 3 4 5 500 11 15 36 6 30 24 1 22 27 7 21 41 6 45 7 ATV 71HD11N4 3 4 7 000 15 20 48 39 31 6 22 33 27 49 5 54 5 ATV 71HD15N4 3 4 16 000 18 5 25 45 5 37 5 29 9 22 41 34 61 5 67 7 ATV 71HD18N4 3 4 16 000 22 30 50 42 32 9 22 48 40 72 79 2 ATV 71HD22N4 3 4 19 000 30 40 66 56 43 4 22 66 52 99 109 ATV 71HD30N4 3 4 26 000 37 50 84 69 55 3 22 79 65 118 5 130 ATV 71HD37N4 3 4 26 000 45 60 104 85 68 5 22 94 77 141 155 ATV 71HD45N
307. s 81 and 84 pages 136 to 139 pages 172 to 203 7 125 Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Passive filters Passive filters VW3 A4 601 609 621 627 641 648 661 666 Mounting recommendations 7 gt 150 2 150 2 150 2 150 gt 150 VW3 A4 601 604 621 622 641 644 661 663 416 eo 440 454 VW3 A4 605 609 623 627 645 648 664 666 VW3 a al G A4 605 606 623 625 645 646 664 665 698 600 532 5 A4 607 609 626 627 647 648 666 938 840 772 5 1 Vertical mounting only Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions page 85 page 85 pages 86 to 89 page 145 pages 172 to 203 126 Ea Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Passive filters Passive filters VW3 A4 610 613 619 628 633 639 649 651 656 657 667 671 676 677 Mounting recommendations 7 LO A gt 150 2 150 gt 150 gt 150 gt 150 VW3 A4 610 613 619 628 632 639 649 651 656 657 667 670 676 677 VW3 a al b b1 c c1 G G1 J A4 610 611 628 629 1060 830 400 390 393 345 395 377 370 649 667 668 A4 612 619 630 631 1160 900 419 409 454 406 430 412 430 650 656 657 669 A4 613 632 639 651 1330 1070 419 409 454 406 515 497 430 670 676 677 VW3 A4 633 671
308. s service does not cross bridges Peer Cop dialogue Type of device Type of interface Control Monitoring Configuration and adjustment Presentation Connections page 224 page 226 Point to point or broadcast message Limited to one network This service does not cross bridges ATS 48 ATV 31 ATV 61 ATV 71 NW BM85000 VW3 A3 302 Modbus messaging Peer Cop 8 configurable words maximum communication scanner Modbus messaging Global Data 8 configurable words maximum communication scanner Modbus messaging Modbus messaging Read write access to all drive parameters References pages 226 and 227 Telemecanique Connections references Starters drives and communication Communication via Modbus Plus network Quantum 10 4 T T T l Network 2 fi l Premium EE HH H HH H Ss ii 3 z zi 8 al eA A eF Fogi 10 4 5 yi 4 Network 1 _ 2 11 4 4 T n 6 s A a 7 L ee ie RS 485 9 ATV 61 ATV 71 2 13 13 D Q LL EHEHEH ATS 48 Quantum Cards and gateways Presentation page 224 226 Description Used with No Reference Weight kg Communication cards ATV 61 ATV 71 1 VW3 A3 302 0 300 equipped with one 9 way female SUB D connector Modbus Plus Modbus ATS 48 ATV 31 2 NW BM85000 3 158 gateway 4 RS 232 ports power supply 115 220 V RS 232 RS 485 interfa
309. s the direction of rotation of the motor 7 ESC key Aborts a value a parameter or a menu to return to the previous selection Note Keys 3 4 and 6 can be used to control the drive directly References Description No Reference Weight kg Remote graphic display terminal 1 VW3 A1 101 0 145 The following accessories are available m A remote mounting kit for mounting on an enclosure door with IP 54 degree of protection It includes O All the mechanical fittings O Screws and bolts m A transparent door which attaches to the remote mechanics to achieve IP 65 degree of protection m A cable equipped with two RJ45 connectors so that the graphic display terminal can be connected to the Altivar 71 drive 1 3 5 or 10 m lengths available m An RJ45 female female adapter for connecting the graphic display terminal VWS A1 101 to the remote cable VW3 A1 104 Reee References Description No Length Degree of Reference Weight m protection kg Remote mounting kit 7 2 IP 54 VW3 A1 102 0 150 Door 2 3 IP 65 VW3 A1 103 0 040 Remote cables 4 1 VW3 A1 104 R10 0 050 equipped with 2 4 3 VW3 A1 104 R30 0 150 pup GOnNEGIOTE 4 5 VW3 A1 104R50 0 250 4 10 VW3 A1 104 R100 0 500 RJ45 female female 5 VW3 A1 105 0 010 adapter 1 In this case use a remote connecting cable VW3 A1 104 Ree which must be ordered separately see above 2 To be mounted on remote mounting kit VW3 A1 102 for mounting on an enclosur
310. served for controlling open loop synchronous permanent magnet motors with sinusoidal electromotive force EMF References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique 185 Functions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Using an incremental encoder The Altivar 71 drive uses encoder feedback to O Operate in FVC closed loop control mode In addition to the torque performance and speed accuracy it provides the speed feedback can also be used to manage overspeed and slipping protection O Improve the steady state speed accuracy and or manage overspeed and slipping protection in the other control types FVC open loop control mode and U f ratio O Manage only overspeed and slipping protection m Encoder tests The Altivar 71 drive can detect encoder signal loss as well as a mechanical break in the coupling between encoder and motor m Limiting motor overvoltage The Altivar 71 drive inverter bridge control can be used to limit overvoltage in the motor terminals which is double the voltage level in the DC bus Stressless PWM This function is useful in cases where long lengths of cabling rewound motors or motors in a low isolation class are involved m Auto tune Auto tuning can be performed O using a dialogue tool graphical display terminal PowerSuite software workshop integrated 7 segment display terminal O via a communication network O automa
311. set it can still be modified if necessary The Start stop macro configuration is set as the factory configuration The preset functions for each macro configuration are given in the table below Type of Start stop Material General Hoisting PID Communication Master slave macro configuration handling use regulation network application connectivity Altivar 71 drive I O Alt Ref 1 channel Ref 1 channel Ref 1 channel Ref 1 channel PID reference Ref 2 channel Ref 1 channel Ref 1 channel by bus Al2 Not assigned Sum ref 2 Sum ref 2 Not assigned PID feedback Not assigned Torque ref 2 channel AO1 Motor freq Motor freq Motor freq Motor freq Motor freq Motor freq Signed torque 2 wire LI1 Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward LI2 Reverse Reverse Reverse Reverse Reverse Reverse Reverse LI3 Not assigned 2 preset speeds JOG Fault reset PID integral Ref 2 Trq spd reset switch switching LI4 Not assigned 4 preset speeds Fault reset Ext fault PID 2 Fault reset Fault reset preset ref LI5 Not assigned 8 preset speeds Torque limit Not assigned PID 4 Not assigned Not assigned preset ref LIG Not assigned Fault reset Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned 3 wire LI1 Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop LI2 Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned LI3 Reverse Reverse Reverse Reverse Reverse Reverse Reverse LI4 Not assigned 2 preset
312. speeds JOG Fault reset PID integral Ref 2 Trq spd reset switch switching LI5 Not assigned 4 preset speeds Fault reset Ext fault PID 2 Fault reset Fault reset preset ref LIG Not assigned 8 preset speeds Torque limit Not assigned PID 4 Not assigned Not assigned preset ref R1 Faulty Faulty Faulty Faulty Faulty Faulty Faulty R2 Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Brk control Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned I O extension card I O 2 wire LI7 Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned 3 wire LI7 Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned LI8 to L114 Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned LO1 to LO4 Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned R3 R4 Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Al3 Al4 Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned RP Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned AOQ2 Motor current Motor current Motor current Motor current Motor current Motor current Motor current AOQ3 Not assigned Signed torque Not assigned Signed torque PID error Not assigned Motor freq Graphic display terminal keys F1 key Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Not assigned Control via graphic N
313. ss Flux Vector Control FVC voltage or current vector Voltage frequency ratio 2 or 5 points ENA ENergy Adaptation System for unbalanced loads Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback PI regulator with adjustable structure for a speed response adapted to the machine accuracy speed Automatic whatever the load Can be suppressed or adjusted Not available in voltage frequency ratio Frequency loop Slip compensation Presentation References Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 12 Characteristics continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Power supply Voltage V 200 15 240 10 single phase for ATV 71H075M3 HU75M3 200 15 240 10 3 phase for ATV 71HeeeM3 and ATV 71HeeeM3xX 380 15 480 10 3 phase for ATV 71HeeeN4 Frequency Hz 50 5 60 5 Signalling 1 red LED LED lit indicates the presence of drive voltage Output voltage Maximum 3 phase voltage equal to line supply voltage Drive noise level Conforming to directive 86 188 EEC ATV 71H037M3 HU15M3 dBA 43 ATV 71H075N4 HU22N4 ATV 71W075N4 WU22N4 ATV 71HU22M3 HU40M3 dBA 54 5 ATV 71H075N4 HU40N4 ATV 71WU30N4 WU40N4 ATV 71HU55M3 dBA 55 6 ATV 71HU55N4 HU75N4 ATV 71WU55N4 WU75N4 ATV 71HU75M3 dBA 57 4 ATV 71HD11N4 ATV 71WD11N4 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M38X dBA 60 2 ATV 71HD15N4 HD18N4 ATV 71W
314. ssential to follow the mounting recommendations provided Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions pages 94 and 95 page 95 pages 96 and 97 page 145 pages 172 to 203 Fa Telemecanique 131 Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Motor chokes Motor chokes continued 7 VW3 A5 106 108 2 a b c G H A5 106 245 250 200 225 175 9 A5 107 320 250 220 275 200 9 A5 108 370 250 230 329 200 9 Mounting recommendations 3 gt 150 gt 150 1 It is essential that the motor chokes are mounted on a metal support grille frame etc 2 References VW3 A5 106 108 consist of 3 components 3 Because of the magnetic field and or the heat dissipation it is essential to follow the mounting recommendations provided IP 20 protection kits for chokes VW3 A5 104 108 p 344 VW3 a b G G1 H A9 612 780 580 530 190 526 10x15 A9 613 1180 780 800 200 726 10x15 Presentation Characteristics References Schemes Functions pages 94 and 95 page 95 pages 96 and 97 page 145 pages 172 to 203 132 Ea Telemecanique Dimensions continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Sinus filters Sinus filters 1 VW3 A5 201 206 Mounting recommendations L 2 omm0mm0m0a0000 OoOoo0oo0oo0o0o00 OoOoo0oo0oo0o000 OoOo00o0o0g0o0o00 OboOo00o0o0o0o00 mmm0m000000 Oooo0oo0oo0o0o00 Oooo0oo0oo0o0o00 Ooboo0o0o
315. sting of sections program code animation tables and runtime screens Each program section has a name and is programmed in one of the six available languages To protect know how or prevent any accidental modification each section can be write protected or read write protected Exporting Importing function modules It is possible to export all or part of the tree structure in function modules Program structure and execution of an application The program structure is single task It consists of several subroutines Exchanges with the drive are performed by a function block available in the standard library Cycle execution can be either cyclic or periodic A software watchdog which can be configured between 100 and 500 ms by the user monitors the cycle time A task can be synchronized with the drive main task to improve repeat accuracy in motion control applications Cyclic execution Once each cycle ends execution of a new cycle begins The cycle execution must last for at least 5 ms Periodic execution The program is executed periodically and the period can be set by the user between 5 and 100 ms Cycle execution must last for less than the defined period Drive response in the event of the cycle time being exceeded can be managed by the program Schemes References page 144 page 51 47 Functions continued Example of Ladder Diagram language programming in Loi 1 Ah ieej see oo Example of Structured Text
316. stomer is responsible for connecting it 6 Software configurable current 0 20 mA or voltage 0 10 V analog input Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 137 Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3X ATV 71e0e0eeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71H075M3 HU75M3 3 phase power supply low inertia machine vertical movement Power section for single phase power supply F1 ayy pmm any s1 q e gt gt Booo t a iE p i ib Ig A gt l J a a a E ib 5 oe a Or d JOL 6 7 HKJ ttt ftp A dl 7 S Sp lt O j O z N Q O O Si x A T g A 7 ATV 71000000 A i D m N 2 l a E S gt T S E 9 pees SS 8 Ps ee amp Ss Pa eee L o O i O Se O S O eee eee Reference potentiometer Note All terminals are located at the bottom of the drive Fit interference suppressors to all inductive circuits near the drive or connected in the same circuit such as relays contactors solenoid valves fluorescent lighting etc Components for use with the Altivar for a complete list of references see our Motor starter solutions Power control and protection components and Preventa safety solutions specialist catalogues Reference Description
317. t R1 KM1 R2_ KM2 N lt at tf 5 a g a at oa ci lt Q oS Se es mE O z cl q E ne a Ee e a LF 53 5 O T Ss For drives Braking resistors R1 R2 Contactors 3 A1 A2 Value Reference KM1 KM2 Q ATV 71HD18M3X 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D3206 ATV 71HD22M3X 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D4006 ATV 71HD30M3X 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D6506 ATV 71HD37M3X 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D8006 ATV 71HD45M3X 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D8006 ATV 71HD22N4 WD22N4 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D2506 ATV 71HD30N4 WD30N4 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D3206 ATV 71HD37N4 WD37N4 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D38ee ATV 71HD45N4 WD45N4 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D4000 ATV 71HD55N4 WD55N4 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D5006 ATV 71HD75N4 WD75N4 5 VW3 A7 707 LC1 D8006 1 DC power supply not included 2 Fast acting semi conductor fuses see page 149 The function of the fuses is to protect the DC bus wiring in the event of a drive short circuit 3 See our Motor starter solutions Power control and protection components specialist catalogue Note ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X ATV 71 075N4 eD18N4 and ATV 71PeeeN4Z drives have an integrated pre charge circuit This is used to connect the DC power supply directly to the drive without the need for an external pre charge circuit Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Functions pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 147 Schemes continued Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Drives
318. t In this case do not forget to take account of the minimum resistance value on each unit see characteristics page 60 Characteristics Selection page 60 pages 66 to 73 Telemecanique Dimensions page 118 Schemes pages 140 and 147 61 Presentation characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Option braking resistors The braking resistor enables the Altivar 71 drive to operate while braking to a standstill or during slowdown braking by dissipating the braking energy It enables maximum transient braking torque The resistors are designed to be mounted on the outside of the enclosure but should not inhibit natural cooling Air inlets and outlets must not be obstructed in any way The air must be free of dust corrosive gas and condensation Applications Inertia machines machines with cycles Type of braking resistor VW3 A7 701 709 VW3 A7 710 718 Ambient air temperature Operation C 0 50 around the device Storage 25 70 Degree of protection of enclosure P27 OPR Thermal protection E ann Via thermal overload relay or via the drive Temperature controlled Tripping temperature switch 7 Max voltage max current o oy aa Min voltage min current o 24 V 0 1 A Maximum contact resistance mQ 60 Operating factor for the dynamic brake transistors ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HeeeM3X ATV 71H075N4 HD75N4 ATV 71WeeeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z The
319. t the PE protective conductors green yellow to the appropriate terminals on each unit If using an additional EMC input filter it should be mounted beneath the drive and connected directly to the line supply via an unshielded cable Link 3 on the drive is via the filter output cable References Dimensions Functions pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 172 to 203 151 DF533367 16 M 103282_14 M PF105778 28 M Combinations for Variable speed drives customer assembly for asynchronous motors GV2 L20 LC1 D2500 ATV 71HU22M3 152 Altivar 71 Motor starters supply voltage 200 240 V Circuit breaker contactor drive combinations can be used to ensure continuous service of the installation with optimum safety The type of circuit breaker contactor coordination selected can reduce maintenance costs in the event of a motor short circuit by minimizing the time required to make the necessary repairs and the cost of replacement equipment The suggested combinations provide type 1 or type 2 coordination depending on the drive rating Type 2 coordination A motor short circuit will not damage the device or affect its settings The motor starter should be able to operate once the electrical fault has been removed The electrical isolation provided by the circuit breaker will not be affected by the short circuit Welding of the contactor contacts is permissible if they can be separated easily Type 1 coordination The electrical
320. te access to all functions by the PLC application program 1 Please consult our Automation Platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software specialist catalogue References pages 218 and 219 217 535649 Connections Starters drives references and communication Communication via Fipio bus Premium ATV 31 ATS 48 Cards and gateway Description Used No Reference Weight for kg Standard Fipio card ATV 61 1 VW3 A3 311 0 300 The card is equipped with a9 way male ATV 71 SUB Dconnector which can take a TSX FP ACC12 connector with a TSX FP CAe00 trunk cable or TSX FP CCe00 drop cable This card should be used for new installations It is also used to replace an ATV 58 or ATV 58F equipped with a VW3 A58 311 card by an ATV 71 Substitution Fipio card ATV 71 1 VW3 A3 301 0 300 The card is equipped with a 9 way male SUB D connector which can take a TSX FP ACC12 connector with a TSX FP CAe00 trunk cable or TSX FP CCe00 drop cable This Fipio communication card is reserved for replacing an ATV 58 or ATV 58F equipped with a VW3 A58 301 card by an ATV 71 Fipio Modbus gateway ATS 48 2 LUF P1 0 240 The gateway is equipped with ATV 31 m 1 Fipio 9 way male SUB D connector which can take a TSX FP ACC12 connector for use with a TSX FP CAe00 trunk cable or TSX FPCCe00 drop cable m 1 RJ45 connector for Modbus for connection with the VWS A8 306 Ree cable Fit an external BUEP 24 V power
321. the Altivar 31 variable speed drive can be connected to the Fipio bus via an LUF P1 Fipio Modbus gateway Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 drives can be connected to the Fipio bus via a communication card VW3 A3 311 The following devices can also be connected to the Fipio bus m TSX Micro 2 or Premium Agent function 7 PLCs m The CCX 17 operator panel 2 m The Magelis XBT F terminal with graphic screen 3 m The Magelis iPC industrial PC 3 m Advantys STB IP 20 distributed I O 4 m Discrete analog or application specific Momentum distributed I O 5 m Discrete or analog IP 20 TBX distributed I O 7 m BX discrete IP 65 or TSX Ee F IP67 dust and damp proof distributed I O 7 m The TBX SAP 10 Fipio AS Interface gateway 7 m The LUF P1 Fipio Modbus gateway m A PC terminal m Partner products in the Collaborative Automation programme 1 Please consult our Automation Platform Modicon Premium Unity amp PL7 software specialist catalogue 2 Please consult our Automation platform Modicon TSX Micro PL7 software specialist catalogue 3 Please consult our Human Machine interfaces specialist catalogue 4 Please consult our Distributed I O Advantys STB specialist catalogue 5 Please consult our Modicon Momentum Automation platform specialist catalogue References pages 218 and 219 Telemecanique Characteristics Starters drives and communication Communication via Fipio bu
322. the encoder technology m RS 422 compatible differential outputs m Open collector outputs NPN m Push pull outputs The card is inserted into a dedicated slot Encoder interface cards with RS422 compatible differential outputs Type of card VW3 A3 401 VW3 A3 402 7 Power Voltage 5 V min 5 V max 5 5 V 15 V min 15 V max 16 V supplied by the card Maximum current 200 mA 175 mA Short circuit and overload protection Maximum operating frequency 300 kHz Input signals A A B B Impedance 440 Q Number of pulses encoder revolution Maximum consumption current of encoder Minimum recommended For a maximum cable cross section of conductors 4 length of 25 m For a maximum cable length of 50 m For a maximum cable length of 100 m For a maximum cable length of 1000 m Schemes page 144 40 5000 maximum The maximum high speed frequency should not exceed 300 kHz 100 mA 2 200 mA 2 100 mA 3 200 mA 3 0 2 mm 0 5 mm 0 2 mm AWG 24 AWG 20 AWG 24 0 5 mm 0 75 mm 0 2 mm AWG 20 AWG 18 AWG 24 0 75 mm2 1 5 mm 0 2 mm AWG 18 AWG 15 AWG 24 0 5 mm 1 mm AWG 20 AWG 17 1 Card VW3 A3 402 ensures compatibility between Altivar 68F and Altivar 71 drive applications 2 Minimum encoder power supply 4 5 V 3 Minimum encoder power supply 8 V 4 Shielded cable containing 3 twisted pairs at intervals of between 20 and 50 mm Connect the shielding to earth at both ends Minimum
323. tically every time the drive is switched on O by enabling a logic input Auto tuning is used to optimize application performance In Flux Vector Control mode FVC closed loop and FVC open loop with current control certain parameters are measured periodically Saving the motor thermal state can help to compensate exactly for the motor resistors even after the drive has been switched off Switching frequency noise reduction The switching frequency setting permits a reduction in the noise generated by the motor for any application requiring a low level of noise The switching frequency is modulated randomly in order to avoid resonance This function can be disabled if it causes instability High frequency switching of the intermediate DC voltage can be used to supply the motor with a current wave that has little harmonic distortion The switching frequency can be adjusted during operation to reduce the noise generated by the motor Value 1 to 16 kHz factory setting 2 5 or 4 kHz depending on the rating m Motor fluxing This can be used to obtain rapid high torque on start up magnetic flux needs to be already established in the motor There is a choice between open loop or closed loop operation In continuous mode the drive automatically establishes the flux when it is powered up In non continuous mode O If alogic input or command word bit is assigned to the motor fluxing command flux is established when the command is co
324. tion are 5 10 and 30 min 1 2 3 hours and an unlimited time If the drive has not restarted after the configured time it will lock and the procedure is abandoned until it has been powered off and on again The faults which permit this type of restart are O line overvoltage O motor thermal overload drive thermal overload DC bus overvoltage line phase failure external fault loss of 4 20mA PTC probe serial link current or torque limit output phase loss line voltage too low For this fault the function is always active even if it is not configured O fault caused by CANopen machine bus Modbus serial link or other commmunication networks These faults are reset automatically as soon as the command word or frequency reference is sent to the drive For these types of fault the relay configured as a fault relay remains activated if the function is configured The speed reference and direction of operation must be maintained for this function OOoOdododoOoOoOooo da This function is suitable for machines or installations which are in continuous operation or are not monitored and where a restart will not endanger equipment or personnel in any way m PTC probe protection The probes can be connected directly to the drive control card or to the I O option cards The way in which a temperature fault is recorded by the drive can be configured O permanent record O only recorded when the drive s power section is switched
325. tive load cos 0 4 and L R 7 ms 2 A for 250 V or 30 V Max response time 7 ms 0 5 ms Electrical service life 100 000 operations See option cards 5 programmable logic inputs 24 V compatible with level 1 PLC IEC 65A 68 standard Impedance 3 5 kQ Maximum voltage 30 V Max sampling time 2 ms 0 5 ms Multiple assignment makes it possible to configure several functions on one input example LI1 assigned to forward and preset speed 2 LI3 assigned to reverse and preset speed 3 1 logic input switch configurable as a logic input or as an input for PTC probes Logic input characteristics identical to inputs LI1 L15 Input for a maximum of 6 PTC probes mounted in series m nominal value lt 1 5 kQ m trip resistance 3 KQ reset value 1 8 kQ m short circuit protection lt 50 Q Positive logic Source Negative logic Sink State 0 if lt 5 V or logic input not wired state 1 if gt 11 V State 0 if 2 16 V or logic input not wired state 1 if lt 10 V Other inputs See option cards Safety input PWR Maximum I O wire size and tightening torque for inputs outputs Presentation pages 4 to 9 References pages 22 to 25 1 input for the Power Removal safety function m Power supply 24 V max 30 V m Impedance 1 5 KQ m State 0 if lt 2 V state 1 if gt 17 V 2 5 mm AWG 14 0 6 Nm 1 Please consult our specialist catalogue Power supplies splitter blocks and inter
326. to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Fa Telemecanique 193 Functions continued E m l 3 O O O O Reverse Reverse Forward Forward stop slowdown slowdown stop Reverse Forward Example 1 limit switch positioning Slowdown and stopping occur when the sensor changes state open contact It is possible to assign a command word bit or a logic input to disable the function in order to be able restart or not stop on the position Forward Reverse Reverse low speed low speed Forward t gt Trajectory aa 2 2 a 2 z 2 3 z Ke oS 5 53 2 2 wo 5 L oO O o Lo Example 2 positioning on a target zone The disable contact can be used to restart in order to get past the target Characteristics pages 10 to 17 Presentation pages 4 to 9 194 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 m Positioning on limit switches or position sensors This can be used to manage positioning based on limit switches or position sensors Forward 0 Reverse 0 FWD slowdown 0 FWD stop limit 0 Speed l l Min speed LSP Activating the slowdown contact or stop contact allows the device to start in the other direction even at high speed Slowdown mode can be configured O The drive uses the validated ramp time O The drive calculates a ramp time according to the actual speed when the request to slow down is made This calculation can
327. tors have different power ratings in which case the torque characteristics will not be optimized for all the motors Using a motor at constant torque up to 87 104 Hz A 400 V 50 Hz motor in A connection can be used at constant torque up to 87 Hz if it is in A connection In this particular case the initial motor power and the power of the first associated drive are multiplied by V3 it is therefore important to select a drive with a suitable rating Example A 2 2 kW 50 Hz motor in A connection supplies 3 8 kW at 87 Hz with a A connection Note Check the overspeed operating characteristics of the motor Using special motors Special brake motors tapered rotor or flux bypass The magnetic field releases the brake This type of operation with the Altivar 71 drive requires application of the voltage frequency ratio Note The no load current may be high and operation at low speed can only be intermittent Resistive rotor asynchronous motors Different motor control ratios available on the Altivar 71 drive make it possible to apply specific settings when using high slip motors Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 E Telemecanigu Operation continued KM1 Altivar 71 1 KM1 0 t 1 t2 t1 deceleration without ramp freewheel t2 acceleration with ramp N motor speed Example of loss of output contactor Presentation References Variable speed driv
328. trol via integrated CANopen bus m Position control via limit switches Textile machinery m High resolution of the digital speed reference 1 32000 m Speed accuracy assured by use of synchronous motor irrespective of load m High bandwidth m Spooling function m Connection to common DC bus Wood working machinery m Operation up to 1600 Hz m Fastest possible controlled stop on loss of line supply m Control via integrated CANopen bus m Protection of motor against overvoltages Process machinery m PID regulator m High reference resolution m Speed or torque control m Connection to the principal communication networks m Separate control power supply m Braking unit via re injection to the line supply m Connection to common DC bus Lifts m Brake control adapted to suit passenger comfort m Processing of load measurement by weight sensor m Conformity of relays to lift safety standard EN 81 13 2 2 3 m Connection to CANopen bus m Control with integrity check of output contactor m Lift car clearance function Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 Telemecanique 532726 PF105774 13 M PF105783 14 M Presentation continued ATV 71HC28N4 ATV 71HD37M3X ATV 71HU22N4 ATV 71W075N4 ATV 71PU40N4Z Characteristics References pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 Telemecanique Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 The Altivar 71 range of variable speed dr
329. uency SRP reference for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 O Reference saving This function is associated with speed control This can be used for reading and saving the last speed reference prior to the loss of the run command or line supply The saved reference is applied the next time a run command Is received O speed around a reference The reference is given by Fr1 or Fr1b including if relevant the summing subtraction SRP LSP LSP SRP and multiplication functions as well as the preset speeds During the run command the drive goes to the reference following the acceleration and deceleration ramps pressing soeed makes the speed vary around this reference according to acceleration ramp 2 and deceleration ramp 2 Or speed variation around the reference is limited to a percentage of the reference reference SRP speed speed Direction of operation Forward a SRP parameter When operation has stopped the amended reference is not saved The maximum total reference is always limited by high speed HSP parameter and the minimum reference LSP parameter Forward Reverse Example of speed around a 2 wire control reference Presentation pages 4 to 9 m Spooling O Traverse control Function for winding reels of thread in textile applications Spooling Winding drive drive a a
330. ultiplied by v2 You must check the electrical characteristics of the motor before using this function 2 For an application with several motors connected in parallel the cable length must include all cabling Recommended types of cable Shielded cables GORSE cable type GUOSTV LS LH PROTOFLEX cable type EMV2YSL CY Unshielded cables GORSE cable type H07 RN F4GXxX BELDEN cable type 2950X Schemes page 145 94 Presentation characteristics Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 output filters Option motor chokes Altivar 71 Motor choke Type of choke Drive switching frequency ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD30N4 ATV 71W075N4 WD30N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z Altivar 71 drives have been developed to operate with the following maximum motor cable lengths For drives Maximum length of motor cable 7 Shielded cable Unshielded cable m m ATV 71HeeeM3 50 100 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X ATV 71H0O75N4 HD18N4 ATV 71W075N4 WD18N4 ATV 71P075N4Z PU75N4Z ATV 71HD18M3X HD75M3X 100 200 ATV 71HD22N4 HC50N4 ATV 71WD22N4 WD75N4 The motor choke enables operation with motor cables above these maximum lengths and or limits the dv dt to 500 V us at the motor terminals lt is also used to m Limit overvoltages on the motor terminals to O 1000 V to 400 V rms value O 1150 V to 460 V rms value m
331. unter Transmitted PDOs counter Reception error counter Transmission error counter Description file Presentation pages 4 to 9 References pages 22 to 25 A single eds file is supplied for the whole range on the CD ROM containing the documentation or can be downloaded from the Internet at www telemecanique com It contains the description of the drive parameters Dimensions Schemes Functions pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 pages 172 to 203 17 Operation 0 0 25 30 50 60 75 90 100 120 Hz Open loop applications T Tn 2 25 0 75 0 50 0 25 25 30 50 60 75 90 100 120 Hz Closed loop applications References pages 22 to 25 Presentation pages 4 to 9 18 Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 The curves opposite define the available continuous torque and transient overtorque for both force cooled and self cooled motors The only difference is in the ability of the motor to provide a high continuous torque at less than half the nominal speed Open loop applications 1 Self cooled motor continuous useful torque 7 2 Force cooled motor continuous useful torque 3 Overtorque for 60 s maximum 4 Transient overtorque for 2 s maximum 5 Torque in overspeed at constant power 2 Closed loop applications 1 Self cooled motor continuous useful torque 7 2 Force cooled motor continuous useful torque 3 Overtorque for 60 s maximum 4 T
332. up mechanical play and eliminates jolts and also limits non following of speed during rapid transient operation of high inertia machines Selecting linear S U or customized profiles assigns both the acceleration and deceleration ramps U ramps f Hz f Hz FrS rs 0 to 4 t t2 t1 t1 FrS Nominal motor frequency t1 Ramp time set t2 0 5 xti The curve coefficient is fixed Customized ramps ACC or AC2 dEC or dE2 FrS Nominal motor frequency tA1 Adjustable between 0 and 100 of ACC or AC2 tA2 Adjustable between 0 and 100 tA1 of ACC or AC2 tA3 Adjustable between 0 and 100 of dEC or dE2 tA4 Adjustable between 0 and 100 tA3 of dEC or dE2 ACC Acceleration ramp 1 time AC2 Acceleration ramp 2 time dEC Deceleration ramp 1 time dE2 Deceleration ramp 2 time o Ramp switching This function is used to switch two acceleration and deceleration ramp times which can be adjusted separately Ramp switching can be enabled by a logic input a frequency threshold a combination of the logic input or a command word bit and the frequency threshold a command word bit This function is suitable for material handling with smooth starting and approach machines with fast steady state speed correction o Automatic adaptation of deceleration ramp Used to automatically adapt the deceleration ramp if the initial setting is too low when
333. uration software Sycon etc m The Altivar 71 drive communication scanner function For the Modbus and CANopen ports and for the communication cards the Altivar 71 drive can be controlled m According to the CiA DSP 402 profile m According to the I O profile where control is as simple and adaptable as control via the I O terminals The DeviceNet card also supports the ODVA AC Drive and Allen Bradley drive profiles Communication is monitored according to criteria specific to each protocol However regardless of the protocol it is possible to configure the drive reaction to a communication fault m Freewheel stop stop on ramp fast stop or braked stop m Maintain the last command received m Fallback position at a predefined speed m Ignore the fault A command from the CANopen machine bus is processed with the same priority as one of the drive terminal inputs This results in excellent response times on the network port via the CANopen adapter References pages 58 and 59 53 Characteristics Structure Connector Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 Communication buses and networks One RJ45 connector Transmission speed 10 100 Mbps half duplex and full duplex IP addressing m Manual assignment via the display terminal or the PowerSuite software workshop m BOOTP IP address dynamic server depending on the IEEE address m DHCP address dynamic server depending on the Device Name
334. urves for the drive nominal current In depend on the temperature the switching frequency and the mounting type For intermediate temperatures 55 C for example interpolate between 2 curves ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 I In I In 120 van 110 In 100 In 100 90 80 67 70 60 40 C sal 40 50 50 C 20 40 60 C al 0l l 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 kHz 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 kHz Switching frequency Switching frequency ATV 71HC11N4 ATV 71HC13N4 I In I In 120 120 109 107 In 100 In 100 80 40 C 40 C 78 4 50 C 60 E 60 60 C 20 20 0 0 2253 4 5 6 7 8kHz 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 kHz Switching frequency Switching frequency Presentation Characteristics References Dimensions Schemes pages 4 to 9 pages 10 to 17 pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 E2 Telemecanique 161 Mounting and installation Variable speed drives recommendations continued for asynchronous motors Altivar 71 UL Type 1 IP 20 drives Derating curves ATV 71HC16N4 ATV 71HC20N4 In In 120 120 111 109 In 100 In 100 80 80 40 C 71 727 50 C 60 60 m 40 60 C 20 20 0 0 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 kHz 2 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 kHz Switching frequency ATV 71HC25N4 combined with a 220 kW motor
335. user s manual PDF and the gateway description file GSD are supplied on diskette with the gateway Telemecanique Characteristics Starters drives references and communication dimensions Communication gateway LA9 P307 Environment Conforming to IEC 60664 Degree of pollution 2 Ambient air temperature Around the device C 0 50 Degree of protection IP 20 Number of Modbus slaves which can be connected 15 Connection on Modbus RJ 45 connector Profibus SUB D 9 way female connector Supply External supply 24V 20 Consumption 150 on 24 V Indication diagnostics ByLED Services Command 16 words Monitoring 16 words Configuration and By gateway mini messaging facility PKW adjustment Description For use with Reference Weight kg x Profibus DP Modbus_ LT6 P LA9 P307 0 260 6 communication ATS 48 m gateway ATV 31 Description For use with Length Reference Weight m kg l RJ 45 cable with Screw terminal block 3 VW3 A8 306 D30 0 150 Teig stripped wires T junction box TSX SCA 50 Y junction subscriber socket TSX SCA 62 SUB D connector i rs i to be ordered separately h LT6 P SUB D 9 female Pane RJ 45 RJ 45 cable ATS 48 1 VW3 P07 306 R10 0 050 ATV 31 Modbus splitter box LU9 GC3 Connectors Profibus 490 NAD 911 04 mid line 490 NAD 911 03 Profibus 490 NAD 911 03 line end LA9 P307 D 76 5 A m Presentation description Setting up page 232 pa
336. ustable during operation from 2 5 8 kHz Above 2 5 kHz see derating curves on pages 159 and 161 to 163 1 1000 in closed loop mode with incremental encoder feedback 1 100 in open loop mode without speed feedback Speed range Speed accuracy For a torque variation of 0 2 Tnto Tn 0 01 of nominal speed in closed loop mode with incremental encoder feedback 10 of nominal slip without speed feedback 5 in closed loop mode with incremental encoder feedback 15 in open loop mode without speed feedback 170 of the nominal motor torque typical value at 10 for 60 s 220 of the nominal motor torque typical value at 10 for 2 s 30 of the rated motor torque without braking resistor typical value Up to 150 with braking or hoist resistor installed as an option see pages 63 and 65 150 of the nominal drive current for 60 s typical value 165 of the nominal drive current for 2 s typical value The Altivar 71 drive can continuously supply the peak value of the drive nominal current Torque accuracy Transient overtorque Braking torque Maximum transient current Permanent torque at 0 Hz ATV 71H037M3 HD45M3X ATV 71HO75N4 HD75N4 ATV 71WeeeN4 ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 Motor control profile Asynchronous motor The Altivar 71 drive can continuously supply 80 of the peak value of the drive nominal current Flux Vector Control FVC with sensor current vector Sensorle
337. ven by an analog input frequency control input or encoder When both torque limit types are enabled it is the lowest value which is read They can be switched using a logic input or command word bit This function is not available for voltage frequency ratio Torque Generator mode Motor mode Reverse Forward speed speed Speed torque torque Speed Reverse Forward Motor mode Generator mode Reverse Forward speed speed torque torque a ae Overload range Motor torque os Torque limit The torque limit operates in both directions of rotation in motor or generator mode m Torque or current limit detection This function can be used to detect when the current or torque limit has been reached Depending on the configuration it is possible to O use an alarm to signal this O lock the drive after an adjustable period of time m Current limit A 2 current limit can be configured between 0 and 1 65 times the drive nominal current and it can be used to limit the rise in motor temperature and the torque Switching between the two current limits can be enabled via O a logic input O acommand word bit References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 Ea Telemecanique 522167 Functions continued LIx saved pu Lie Li 100ms_ 1 100ms 100 ms am a w 4 Analog reference Example of how reference sav
338. verload protection m 1x24 V supply min 21 V max 27 V maximum current 200 mA for the complete drive and I O extension card assembly m 1x 10 5 V 5 supply for the reference potentiometer 1 to 10 KO maximum current 10 mA 1 relay logic output one N C contact and one N O contact with common point Minimum switching capacity 3 mA for 24 V Maximum switching capacity m On resistive load cos 1 5A for 250 V or 30 V m On inductive load cos 0 4 and L R 7 ms 2 A for 250 V or 30 V Electrical service life 100 000 operations Maximum response time 7 ms 0 5 ms Logic inputs LI7 L110 4 programmable logic inputs 24 V compatible with level 1 PLC IEC 65A 68 standard Impedance 3 5 kQ Maximum voltage 30 V Multiple assignment makes it possible to configure several functions on one input Maximum sampling time 2 ms 0 5 ms Positive logic Source Negative logic Sink State 0 if lt 5 V or logic input not wired state 1 if gt 11 V State 0 if 2 16 V or logic input not wired state 1 if lt 10 V Logic outputs LO1 LO2 Input for PTC probes TH1 TH1 2 x 24 V logic outputs assignable as positive Source or negative Sink logic open collector type compatible with level 1 PLC standard IEC 65A 68 24 V internal or 24 V external power supply min 12 V max 30 V Maximum current 200 mA Logic output common CLO isolated from other signals Maximum sampling t
339. witches on the card Address 1 to 63 configurable by switches on the card Services Periodic variables ODVA assemblies type 20 21 70 and 71 Allen Bradley assemblies type 103 104 and 105 Communication scanner assemblies 100 and 101 Periodic exchange mode Inputs Polled Change of state Cyclic Outputs Polled Functional profiles ODVA AC Drive 02 profile Allen Bradley drive profile CiA DSP 402 Device Profile Drives and Motion Control I O profile Auto Device Replacement No Communication monitoring Can be inhibited Time out can be set via the DeviceNet network configurator Diagnostics Using LEDs One two tone LED on the card MNS status Using the graphic display terminal Control word received Reference received Description file Structure A single eds file is supplied on the documentation CD ROM for the whole range or can be downloaded from the Internet at www telemecanique com This file contains the description of the drive parameters Connector 2 connectors One 9 way male SUB D and one 9 way female SUB D Power supply The card is powered by the drive To ensure that the INTERBUS subscriber continues to operate during line supply failures to the power section fit a separate power supply for the drive control section Services Messaging PCP m Read read a parameter m Write write a parameter m Initiate initialize the communication relationship m Abort abort the communication relationshi
340. with different ratings F2 F3 F4 Aa 7 Ca 1 Mr A ae Ss o Baig i Mig o F1 i a ao Oo o a o ROO ATV 71000000 ATV 71000000 ATV 71000000 ATV 71000000 o ATV 71PeeeN4Z ATV 71Pe eN4Z ATV 71Pee eN4Z 1 a amp 1 I gt gt 5 gt gt gt 3 e 7 O 0 0O teri rea On O a ee l Reference Description A1 ATV 71 drive see pages 22 to 25 Drive power gt motor power ratings M1 M2 M3 M4 A2 A3 A4 ATV 71 drives powered by the DC bus They must be protected using fast acting semi conductor fuses Contactors on the DC circuit are ineffective as the switching action may cause the fuses to blow owing to the high load current F1 Fast acting semi conductor fuses see page 149 Drive A1 powered by the AC supply with an output bus The function of the fuse is to protect the internal diode bridge in the event of a short circuit on the external DC bus F2 F3 F4 Fast acting semi conductor fuses see page 149 Drives A2 A3 and A4 are powered by their DC bus and are not connected to the AC input The function of the fuses is to protect the DC bus wiring in the event of a drive short circuit 1 For ATV 71HD55M3X HD75M3X and ATV 71HD90N4 HC50N4 drives provide the fan power supply connection Drives with equivalent ratings O Q Q z 3 1 1 5 4 3 12 1 5 9 3 3 1 POQMYYD a PO 20005 a 7
341. ys and aligned with them for example gt gt Horizontal scrolling to the right or proceeding to the next menu or submenu or in the case of a value decreasing the value displayed in reverse video see example opposite lt lt Horizontal scrolling to the left or proceeding to the next menu or submenu or in the case of a value increasing the value displayed in reverse video Quick Rapid access to a parameter from any screen when the Quick function is displayed above the F4 key HELP Contextual help Code Displays the selected parameter code Other functions application functions can be assigned to these keys via the 1 6 COMMAND menu 5 C Means that this display window does not scroll further down W Means that this display window can scroll further down 6 LAJ Means that this display window can scroll further up L Means that this display window does not scroll further up References Dimensions Schemes pages 22 to 25 pages 108 to 133 pages 134 to 151 E Telemecanigu 535646 Functions continued ATV71HU22N4 2 2kW 3HP 380 480V Config n 1 RUN Term 50 00Hz 5 4A 1 1 SYMPLY START 1 2 MONITORING 1 3 SETTINGS 1 4 MOTOR CONTROL 1 5 INPUTS OUTPUTS CFG a Fea ES felicia RUN Term 43 33Hz 5 4A 2 Motor speed C 1300 rpm 3 Max 1500 RUN Term 0 00Hz OA 1 DRIVE MENU 2 LEVEL ACCESS 3 OPEN SAVE AS 4 4 PASSWORD 5 LANGUAGE Variable speed drives for asynchron

Variable speed drives for asynchronous motors

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents